Rules Relating to Over-the-Counter Markets
240.15c1-1 — Definitions.
As used in any rule adopted pursuant to section 15(c)(1) of the Act:
(a) The term customer shall not include a broker or dealer or a
municipal securities dealer; provided, however, that the term “customer” shall include a
municipal securities dealer (other than a broker or dealer) with respect to transactions in
securities other than municipal securities.
(b) The term the completion of the transaction means:
(1) In the case of a customer who purchases a security through or from a
broker, dealer or municipal securities dealer, except as provided in paragraph (b)(2) of
this section, the time when such customer pays the broker, dealer or municipal securities
dealer any part of the purchase price, or, if payment is effected by a bookkeeping entry,
the time when such bookkeeping entry is made by the broker, dealer or municipal securities
dealer for any part of the purchase price;
(2) In the case of a customer who purchases a security through or from a
broker, dealer or municipal securities dealer and who makes payment therefor prior to the
time when payment is requested or notification is given that payment is due, the time when
such broker, dealer or municipal securities dealer delivers the security to or into the
account of such customer;
(3) In the case of a customer who sells a security through or to a broker,
dealer or municipal securities dealer except as provided in paragraph (b)(4) of this
section, if the security is not in the custody of the broker, dealer or municipal securities
dealer at the time of sale, the time when the security is delivered to the broker, dealer or
municipal securities dealer, and if the security is in the custody of the broker, dealer or
municipal securities dealer at the time of sale, the time when the broker, dealer or
municipal securities dealer transfers the security from the account of such customer;
(4) In the case of a customer who sells a security through or to a broker,
dealer or municipal securities dealer and who delivers such security to such broker, dealer
or municipal securities dealer prior to the time when delivery is requested or notification
is given that delivery is due, the time when such broker, dealer or municipal securities
dealer makes payment to or into the account of such customer.
[41 FR 22825, June 7, 1976]
240.15c1-2 — Fraud and misrepresentation.
(a) The term manipulative, deceptive, or other fraudulent device or
contrivance, as used in section 15(c)(1) of the Act (section 2, 52 Stat. 1075; 15
U.S.C. 78o(c)(1), is hereby defined to include any act, practice, or course of
business which operates or would operate as a fraud or deceit upon any person.
(b) The term manipulative, deceptive, or other fraudulent device or
contrivance, as used in section 15(c)(1) of the Act, is hereby defined to include any
untrue statement of a material fact and any omission to state a material fact necessary in
order to make the statements made, in the light of the circumstances under which they are
made, not misleading, which statement or omission is made with knowledge or reasonable
grounds to believe that it is untrue or misleading.
(c) The scope of this section shall not be limited by any specific
definitions of the term “manipulative, deceptive, or other fraudulent device or contrivance”
contained in other rules adopted pursuant to section 15(c)(1) of the act.
(Sec. 2, 52 Stat. 1075; 15 U.S.C. 78o)
Cross Reference:
For regulation prohibiting employment of manipulative and deceptive
devices as such term is used in section 15 of the Act, by any broker or dealer, see §
240.10b-3.
[13 FR 8205, Dec. 22, 1948]
240.15c1-3 — Misrepresentation by brokers, dealers and municipal securities dealers as to registration.
The term manipulative, deceptive, or other fraudulent device or
contrivance, as used in section 15(c)(1) of the Act, is hereby defined to include any
representation by a broker, dealer or municipal securities dealer that the registration of a
broker or dealer, pursuant to section 15(b) of the Act, or the registration of a municipal
securities dealer pursuant to section 15B(a) of the Act, or the failure of the Commission to
deny or revoke such registration, indicates in any way that the Commission has passed upon
or approved the financial standing, business, or conduct of such registered broker, dealer
or municipal securities dealer or the merits of any security or any transaction or
transactions therein.
[41 FR 22825, June 7, 1976]
240.15c1-4 — [Reserved]
240.15c1-5 — Disclosure of control.
The term manipulative, deceptive, or other fraudulent device or
contrivance, as used in section 15(c)(1) of the Act, is hereby defined to include any
act of any broker, dealer or municipal securities dealer controlled by, controlling, or
under common control with, the issuer of any security, designed to effect with or for the
account of a customer any transaction in, or to induce the purchase or sale by such customer
of, such security unless such broker, dealer or municipal securities dealer, before entering
into any contract with or for such customer for the purchase or sale of such security,
discloses to such customer the existence of such control, and unless such disclosure, if not
made in writing, is supplemented by the giving or sending of written disclosure at or before
the completion of the transaction.
[41 FR 22825, June 7, 1976]
240.15c1-6 — Disclosure of interest in distribution.
The term manipulative, deceptive, or other fraudulent device or
contrivance, as used in section 15(c)(1) of the Act, is hereby defined to include any
act of any broker who is acting for a customer or for both such customer and some other
person, or of any dealer or municipal securities dealer who receives or has promise of
receiving a fee from a customer for advising such customer with respect to securities,
designed to effect with or for the account of such customer any transaction in, or to induce
the purchase or sale by such customer of, any security in the primary or secondary
distribution of which such broker, dealer or municipal securities dealer is participating or
is otherwise financially interested unless such broker, dealer or municipal securities
dealer, at or before the completion of each such transaction gives or sends to such customer
written notification of the existence of such participation or interest.
[41 FR 22826, June 7, 1976]
240.15c1-7 — Discretionary accounts.
(a) The term manipulative, deceptive, or other fraudulent device or
contrivance, as used in section 15(c) of the Act, is hereby defined to include any act
of any broker, dealer or municipal securities dealer designed to effect with or for any
customer's account in respect to which such broker, dealer or municipal securities dealer or
his agent or employee is vested with any discretionary power any transactions or purchase or
sale which are excessive in size or frequency in view of the financial resources and
character of such account.
(b) The term manipulative, deceptive, or other fraudulent device or
contrivance, as used in section 15(c)(1) of the Act, is hereby defined to include any
act of any broker, dealer or municipal securities dealer designed to effect with or for any
customer's account in respect to which such broker, dealer or municipal securities dealer or
his agent or employee is vested with any discretionary power any transaction of purchase or
sale unless immediately after effecting such transaction such broker, dealer or municipal
securities dealer makes a record of such transaction which record includes the name of such
customer, the name, amount and price of the security, and the date and time when such
transaction took place.
[41 FR 22826, June 7, 1976]
240.15c1-8 — Sales at the market.
The term manipulative, deceptive, or other fraudulent device or
contrivance, as used in section 15(c)(1) of the Act, is hereby defined to include any
representation made to a customer by a broker, dealer or municipal securities dealer who is
participating or otherwise financially interested in the primary or secondary distribution
of any security which is not admitted to trading on a national securities exchange that such
security is being offered to such customer “at the market” or at a price related to the
market price unless such broker, dealer or municipal securities dealer knows or has
reasonable grounds to believe that a market for such security exists other than that made,
created, or controlled by him, or by any person for whom he is acting or with whom he is
associated in such distribution, or by any person controlled by, controlling or under common
control with him.
[41 FR 22826, June 7, 1976]
240.15c1-9 — Use of pro forma balance sheets.
The term manipulative, deceptive, or other fraudulent device or
contrivance, as used in section 15(c)(1) of the Act, is hereby defined to include the
use of financial statements purporting to give effect to the receipt and application of any
part of the proceeds from the sale or exchange of securities, unless the assumptions upon
which each such financial statement is based are clearly set forth as part of the caption to
each such statement in type at least as large as that used generally in the body of the
statement.
(Sec. 2, 52 Stat. 1075; 15 U.S.C. 78o)
[13 FR 8205, Dec. 22, 1948]
240.15c2-1 — Hypothecation of customers' securities.
(a) General provisions. The term fraudulent, deceptive, or
manipulative act or practice, as used in section 15(c) (2) of the Act, is hereby
defined to include the direct or indirect hypothecation by a broker or dealer, or his
arranging for or permitting, directly or indirectly, the continued hypothecation of any
securities carried for the account of any customer under circumstances:
(1) That will permit the commingling of securities carried for the account
of any such customer with securities carried for the account of any other customer, without
first obtaining the written consent of each such customer to such hypothecation;
(2) That will permit such securities to be commingled with securities
carried for the account of any person other than a bona fide customer of such broker or
dealer under a lien for a loan made to such broker or dealer; or
(3) That will permit securities carried for the account of customers to be
hypothecated, or subjected to any lien or liens or claims or claims of the pledgee or
pledgees, for a sum which exceeds the aggregate indebtedness of all customers in respect of
securities carried for their accounts; except that this clause shall not be deemed to be
violated by reason of an excess arising on any day through the reduction of the aggregate
indebtedness of customers on such day, provided that funds or securities in an amount
sufficient to eliminate such excess are paid or placed in transfer to pledgees for the
purpose of reducing the sum of the liens or claims to which securities carried for the
account of customers are subject as promptly as practicable after such reduction occurs, but
before the lapse of one half hour after the commencement of banking hours on the next
banking day at the place where the largest principal amount of loans of such broker or
dealer are payable and, in any event, before such broker or dealer on such day has obtained
or increased any bank loan collateralized by securities carried for the account of
customers.
(b) Definitions. For the purposes of this section:
(1) The term customer shall not include any general or special
partner or any director or officer of such broker or dealer, or any participant, as such, in
any joint, group or syndicate account with such broker or dealer or with any partner,
officer or director thereof. The term also shall not include a counterparty who has
delivered collateral to an OTC derivatives dealer pursuant to a transaction in an eligible
OTC derivative instrument, or pursuant to the OTC derivatives dealer's cash management
securities activities or ancillary portfolio management securities activities, and who has
received a prominent written notice from the OTC derivatives dealer that:
(i) Except as otherwise agreed in writing by the OTC derivatives dealer
and the counterparty, the dealer may repledge or otherwise use the collateral in its
business;
(ii) In the event of the OTC derivatives dealer's failure, the
counterparty will likely be considered an unsecured creditor of the dealer as to that
collateral;
(iii) The Securities Investor Protection Act of 1970 (15 U.S.C 78aaa
through 78lll) does not protect the counterparty; and
(iv) The collateral will not be subject to the requirements of § 240.8c-1,
§ 240.15c2-1, § 240.15c3-2, or § 240.15c3-3;
(2) The term securities carried for the account of any customer
shall be deemed to mean:
(i) Securities received by or on behalf of such broker or dealer for the
account of any customer;
(ii) Securities sold and appropriated by such broker or dealer to a
customer, except that if such securities were subject to a lien when appropriated to a
customer they shall not be deemed to be “securities carried for the account of any customer”
pending their release from such lien as promptly as practicable;
(iii) Securities sold, but not appropriated, by such broker or dealer to a
customer who has made any payment therefor, to the extent that such broker or dealer owns
and has received delivery of securities of like kind, except that if such securities were
subject to a lien when such payment was made they shall not be deemed to be “securities
carried for the account of any customer” pending their release from such lien as promptly as
practicable;
(3) Aggregate indebtedness shall not be deemed to be reduced by
reason of uncollected items. In computing aggregate indebtedness, related guaranteed and
guarantor accounts shall be treated as a single account and considered on a consolidated
basis, and balances in accounts carrying both long and short positions shall be adjusted by
treating the market value of the securities required to cover such short positions as though
such market value were a debit; and
(4) In computing the sum of the liens or claims to which securities
carried for the account of customers of a broker or dealer are subject, any rehypothecation
of such securities by another broker or dealer who is subject to this section or to §
240.8c-1 shall be disregarded.
(c) Exemption for cash accounts. The provisions of paragraph (a)(1)
of this section shall not apply to any hypothecation of securities carried for the account
of a customer in a special cash account within the meaning of 12 CFR 220.4(c):
Provided, That at or before the completion of the transaction of purchase of such
securities for, or of sale of such securities to, such customer, written notice is given or
sent to such customer disclosing that such securities are or may be hypothecated under
circumstances which will permit the commingling thereof with securities carried for the
account of other customers. The term the completion of the transaction shall have the
meaning given to such term by § 240.15c1-1(b).
(d) Exemption for clearing house liens. The provisions of
paragraphs (a)(2), (a)(3), and (f) of this section shall not apply to any lien or claim of
the clearing corporation, or similar department or association, of a national securities
exchange or a registered national securities association, for a loan made and to be repaid
on the same calendar day, which is incidental to the clearing of transactions in securities
or loans through such corporation, department, or association: Provided, however,
That for the purpose of paragraph (a)(3) of this section, “aggregate indebtedness of all
customers in respect of securities carried for their accounts” shall not include
indebtedness in respect of any securities subject to any lien or claim exempted by this
paragraph.
(e) Exemption for certain liens on securities of noncustomers. The
provisions of paragraph (a)(2) of this section shall not be deemed to prevent such broker or
dealer from permitting securities not carried for the account of a customer to be subjected
(1) to a lien for a loan made against securities carried for the account of customers, or
(2) to a lien for a loan made and to be repaid on the same calendar day. For the purpose of
this exemption, a loan shall be deemed to be “made against securities carried for the
account of customers” if only securities carried for the account of customers are used to
obtain or to increase such loan or as substitutes for other securities carried for the
account of customers.
(f) Notice and certification requirements. No person subject to
this section shall hypothecate any security carried for the account of a customer unless, at
or prior to the time of each such hypothecation, he gives written notice to the pledgee that
the security pledged is carried for the account of a customer and that such hypothecation
does not contravene any provision of this section, except that in the case of an omnibus
account the broker or dealer for whom such account is carried may furnish a signed statement
to the person carrying such account that all securities carried therein by such broker or
dealer will be securities carried for the account of his customers and that the
hypothecation thereof by such broker or dealer will not contravene any provision of this
section. The provisions of this paragraph shall not apply to any hypothecation of securities
under any lien or claim of a pledgee securing a loan made and to be repaid on the same
calendar day.
(g) The fact that securities carried for the accounts of customers and
securities carried for the accounts of others are represented by one or more certificates in
the custody of a clearing corporation or other subsidiary organization of either a national
securities exchange or of a registered national securities association, or of a custodian
bank, in accordance with a system for the central handling of securities established by a
national securities exchange or a registered national securities association, pursuant to
which system the hypothecation of such securities is effected by bookkeeping entries without
physical delivery of such securities, shall not, in and of itself, result in a commingling
of securities prohibited by paragraph (a)(1) or (a)(2) of this section, whenever a
participating member, broker or dealer hypothecates securities in accordance with such
system: Provided, however, That (1) any such custodian of any securities held by or
for such system shall agree that it will not for any reason, including the assertion of any
claim, right or lien of any kind, refuse or refrain from promptly delivering any such
securities (other than securities then hypothecated in accordance with such system) to such
clearing corporation or other subsidiary organization or as directed by it, except that
nothing in such agreement shall be deemed to require the custodian to deliver any securities
in contravention of any notice of levy, seizure or similar notice, or order or judgment,
issued or directed by a governmental agency or court, or officer thereof, having
jurisdiction over such custodian, which on its face affects such securities; (2) such
systems shall have safeguards in the handling, transfer and delivery of securities and
provisions for fidelity bond coverage of the employees and agents of the clearing
corporation or other subsidiary organization and for periodic examinations by independent
public accountants; and (3) the provisions of this paragraph (g) shall not be effective with
respect to any particular system unless the agreement required by paragraph (g)(1) of this
section and the safeguards and provisions required by paragraph (g)(2) of this section shall
have been deemed adequate by the Commission for the protection of investors, and unless any
subsequent amendments to such agreement, safeguards or provisions shall have been deemed
adequate by the Commission for the protection of investors.
(Secs. 8, 15, 48 Stat. 888, 895, sec. 2, 52 Stat. 1075; 15 U.S.C. 78b.
78o)
Cross Reference:
For interpretative releases applicable to § 240.15c2-1, see Nos. 2690 and
2822 in tabulation, part 241 of this chapter.
[13 FR 8205, Dec. 22, 1948, as amended at 31 FR
7741, June 1, 1966; 37 FR 73, Jan. 5, 1972; 63 FR 59397, Nov. 3, 1998]
240.15c2-3 — [Reserved]
240.15c2-4 — Transmission or maintenance of payments received in connection with underwritings.
It shall constitute a “fraudulent, deceptive, or manipulative act or
practice” as used in section 15(c)(2) of the Act, for any broker, dealer or municipal
securities dealer participating in any distribution of securities, other than a
firm-commitment underwriting, to accept any part of the sale price of any security being
distributed unless:
(a) The money or other consideration received is promptly transmitted to
the persons entitled thereto; or
(b) If the distribution is being made on an “all-or-none” basis, or on any
other basis which contemplates that payment is not to be made to the person on whose behalf
the distribution is being made until some further event or contingency occurs, (1) the money
or other consideration received is promptly deposited in a separate bank account, as agent
or trustee for the persons who have the beneficial interests therein, until the appropriate
event or contingency has occurred, and then the funds are promptly transmitted or returned
to the persons entitled thereto, or (2) all such funds are promptly transmitted to a bank
which has agreed in writing to hold all such funds in escrow for the persons who have the
beneficial interests therein and to transmit or return such funds directly to the persons
entitled thereto when the appropriate event or contingency has occurred.
[41 FR 22826, June 7, 1976]
240.15c2-5 — Disclosure and other requirements when extending or arranging credit in certain transactions.
(a) It shall constitute a “fraudulent, deceptive, or manipulative act or
practice” as used in section 15(c)(2) of the Act for any broker or dealer to offer or sell
any security to, or to attempt to induce the purchase of any security by, any person, in
connection with which such broker or dealer directly or indirectly offers to extend any
credit to or to arrange any loan for such person, or extends to or participates in arranging
any loan for such person, unless such broker or dealer, before any purchase, loan or other
related element of the transaction is entered into:
(1) Delivers to such person a written statement setting forth the exact
nature and extent of (i) such person's obligations under the particular loan arrangement,
including among other things, the specific charges which such person will incur under such
loan in each period during which the loan may continue or be extended, (ii) the risks and
disadvantages which such person will incur in the entire transaction, including the loan
arrangement, (iii) all commissions, discounts, and other remuneration received and to be
received in connection with the entire transaction including the loan arrangment, by the
broker or dealer, by any person controlling, controlled by, or under common control with the
broker or dealer, and by any other person participating in the transaction; Provided,
however, That the broker or dealer shall be deemed to be in compliance with this
paragraph if the customer, before any purchase, loan, or other related element of the
transaction is entered into in a manner legally binding upon the customer, receives a
statement from the lender, or receives a prospectus or offering circular from the broker or
dealer, which statement, prospectus or offering circular contains the information required
by this paragraph; and
(2) Obtains from such person information concerning his financial
situation and needs, reasonably determines that the entire transaction, including the loan
arrangement, is suitable for such person, and retains in his files a written statement
setting forth the basis upon which the broker or dealer made such determination;
Provided, however, That the written statement referred to in this paragraph must be
made available to the customer on request.
(b) This section shall not apply to any credit extended or any loan
arranged by any broker or dealer subject to the provisions of Regulation T (12 CFR part 220)
if such credit is extended or such loan is arranged, in compliance with the requirements of
such regulation, only for the purpose of purchasing or carrying the security offered or
sold: Provided, however, That notwithstanding this paragraph, the provisions of
paragraph (a) shall apply in full force with respect to any transaction involving the
extension of or arrangement for credit by a broker or dealer (i) in a special insurance
premium funding account within the meaning of section 4(k) of Regulation T (12 CFR 220.4(k))
or (ii) in compliance with the terms of § 240.3a12-5 of this chapter.
(c) This section shall not apply to any offer to extend credit or arrange
any loan, or to any credit extended or loan arranged, in connection with any offer or sale,
or attempt to induce the purchase, of any municipal security.
(d) This section shall not apply to a transaction involving the extension
of credit by an OTC derivatives dealer, as defined in § 240.3b-12, if the transaction is
exempt from the provisions of Section 7(c) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78g(c)) pursuant to §
240.36a1-1.
(Sec. 3(a)(12), 48 Stat. 882, as amended, 84 Stat. 718, 1435, 1499 (15
U.S.C. 78c(12)); sec. 7(c), 48 Stat. 886, as amended, 82 Stat. 452 (15 U.S.C. 78g(c)); sec.
11(d)(1), 48 Stat. 891 as amended, 68 Stat. 686 (15 U.S.C. 78k(d)(1)); sec. 15(c), 48 Stat.
895, as amended, 52 Stat. 1075, 84 Stat. 1653 (15 U.S.C. 78o(c)); sec. 23(a), 48
Stat. 901, as amended, 49 Stat. 704, 1379 (15 U.S.C. 78w(a))
[40 FR 6646, Feb. 13, 1975, as amended at 41 FR
22826, June 7, 1976; 63 FR 59397, Nov. 3, 1998]
240.15c2-6 — [Reserved]
240.15c2-7 — Identification of quotations.
(a) It shall constitute an attempt to induce the purchase or sale of a
security by making a “fictitious quotation” within the meaning of section 15(c)(2) of the
Act, for any broker or dealer to furnish or submit, directly or indirectly, any quotation
for a security (other than a municipal security) to an inter-dealer quotation system
unless:
(1) The inter-dealer-quotation-system is informed, if such is the case,
that the quotation is furnished or submitted;
(i) By a correspondent broker or dealer for the account or in behalf of
another broker or dealer, and if so, the identity of such other broker or dealer; and/or
(ii) In furtherance of one or more other arrangements (including a joint
account, guarantee of profit, guarantee against loss, commission, markup, markdown,
indication of interest and accommodation arrangement) between or among brokers or dealers,
and if so, the identity of each broker or dealer participating in any such arrangement or
arrangements: Provided, however, That the provisions of this subparagraph shall not
apply if only one of the brokers or dealers participating in any such arrangment or
arrangements furnishes or submits a quotation with respect to the security to an
inter-dealer-quotation-system.
(2) The inter-dealer-quotation-system to which the quotation is furnished
or submitted makes it a general practice to disclose with each published quotation, by
appropriate symbol or otherwise, the category or categories (paragraph (a)(1)(i) and/or (ii)
of this section) in furtherance of which the quotation is submitted, and the identities of
all other brokers and dealers referred to in paragraph (a)(1) of this section where such
information is supplied to the inter-dealer-quotation-system under the provisions of
paragraph (a)(1) of this section.
(b) It shall constitute an attempt to induce the purchase or sale of a
security by making a “fictitious quotation,” within the meaning of section 15(c)(2) of the
Act, for a broker or dealer to enter into any correspondent or other arrangement (including
a joint account, guarantee of profit, guarantee against loss, commission, markup, markdown,
indication of interest and accommodation arrangement) in furtherance of which two or more
brokers or dealers furnish or submit quotations with respect to a particular security unless
such broker or dealer informs all brokers or dealers furnishing or submitting such
quotations of the existence of such correspondent and other arrangments, and the identity of
the parties thereto.
(c) For purposes of this section:
(1) The term inter-dealer-quotation-system shall mean any system of
general circulation to brokers and dealers which regularly disseminates quotations of
identified brokers or dealers but shall not include a quotation sheet prepared and
distributed by a broker or dealer in the regular course of his business and containing only
quotations of such broker or dealer.
(2) The term quotation shall mean any bid or offer, or any
indication of interest (such as OW or BW) in any bid or offer.
(3) The term correspondent shall mean a broker or dealer who has a
direct line of communication to another broker or dealer located in a different city or
geographic area.
(Sec. 15, 48 Stat. 895, as amended; 15 U.S.C. 78o)
[29 FR 11530, Aug. 12, 1964, as amended at 41 FR
22826, June 7, 1976]
240.15c2-8 — Delivery of prospectus.
(a) It shall constitute a deceptive act or practice, as those terms are
used in section 15(c)(2) of the Act, for a broker or dealer to participate in a distribution
of securities with respect to which a registration statement has been filed under the
Securities Act of 1933 unless he complies with the requirements set forth in paragraphs (b)
through (h) of this section. For the purposes of this section, a broker or dealer
participating in the distribution shall mean any underwriter and any member or proposed
member of the selling group.
(b) In connection with an issue of securities, the issuer of which has not
previously been required to file reports pursuant to sections 13(a) or 15(d) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, unless such issuer has been exempted from the requirement
to file reports thereunder pursuant to section 12(h) of the Act, such broker or dealer shall
deliver a copy of the preliminary prospectus to any person who is expected to receive a
confirmation of sale at least 48 hours prior to the sending of such confirmation. Provided,
however, this paragraph (b) shall apply to all issuances of asset- backed securities (as
defined in § 229.1101(c) of this chapter) regardless of whether the issuer has previously
been required to file reports pursuant to sections 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, or exempted from the requirement to file reports thereunder pursuant to section
12(h) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78l).
(c) Such broker or dealer shall take reasonable steps to furnish to any
person who makes written request for a preliminary prospectus between the filing date and a
reasonable time prior to the effective date of the registration statement to which such
prospectus relates, a copy of the latest preliminary prospectus on file with the Commission.
Reasonable steps shall include receiving an undertaking by the managing underwriter or
underwriters to send such copy to the address given in the requests.
(d) Such broker or dealer shall take reasonable steps to comply promptly
with the written request of any person for a copy of the final prospectus relating to such
securities during the period between the effective date of the registration statement and
the later of either the termination of such distribution, or the expiration of the
applicable 40- or 90-day period under section 4(3) of the Securities Act of 1933. Reasonable
steps shall include receiving an undertaking by the managing underwriter or underwriters to
send such copy to the address given in the requests. (The 40-day and 90-day periods referred
to above shall be deemed to apply for purposes of this rule irrespective of the provisions
of paragraphs (b) and (d) of § 230.174 of this chapter).
(e) Such broker or dealer shall take reasonable steps (1) to make
available a copy of the preliminary prospectus relating to such securities to each of his
associated persons who is expected, prior to the effective date, to solicit customers' order
for such securities before the making of any such solicitation by such associated persons
and (2) to make available to each such associated person a copy of any amended preliminary
prospectus promptly after the filing thereof.
(f) Such broker or dealer shall take reasonable steps to make available a
copy of the final prospectus relating to such securities to each of his associated persons
who is expected, after the effective date, to solicit customers orders for such securities
prior to the making of any such solicitation by such associated persons, unless a
preliminary prospectus which is substantially the same as the final prospectus except for
matters relating to the price of the stocks, has been so made available.
(g) If the broker or dealer is a managing underwriter of such
distribution, he shall take reasonable steps to see to it that all other brokers or dealers
participating in such distribution are promptly furnished with sufficient copies, as
requested by them, of each preliminary prospectus, each amended preliminary prospectus and
the final prospectus to enable them to comply with paragraphs (b), (c), (d), and (e) of this
section.
(h) If the broker or dealer is a managing underwriter of such
distribution, he shall take reasonable steps to see that any broker or dealer participating
in the distribution or trading in the registered security is furnished reasonable quantities
of the final prospectus relating to such securities, as requested by him, in order to enable
him to comply with the prospectus delivery requirements of section 5(b) (1) and (2) of the
Securities Act of 1933.
(i) This section shall not require the furnishing of prospectuses in any
state where such furnishing would be unlawful under the laws of such state: Provided,
however, That this provision is not to be construed to relieve a broker or dealer from
complying with the requirements of section 5(b)(1) and (2) of the Securities Act of
1933.
[35 FR 18457, Dec. 4, 1970, as amended at 47 FR
11470, Mar. 16, 1982; 53 FR 11845, Apr. 11, 1988; 60 FR 26622, May 17, 1995; 70 FR 1622,
Jan. 7, 2005; 79 FR 57183, Sept. 24, 2014]
240.15c2-11 — Publication or submission of quotations without specified information.
(a) Unlawful activity. As a means reasonably designed to prevent
fraudulent, deceptive, or manipulative acts or practices, it shall be unlawful for:
(1) Brokers or dealers. A broker or dealer to publish any quotation
for a security or, directly or indirectly, to submit any such quotation for publication, in
any quotation medium, unless:
(i)(A) Such broker or dealer has in its records the documents and
information specified in paragraph (b) of this section;
(B) Such documents and information specified in paragraph (b) of this
section (excluding paragraphs (b)(5)(i)(N) through (P) of this section) are current and
publicly available; and
(C) Based upon a review of the documents and information specified in
paragraph (b) of this section, together with any other documents and information required by
paragraph (c) of this section, such broker or dealer has a reasonable basis under the
circumstances for believing that:
(1) The documents and information specified in paragraph (b) of
this section are accurate in all material respects; and
(2) The sources of the documents and information specified in
paragraph (b) of this section are reliable; or
(ii)(A) The quotation medium is a qualified interdealer quotation system
that made a publicly available determination that it has performed the activities described
in paragraph (a)(2)(i) through (iii) of this section; and
(B) Such quotation is published or submitted for publication within three
business days after such qualified interdealer quotation system makes such publicly
available determination.
(2) Qualified interdealer quotation systems. A qualified
interdealer quotation system to make known to others the quotation of a broker or dealer
that is published or submitted for publication pursuant to paragraph (a)(1)(ii) of this
section, unless:
(i) Such qualified interdealer quotation system has in its records the
documents and information specified in paragraph (b) of this section (excluding paragraphs
(b)(5)(i)(N) through (P) of this section except where the qualified interdealer quotation
system has knowledge or possession of this information);
(ii) Such documents and information specified in paragraph (b) of this
section (excluding paragraphs (b)(5)(i)(N) through (P) of this section) are current and
publicly available;
(iii) Based upon a review of the documents and information specified in
paragraph (b) of this section (excluding paragraphs (b)(5)(i)(N) through (P) of this
section, except where the qualified interdealer quotation system has knowledge or possession
of this information), together with any other documents and information required by
paragraph (c) of this section, such qualified interdealer quotation system has a reasonable
basis under the circumstances for believing that:
(A) The documents and information specified in paragraph (b) of this
section are accurate in all material respects; and
(B) The sources of the documents and information specified in paragraph
(b) of this section are reliable; and
(iv) The qualified interdealer quotation system makes a publicly available
determination that it has performed the activities described in paragraphs (a)(2)(i) through
(iii) of this section; or
(3) Qualified interdealer quotation systems or registered national
securities Associations. A qualified interdealer quotation system or registered
national securities association to make a publicly available determination described in
paragraph (f)(2)(iii)(B), (f)(3)(ii)(A), or (f)(7) of this section, unless such qualified
interdealer quotation system or registered national securities association establishes,
maintains, and enforces reasonably designed written policies and procedures to determine
whether:
(i) The documents and information specified in paragraph (b) of this
section are current and publicly available; and
(ii) The requirements of an exception under paragraph (f) of this section are
met, if it makes a publicly available determination described in paragraph (f)(7) of this
section.
(b) Specified information. (1) A copy of the prospectus specified
by section 10(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 for an issuer that has filed a registration
statement under the Securities Act of 1933, other than a registration statement on Form F-6,
that became effective less than 90 calendar days prior to the day on which such broker or
dealer publishes or submits the quotation to the quotation medium; Provided, That
such registration statement has not thereafter been the subject of a stop order that is
still in effect when the quotation is published or submitted; or
(2) A copy of the offering circular provided for under Regulation A (§§
230.251 through 230.263 of this chapter) for an issuer that has filed an offering statement
under Regulation A that was qualified less than 40 calendar days prior to the day on which
such broker or dealer publishes or submits the quotation to the quotation medium;
Provided, That the Regulation A exemption, with respect to such issuer, has not
thereafter become subject to a suspension order that is still in effect when the quotation
is published or submitted; or
(3) A current copy of:
(i) An annual report filed pursuant to section 13 or 15(d) of the Act,
together with any periodic and current reports that have been filed thereafter under the Act
by the issuer, except for current reports filed during the three business days prior to the
publication or submission of the quotation; Provided, however, That, until such
issuer has filed its first such annual report, the broker, dealer, or qualified interdealer
quotation system has in its records a copy of the registration statement filed by the issuer
under the Securities Act of 1933, other than a registration statement on Form F-6, that
became effective within the prior 16 months, or a copy of any registration statement filed
by the issuer under section 12 of the Act that became effective within the prior 16 months,
together with any periodic and current reports filed thereafter under section 13 or 15(d) of
the Act;
(ii) An annual report filed pursuant to Regulation A, together with any
periodic and current reports filed thereafter under Regulation A by the issuer, except for
current reports filed during the three business days prior to the publication or submission
of the quotation; Provided, however, That, until such issuer has filed its first such
annual report, the broker, dealer, or qualified interdealer quotation system has in its
records a copy of the offering statement filed by the issuer under Regulation A, that was
qualified within the prior 16 months, together with any periodic and current reports filed
thereafter under Regulation A;
(iii) An annual report filed pursuant to Regulation Crowdfunding (§§
227.100 through 227.503 of this chapter); Provided, however, that, until such issuer
has filed its first such annual report, the broker, dealer, or qualified interdealer
quotation system has in its records a copy of the Form C filed by the issuer under
Regulation Crowdfunding within the prior 16 months, together with any Form C/A and Form C/U
filed thereafter under Regulation Crowdfunding;
(iv) An annual statement referred to in section 12(g)(2)(G)(i) of the Act
(in the case of an issuer required to file reports pursuant to section 13 or 15(d) of the
Act), together with any periodic and current reports filed thereafter under the Act by the
issuer, except for current reports filed during the three business days prior to the
publication or submission of the quotation; Provided, however, that, until such
issuer has filed its first such annual statement, the broker, dealer, or qualified
interdealer quotation system has in its records a copy of the registration statement filed
by the issuer under the Securities Act of 1933, other than a registration statement on Form
F-6, that became effective within the prior 16 months, or a copy of any registration
statement filed by the issuer under section 12 of the Act, that became effective within the
prior 16 months, together with any periodic and current reports filed thereafter under
section 13 or 15(d) of the Act; or
(v) An annual statement referred to in section 12(g)(2)(G)(i) of the Act
(in the case of an issuer of a security that falls within the provisions of section
12(g)(2)(G) of the Act); or
(4) A copy of the information that, since the first day of its most
recently completed fiscal year, the issuer has published as required to establish the
exemption from registration under section 12(g) of the Act pursuant to § 240.12g3-2(b) of
this chapter, which the broker or dealer must make available upon the request of a person
expressing an interest in a proposed transaction in the issuer's security with the broker or
dealer, such as by providing the requesting person with appropriate instructions regarding
how to obtain the information electronically; or
(5)(i) The following information, which must be (excluding paragraphs
(b)(5)(i)(N) through (P) of this section) as of a date within 12 months prior to the
publication or submission of the quotation, unless otherwise specified:
(A) The name of the issuer and any predecessors during the past five
years;
(B) The address(es) of the issuer's principal executive office and of its
principal place of business;
(C) The state of incorporation or registration of the issuer and of each
of its predecessors (if any) during the past five years;
(D) The title, class, and ticker symbol (if assigned) of the security;
(E) The par or stated value of the security;
(F) The number of shares or total amount of the securities outstanding as
of the end of the issuer's most recent fiscal year;
(G) The name and address of the transfer agent;
(H) A description of the issuer's business;
(I) A description of products or services offered by the issuer;
(J) A description and extent of the issuer's facilities;
(K) The name and title of all company insiders;
(L) The issuer's most recent balance sheet (as of a date less than 16
months before the publication or submission of the quotation) and profit and loss and
retained earnings statements (for the 12 months preceding the date of the most recent
balance sheet);
(M) Similar financial information for such part of the two preceding
fiscal years as the issuer or its predecessors has been in existence;
(N) Whether the broker or dealer or any associated person of the broker or
dealer is affiliated, directly or indirectly, with the issuer;
(O) Whether the quotation is being published or submitted on behalf of any
other broker or dealer and, if so, the name of such broker or dealer; and
(P) Whether the quotation is being submitted or published, directly or
indirectly, by or on behalf of the issuer or a company insider and, if so, the name of such
person and the basis for any exemption under the federal securities laws for any sales of
such securities on behalf of such person.
(ii) The broker or dealer must make the documents and information
specified in paragraph (b)(5)(i) of this section available upon the request of a person
expressing an interest in a proposed transaction in the issuer's security with the broker or
dealer, such as by providing the requesting person with appropriate instructions regarding
how to obtain such publicly available documents and information electronically. If such
information is made available to others upon request pursuant to this paragraph, such
delivery, unless otherwise represented, shall not constitute a representation by such broker
or dealer that such information is accurate but shall constitute a representation by such
broker or dealer that the information is current in relation to the day the quotation is
submitted, the broker or dealer has a reasonable basis under the circumstances for believing
the information is accurate in all material respects, and the information was obtained from
sources that the broker or dealer has a reasonable basis under the circumstances for
believing are reliable. The documents and information specified in paragraph (b)(5) of this
section must be reviewed where paragraphs (b)(1) through (4) of this section do not apply to
such issuer. For purposes of compliance with paragraph (a)(1)(i)(B) or (a)(2)(ii) of this
section, the documents and information specified in paragraph (b)(5) of this section must be
reviewed for an issuer for which the documents and information specified in paragraph
(b)(1), (2), (3), or (4) of this section regarding such issuer are not current.
(c) Supplemental information. With respect to any security the
quotation of which is within the provisions of this section, the broker or dealer submitting
or publishing such quotation, or any qualified interdealer quotation system that makes known
to others the quotation of a broker or dealer pursuant to paragraph (a)(2) of this section,
shall have in its records the following documents and information:
(1) Records related to the submission or publication of such quotation,
including the identity of the person or persons for whom the quotation is being published or
submitted, whether such person or persons is the issuer or a company insider, and any
information regarding the transactions provided to the broker, dealer, or qualified
interdealer quotation system by such person or persons;
(2) A copy of any trading suspension order issued by the Commission
pursuant to section 12(k) of the Act regarding any securities of the issuer or its
predecessor (if any) during the 12 months preceding the date of the publication or
submission of the quotation or a copy of the public release issued by the Commission
announcing such trading suspension order; and
(3) A copy or a written record of any other material information
(including adverse information) regarding the issuer that comes to the knowledge or
possession of the broker, dealer, or qualified interdealer quotation system before the
publication or submission of the quotation.
(d) Recordkeeping. (1)(i) The following persons shall preserve for
a period of not less than three years, the first two years in an easily accessible place,
the documents and information required under paragraphs (a), (b), and (c) of this section,
except for the documents and information that are available on the Commission's
Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval System (EDGAR):
(A) Any broker or dealer that publishes or submits a quotation pursuant to
paragraph (a)(1) of this section for a security; or
(B) Any qualified interdealer quotation system that makes known to others
the quotation of a broker or dealer pursuant to paragraph (a)(2) of this section for a
security;
(ii) Any broker or dealer that publishes or submits a quotation pursuant
to paragraph (a)(1)(ii) of this section shall preserve for a period of not less than three
years, the first two years in an easily accessible place, the name of the qualified
interdealer quotation system that made a publicly available determination that it has
performed the activities described in paragraph (a)(2)(i) through (iii) of this section.
(2) The following persons shall preserve for a period of not less than
three years, the first two years in an easily accessible place, the documents and
information that demonstrate that the requirements for an exception under paragraph (f)(2),
(3), (5), (6), or (7) of this section are met, except for the documents and information that
are available on EDGAR:
(i) Any qualified interdealer quotation system or registered national
securities association that makes a publicly available determination described in paragraph
(f)(2)(iii)(B), (f)(3)(ii)(A), or (f)(7) of this section; and
(ii) Any broker or dealer that publishes or submits a quotation pursuant
to paragraph (f) of this section; Provided, however, That any broker or dealer that
relies on a publicly available determination described in paragraph (f)(2)(iii)(B) or
(f)(3)(ii)(A) of this section shall preserve only a record of the name of the qualified
interdealer quotation system or registered national securities association that determined
whether the documents and information specified in paragraph (b) of this section are current
and publicly available in addition to the documents and information that demonstrate that
the other requirements of the exception provided in paragraph (f)(2) or (3), respectively,
are met; and that any broker or dealer that relies on a publicly available determination
described in paragraph (f)(7) of this section shall preserve only a record of the exception
provided in paragraph (f)(1), (f)(3)(i), or (f)(4) or (5) for which the publicly available
determination is made and the name of the qualified interdealer quotation system or
registered national securities association that determined that the requirements of that
exception are met.
(e) Definitions. For purposes of this section:
(1) Company insider shall mean any officer or director of the
issuer, or person that performs a similar function, or any person who is, directly or
indirectly, the beneficial owner of more than 10 percent of the outstanding units or shares
of any class of any equity security of the issuer.
(2) Current shall mean, for the documents and information specified
in:
(i) Paragraph (b)(1), (2), (4), or (5) of this section, filed, published,
or are as of a date in accordance with the time frames specified in the applicable paragraph
for such documents and information; or
(ii) Paragraph (b)(3) of this section, the most recently required annual
report or statement filed pursuant to section 13 or 15(d) of the Act and any rule(s)
thereunder, Regulation A, Regulation Crowdfunding, or section 12(G)(2)(g) of the Act,
together with any subsequently required periodic reports or statements, filed pursuant to
section 13 or 15(d) of the Act and any rule(s) thereunder, Regulation A, Regulation
Crowdfunding, or section 12(G)(2)(g) of the Act.
(3) Interdealer quotation system shall mean any system of general
circulation to brokers or dealers that regularly disseminates quotations of identified
brokers or dealers.
(4) Issuer, in the case of quotations for American Depositary
Receipts, shall mean the issuer of the deposited shares represented by such American
Depositary Receipts.
(5) Publicly available shall mean available on EDGAR; on the
website of a state or federal agency, a qualified interdealer quotation system, a registered
national securities association, an issuer, or a registered broker or dealer; or through an
electronic information delivery system that is generally available to the public in the
primary trading market of a foreign private issuer as defined in § 240.3b-4 of this chapter;
Provided, however, that publicly available shall mean where access is not
restricted by user name, password, fees, or other restraints.
(6) Qualified interdealer quotation system shall mean any
interdealer quotation system that meets the definition of an “alternative trading system”
under § 242.300(a) of this chapter and operates pursuant to the exemption from the
definition of an “exchange” under § 240.3a1-1(a)(2) of this chapter.
(7) Quotation, except as otherwise specified in this section, shall
mean any bid or offer at a specified price with respect to a security, or any indication of
interest by a broker or dealer in receiving bids or offers from others for a security, or
any indication by a broker or dealer that wishes to advertise its general interest in buying
or selling a particular security.
(8) Quotation medium shall mean any “interdealer quotation system”
or any publication or electronic communications network or other device that is used by
brokers or dealers to make known to others their interest in transactions in any security,
including offers to buy or sell at a stated price or otherwise, or invitations of offers to
buy or sell.
(9) Shell company shall mean any issuer, other than a business
combination related shell company, as defined in § 230.405 of this chapter, or an
asset-backed issuer as defined in Item 1101(b) of Regulation AB (§ 229.1101(b) of this
chapter), that has:
(i) No or nominal operations; and
(ii) Either:
(A) No or nominal assets;
(B) Assets consisting solely of cash and cash equivalents; or
(C) Assets consisting of any amount of cash and cash equivalents and
nominal other assets.
(f) Exceptions. Except as provided in paragraph (d)(2) of this
section, the provisions of this section shall not apply to:
(1) The publication or submission of a quotation for a security that is
admitted to trading on a national securities exchange and that is traded on such an exchange
on the same day as, or on the business day next preceding, the day the quotation is
published or submitted.
(2)(i) The publication or submission by a broker or dealer, solely on
behalf of a customer (other than a person acting as or for a dealer), of a quotation that
represents the customer's unsolicited indication of interest;
(ii) Provided, however, that this paragraph (f)(2) shall not apply to a
quotation:
(A) Consisting of both a bid and an offer, each of which is at a specified
price, unless the quotation medium specifically identifies the quotation as representing
such an unsolicited customer interest; or
(B) Published or submitted, directly or indirectly on behalf of a company
insider or affiliate as defined in § 230.144(a)(1) of this chapter, unless the documents and
information specified in paragraph (b) of this section are current and publicly
available.
(iii) For purposes of paragraph (f)(2)(ii)(B) of this section, a broker or
dealer that publishes or submits quotations may rely on either a:
(A) Written representation from the customer's broker that such customer
is not a company insider or an affiliate if:
(1) Such representation is received prior to, and on the same day
that, the quotation representing the customer's unsolicited indication of interest is
published or submitted; and
(2) The broker or dealer has a reasonable basis under the
circumstances for believing that the customer's broker is a reliable source; or
(B) Publicly available determination by a qualified interdealer quotation
system or registered national securities association that the documents and information
specified in paragraph (b) of this section are current and publicly available.
(3)(i)(A) The publication or submission, in an interdealer quotation
system that specifically identifies as such unsolicited customer indications of interest of
the kind described in paragraph (f)(2) of this section, of a quotation for a security that
has been the subject of a bid or offer quotation (exclusive of any identified customer
interests) in such a system at a specified price, with no more than four business days in
succession without such a quotation;
(B) Provided, however, that this paragraph (f)(3) shall not apply to a
quotation that is published or submitted by a broker or dealer for the security of an issuer
that:
(1) Was the subject of a trading suspension order issued by the
Commission pursuant to section 12(k) of the Act until 60 calendar days after the expiration
of such order;
(2) Such broker or dealer, or any qualified interdealer quotation
system or registered national securities association, has a reasonable basis under the
circumstances for believing is a shell company, unless such quotation is published or
submitted within the 18 months following the initial quotation for such issuer's security
that is the subject of a bid or offer quotation in an interdealer quotation system at a
specified price;
(C) Provided further, that this paragraph (f)(3) shall apply to the
publication or submission of a quotation for a security of an issuer only if the documents
and information regarding such issuer that are specified in:
(1) Paragraph (b)(3)(i), (iv), or (v) of this section are filed
within 180 calendar days from the end of the issuer's most recent fiscal year or any
quarterly reporting period that is covered by a report required by section 13 or 15(d) of
the Act, as applicable;
(2) Paragraph (b)(3)(ii) or (iii) of this section are timely
filed;
(3) Paragraph (b)(4) or (b)(5)(i) (excluding paragraphs
(b)(5)(i)(N) through (P)) are current and publicly available; or
(4) Paragraph (b)(3)(i), (ii), (iii), (iv), or (v) are filed within
15 calendar days starting on the date on which a publicly available determination is made
pursuant to paragraph (f)(3)(ii)(A) of this section; or
(ii) If the documents and information specified in paragraph (b) of this
section (excluding paragraphs (b)(5)(i)(N) through (P)) regarding an issuer are no longer
current and publicly available, timely filed, or filed within 180 calendar days, as
specified in paragraph (f)(3)(i)(C) of this section, a broker or dealer may continue to
publish or submit a quotation for such issuer's security in an interdealer quotation system
during the time frame specified in in paragraph (f)(3)(ii)(C) if:
(A) Within the first four business days that such documents and
information are no longer current and publicly available, timely filed, or filed within 180
calendar days, as applicable, a qualified interdealer quotation system or registered
national securities association makes a publicly available determination that:
(1) Such documents and information are no longer current and
publicly available, timely filed, or filed within 180 calendar days, as specified in
paragraph (f)(3)(i)(C) of this section; and
(2) The exception provided in paragraph (f)(3)(ii) of this section
is available only during the 15 calendar days starting on the date on which the publicly
available determination described in paragraph (f)(3)(ii)(A)(1) of this section is
made; and
(B) The broker or dealer complies with the requirements of paragraphs
(d)(2) and (f)(3)(i) of this section, except for the requirement that the documents and
information specified in paragraph (b) (excluding paragraphs (b)(5)(i)(N) through (P))
regarding such issuer be current and publicly available, timely filed, or filed within 180
calendar days, as applicable;
(C) Provided, however, that the provisions of this paragraph (f)(3)(ii)
shall apply only during the shorter of the period beginning with the date on which a
qualified interdealer quotation system or registered national securities association makes a
publicly available determination identified in paragraph (f)(3)(ii)(A) and ending on:
(1) The date on which the documents and information specified in
paragraph (b) of this section (excluding paragraphs (b)(5)(i)(N) through (P)) regarding such
issuer become current and publicly available or filed; or
(2) The fourteenth calendar day following the date on which such
publicly available determination was made.
(4) The publication or submission of a quotation for a municipal
security.
(5) The publication or submission of a quotation for:
(i) A security with a worldwide average daily trading volume value of at
least $100,000 reported during the 60 calendar days immediately before the publication of
the quotation of such security; and
(ii) The issuer of such security has at least $50 million in total assets
and $10 million in shareholders' equity as reflected in the issuer's publicly available
audited balance sheet issued within six months after the end of its most recent fiscal
year.
(6) The publication or submission of a quotation for a security by a
broker or dealer that is named as an underwriter in a registration statement for an offering
of that class of security referenced in paragraph (b)(1) of this section or in an offering
statement for an offering of that class of security referenced in paragraph (b)(2) of this
section; Provided, however, that this paragraph (f)(6) shall apply only to the
publication or submission of a quotation for such security within the time frames specified
in paragraph (b)(1) or (2) of this section.
(7) The publication or submission of a quotation by a broker or dealer
that relies on a publicly available determination by a qualified interdealer quotation
system or registered national securities association that the requirements of an exception
provided in paragraph (f)(1), (f)(3)(i), or (f)(4) or (5) of this section are met;
Provided, however, that any qualified interdealer quotation system or registered
national securities association that makes a publicly available determination that the
requirements of the exception provided in paragraph (f)(3)(i) of this section are met must
subsequently make a publicly available determination under paragraph (f)(3)(ii)(A) of this
section, as applicable.
(g) Exemptive authority. Upon written application or upon its own
motion, the Commission may, conditionally or unconditionally, exempt by order any person,
security, or transaction, or any class or classes of persons, securities, or transactions,
from any provision or provisions of this section, to the extent that such exemption is
necessary or appropriate in the public interest, and is consistent with the protection of
investors.
[36 FR 18641, Sept. 18, 1971, as amended at 41 FR
22826, June 7, 1976; 49 FR 45123, Nov. 15, 1984; 56 FR 19156, Apr. 25, 1991; 70 FR 37618,
June 29, 2005; 73 FR 52768, Sept. 10, 2008; 80 FR 21805, April 20, 2015; 85 FR 68124, Oct.
27, 2020]
240.15c2-12 — Municipal securities disclosure.
Preliminary Note:
For a discussion of disclosure obligations relating to
municipal securities, issuers, brokers, dealers, and municipal securities
dealers should refer to Securities Act Release No. 7049, Securities Exchange Act
Release No. 33741, FR-42 (March 9, 1994). For a discussion of the obligations of
underwriters to have a reasonable basis for recommending municipal securities,
brokers, dealers, and municipal securities dealers should refer to Securities
Exchange Act Release No. 26100 (Sept. 22, 1988) and Securities Exchange Act
Release No. 26985 (June 28, 1989).
|
(a) General. As a means reasonably designed to prevent fraudulent,
deceptive, or manipulative acts or practices, it shall be unlawful for any broker, dealer,
or municipal securities dealer (a “Participating Underwriter” when used in connection with
an Offering) to act as an underwriter in a primary offering of municipal securities with an
aggregate principal amount of $1,000,000 or more (an “Offering”) unless the Participating
Underwriter complies with the requirements of this section or is exempted from the
provisions of this section.
(b) Requirements. (1) Prior to the time the Participating
Underwriter bids for, purchases, offers, or sells municipal securities in an Offering, the
Participating Underwriter shall obtain and review an official statement that an issuer of
such securities deems final as of its date, except for the omission of no more than the
following information: The offering price(s), interest rate(s), selling compensation,
aggregate principal amount, principal amount per maturity, delivery dates, any other terms
or provisions required by an issuer of such securities to be specified in a competitive bid,
ratings, other terms of the securities depending on such matters, and the identity of the
underwriter(s).
(2) Except in competitively bid offerings, from the time the Participating
Underwriter has reached an understanding with an issuer of municipal securities that it will
become a Participating Underwriter in an Offering until a final official statement is
available, the Participating Underwriter shall send no later than the next business day, by
first-class mail or other equally prompt means, to any potential customer, on request, a
single copy of the most recent preliminary official statement, if any.
(3) The Participating Underwriter shall contract with an issuer of
municipal securities or its designated agent to receive, within seven business days after
any final agreement to purchase, offer, or sell the municipal securities in an Offering and
in sufficient time to accompany any confirmation that requests payment from any customer,
copies of a final official statement in sufficient quantity to comply with paragraph (b)(4)
of this rule and the rules of the Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board.
(4) From the time the final official statement becomes available until the
earlier of —
(i) Ninety days from the end of the underwriting period or
(ii) The time when the official statement is available to any person from
the Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board, but in no case less than twenty-five days
following the end of the underwriting period, the Participating Underwriter in an Offering
shall send no later than the next business day, by first-class mail or other equally prompt
means, to any potential customer, on request, a single copy of the final official
statement.
(5)(i) A Participating Underwriter shall not purchase or sell municipal
securities in connection with an Offering unless the Participating Underwriter has
reasonably determined that an issuer of municipal securities, or an obligated person for
whom financial or operating data is presented in the final official statement has
undertaken, either individually or in combination with other issuers of such municipal
securities or obligated persons, in a written agreement or contract for the benefit of
holders of such securities, to provide the following to the Municipal Securities Rulemaking
Board in an electronic format as prescribed by the Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board,
either directly or indirectly through an indenture trustee or a designated agent:
(A) Annual financial information for each obligated person for whom
financial information or operating data is presented in the final official statement, or,
for each obligated person meeting the objective criteria specified in the undertaking and
used to select the obligated persons for whom financial information or operating data is
presented in the final official statement, except that, in the case of pooled obligations,
the undertaking shall specify such objective criteria;
(B) If not submitted as part of the annual financial information, then
when and if available, audited financial statements for each obligated person covered by
paragraph (b)(5)(i)(A) of this section;
(C) In a timely manner not in excess of ten business days after the
occurrence of the event, notice of any of the following events with respect to the
securities being offered in the Offering:
(1) Principal and interest payment delinquencies;
(2) Non-payment related defaults, if material;
(3) Unscheduled draws on debt service reserves reflecting financial
difficulties;
(4) Unscheduled draws on credit enhancements reflecting financial
difficulties;
(5) Substitution of credit or liquidity providers, or their failure
to perform;
(6) Adverse tax opinions, the issuance by the Internal Revenue
Service of proposed or final determinations of taxability, Notices of Proposed Issue (IRS
Form 5701-TEB) or other material notices or determinations with respect to the tax status of
the security, or other material events affecting the tax status of the security;
(7) Modifications to rights of security holders, if material;
(8) Bond calls, if material, and tender offers;
(9) Defeasances;
(10) Release, substitution, or sale of property securing repayment
of the securities, if material;
(11) Rating changes;
(12) Bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar event of the
obligated person;
Note to paragraph (b)(5)(i)(C)(12):
For the purposes of the event identified in paragraph
(b)(5)(i)(C)(12) of this section, the event is considered to occur when any of
the following occur: The appointment of a receiver, fiscal agent or similar
officer for an obligated person in a proceeding under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code
or in any other proceeding under state or federal law in which a court or
governmental authority has assumed jurisdiction over substantially all of the
assets or business of the obligated person, or if such jurisdiction has been
assumed by leaving the existing governing body and officials or officers in
possession but subject to the supervision and orders of a court or governmental
authority, or the entry of an order confirming a plan of reorganization,
arrangement or liquidation by a court or governmental authority having
supervision or jurisdiction over substantially all of the assets or business of
the obligated person.
|
(13) The consummation of a merger, consolidation, or acquisition
involving an obligated person or the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the
obligated person, other than in the ordinary course of business, the entry into a definitive
agreement to undertake such an action or the termination of a definitive agreement relating
to any such actions, other than pursuant to its terms, if material;
(14) Appointment of a successor or additional trustee or the change
of name of a trustee, if material;
(15) Incurrence of a financial obligation of the obligated person,
if material, or agreement to covenants, events of default, remedies, priority rights, or
other similar terms of a financial obligation of the obligated person, any of which affect
security holders, if material; and
(16) Default, event of acceleration, termination event,
modification of terms, or other similar events under the terms of a financial obligation of
the obligated person, any of which reflect financial difficulties; and
(D) In a timely manner, notice of a failure of any person specified in
paragraph (b)(5)(i)(A) of this section to provide required annual financial information, on
or before the date specified in the written agreement or contract.
(ii) The written agreement or contract for the benefit of holders of such
securities also shall identify each person for whom annual financial information and notices
of material events will be provided, either by name or by the objective criteria used to
select such persons, and, for each such person shall:
(A) Specify, in reasonable detail, the type of financial information and
operating data to be provided as part of annual financial information;
(B) Specify, in reasonable detail, the accounting principles pursuant to
which financial statements will be prepared, and whether the financial statements will be
audited; and
(C) Specify the date on which the annual financial information for the
preceding fiscal year will be provided.
(iii) Such written agreement or contract for the benefit of holders of
such securities also may provide that the continuing obligation to provide annual financial
information and notices of events may be terminated with respect to any obligated person, if
and when such obligated person no longer remains an obligated person with respect to such
municipal securities.
(iv) Such written agreement or contract for the benefit of holders of such
securities also shall provide that all documents provided to the Municipal Securities
Rulemaking Board shall be accompanied by identifying information as prescribed by the
Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board.
(c) Recommendations. As a means reasonably designed to prevent
fraudulent, deceptive, or manipulative acts or practices, it shall be unlawful for any
broker, dealer, or municipal securities dealer to recommend the purchase or sale of a
municipal security unless such broker, dealer, or municipal securities dealer has procedures
in place that provide reasonable assurance that it will receive prompt notice of any event
disclosed pursuant to paragraph (b)(5)(i)(C), paragraph (b)(5)(i)(D), and paragraph
(d)(2)(ii)(B) of this section with respect to that security.
(d) Exemptions. (1) This section shall not apply to a primary
offering of municipal securities in authorized denominations of $100,000 or more, if such
securities:
(i) Are sold to no more than thirty-five persons each of whom the
Participating Underwriter reasonably believes:
(A) Has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters
that it is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of the prospective investment; and
(B) Is not purchasing for more than one account or with a view to
distributing the securities; or
(ii) Have a maturity of nine months or less.
(2) Paragraph (b)(5) of this section shall not apply to an Offering of
municipal securities if, at such time as an issuer of such municipal securities delivers the
securities to the Participating Underwriters:
(i) No obligated person will be an obligated person with respect to more
than $10,000,000 in aggregate amount of outstanding municipal securities, including the
offered securities and excluding municipal securities that were offered in a transaction
exempt from this section pursuant to paragraph (d)(1) of this section;
(ii) An issuer of municipal securities or obligated person has undertaken,
either individually or in combination with other issuers of municipal securities or
obligated persons, in a written agreement or contract for the benefit of holders of such
municipal securities, to provide the following to the Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board
in an electronic format as prescribed by the Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board:
(A) At least annually, financial information or operating data regarding
each obligated person for which financial information or operating data is presented in the
final official statement, as specified in the undertaking, which financial information and
operating data shall include, at a minimum, that financial information and operating data
which is customarily prepared by such obligated person and is publicly available; and
(B) In a timely manner not in excess of ten business days after the
occurrence of the event, notice of events specified in paragraph (b)(5)(i)(C) of this
section with respect to the securities that are the subject of the Offering; and
(C) Such written agreement or contract for the benefit of holders of such
securities also shall provide that all documents provided to the Municipal Securities
Rulemaking Board shall be accompanied by identifying information as prescribed by the
Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board; and
(iii) The final official statement identifies by name, address, and
telephone number the persons from which the foregoing information, data, and notices can be
obtained.
(3) The provisions of paragraph (b)(5) of this section, other than
paragraph (b)(5)(i)(C) of this section, shall not apply to an Offering of municipal
securities, if such municipal securities have a stated maturity of 18 months or less.
(4) The provisions of paragraph (c) of this section shall not apply to
municipal securities:
(i) Sold in an Offering to which paragraph (b)(5) of this section did not
apply, other than Offerings exempt under paragraph (d)(2)(ii) of this section; or
(ii) Sold in an Offering exempt from this section under paragraph (d)(1)
of this section.
(5) With the exception of paragraphs (b)(1) through (b)(4), this section
shall apply to a primary offering of municipal securities in authorized denominations of
$100,000 or more if such securities may, at the option of the holder thereof, be tendered to
an issuer of such securities or its designated agent for redemption or purchase at par value
or more at least as frequently as every nine months until maturity, earlier redemption, or
purchase by an issuer or its designated agent; provided, however, that paragraphs (b)(5) and
(c) of this section shall not apply to such securities outstanding on November 30, 2010, for
so long as they continuously remain in authorized denominations of $100,000 or more and may,
at the option of the holder thereof, be tendered to an issuer of such securities or its
designated agent for redemption or purchase at par value or more at least as frequently as
every nine months until maturity, earlier redemption, or purchase by an issuer or its
designated agent.
(e) Exemptive authority. The Commission, upon written request, or
upon its own motion, may exempt any broker, dealer, or municipal securities dealer, whether
acting in the capacity of a Participating Underwriter or otherwise, that is a participant in
a transaction or class of transactions from any requirement of this section, either
unconditionally or on specified terms and conditions, if the Commission determines that such
an exemption is consistent with the public interest and the protection of investors.
(f) Definitions. For the purposes of this rule —
(1) The term authorized denominations of $100,000 or more means
municipal securities with a principal amount of $100,000 or more and with restrictions that
prevent the sale or transfer of such securities in principal amounts of less than $100,000
other than through a primary offering; except that, for municipal securities with an
original issue discount of 10 percent or more, the term means municipal securities with a
minimum purchase price of $100,000 or more and with restrictions that prevent the sale or
transfer of such securities, in principal amounts that are less than the original principal
amount at the time of the primary offering, other than through a primary offering.
(2) The term end of the underwriting period means the later of such
time as
(i) The issuer of municipal securities delivers the securities to the
Participating Underwriters or
(ii) The Participating Underwriter does not retain, directly or as a
member or an underwriting syndicate, an unsold balance of the securities for sale to the
public.
(3) The term final official statement means a document or set of
documents prepared by an issuer of municipal securities or its representatives that is
complete as of the date delivered to the Participating Underwriter(s) and that sets forth
information concerning the terms of the proposed issue of securities; information, including
financial information or operating data, concerning such issuers of municipal securities and
those other entities, enterprises, funds, accounts, and other persons material to an
evaluation of the Offering; and a description of the undertakings to be provided pursuant to
paragraph (b)(5)(i), paragraph (d)(2)(ii), and paragraph (d)(2)(iii) of this section, if
applicable, and of any instances in the previous five years in which each person specified
pursuant to paragraph (b)(5)(ii) of this section failed to comply, in all material respects,
with any previous undertakings in a written contract or agreement specified in paragraph
(b)(5)(i) of this section. Financial information or operating data may be set forth in the
document or set of documents, or may be included by specific reference to documents
available to the public on the Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board's Internet Web site or
filed with the Commission.
(4) The term issuer of municipal securities means the governmental
issuer specified in section 3(a)(29) of the Act and the issuer of any separate security,
including a sepatate security as defined in rule 3b-5(a) under the Act.
(5) The term potential customer means (i) Any person contacted by
the Participating Underwriter concerning the purchase of municipal securities that are
intended to be offered or have been sold in an offering, (ii) Any person who has expressed
an interest to the Participating Underwriter in possibly purchasing such municipal
securities, and (iii) Any person who has a customer account with the Participating
Underwriter.
(6) The term preliminary official statement means an official
statement prepared by or for an issuer of municipal securities for dissemination to
potential customers prior to the availability of the final official statement.
(7) The term primary offering means an offering of municipal
securities directly or indirectly by or on behalf of an issuer of such securities, including
any remarketing of municipal securities.
(i) That is accompanied by a change in the authorized denomination of such
securities from $100,000 or more to less than $100,000, or
(ii) That is accompanied by a change in the period during which such
securities may be tendered to an issuer of such securities or its designated agent for
redemption or purchase from a period of nine months or less to a period of more than nine
months.
(8) The term underwriter means any person who has purchased from an
issuer of municipal securities with a view to, or offers or sells for an issuer of municipal
securities in connection with, the offering of any municipal security, or participates or
has a direct or indirect participation in any such undertaking, or participates or has a
participation in the direct or indirect underwriting of any such undertaking; except, that
such term shall not include a person whose interest is limited to a commission, concession,
or allowance from an underwriter, broker, dealer, or municipal securities dealer not in
excess of the usual and customary distributors' or sellers' commission, concession, or
allowance.
(9) The term annual financial information means financial
information or operating data, provided at least annually, of the type included in the final
official statement with respect to an obligated person, or in the case where no financial
information or operating data was provided in the final official statement with respect to
such obligated person, of the type included in the final official statement with respect to
those obligated persons that meet the objective criteria applied to select the persons for
which financial information or operating data will be provided on an annual basis. Financial
information or operating data may be set forth in the document or set of documents, or may
be included by specific reference to documents available to the public on the Municipal
Securities Rulemaking Board's Internet Web site or filed with the Commission.
(10) The term obligated person means any person, including an
issuer of municipal securities, who is either generally or through an enterprise, fund, or
account of such person committed by contract or other arrangement to support payment of all,
or part of the obligations on the municipal securities to be sold in the Offering (other
than providers of municipal bond insurance, letters of credit, or other liquidity
facilities).
(11)(i) The term financial obligation means a:
(A) Debt obligation;
(B) Derivative instrument entered into in connection with, or pledged as
security or a source of payment for, an existing or planned debt obligation; or
(C) Guarantee of paragraph (f)(11)(i)(A) or (B).
(ii) The term financial obligation shall not include municipal
securities as to which a final official statement has been provided to the Municipal
Securities Rulemaking Board consistent with this rule.
(g) Transitional provision. If on July 28, 1989, a Participating
Underwriter was contractually committed to act as underwriter in an Offering of municipal
securities originally issued before July 29, 1989, the requirements of paragraphs (b)(3) and
(b)(4) shall not apply to the Participating Underwriter in connection with such an Offering.
Paragraph (b)(5) of this section shall not apply to a Participating Underwriter that has
contractually committed to act as an underwriter in an Offering of municipal securities
before July 3, 1995; except that paragraph (b)(5)(i)(A) and paragraph (b)(5)(i)(B)
shall not apply with respect to fiscal years ending prior to January 1, 1996. Paragraph (c)
shall become effective on January 1, 1996. Paragraph (d)(2)(ii) and paragraph (d)(2)(iii) of
this section shall not apply to an Offering of municipal securities commencing prior to
January 1, 1996.
[54 FR 28813, July 10, 1989, as amended at 59 FR
59609, Nov. 17, 1994; 73 FR 76132, Dec. 15, 2008; 75 FR 33155, June 10, 2010; 83 FR 44700,
Aug. 31, 2018]
240.15c3-1 — Net capital requirements for brokers or dealers.
(a) Every broker or dealer must at all times have and maintain net capital
no less than the greater of the highest minimum requirement applicable to its ratio
requirement under paragraph (a)(1) of this section, or to any of its activities under
paragraph (a)(2) of this section, and must otherwise not be “insolvent” as that term is
defined in paragraph (c)(16) of this section. In lieu of applying paragraphs (a)(1) and
(a)(2) of this section, an OTC derivatives dealer shall maintain net capital pursuant to
paragraph (a)(5) of this section. Each broker or dealer also shall comply with the
supplemental requirements of paragraphs (a)(4) and (a)(9) of this section, to the extent
either paragraph is applicable to its activities. In addition, a broker or dealer shall
maintain net capital of not less than its own net capital requirement plus the sum of each
broker's or dealer's subsidiary or affiliate minimum net capital requirements, which is
consolidated pursuant to appendix C, § 240.15c3-1c.
Ratio Requirements
Aggregate Indebtedness
Standard
(1)(i) No broker or dealer, other than one that elects the provisions of
paragraph (a)(1)(ii) of this section, shall permit its aggregate indebtedness to all other
persons to exceed 1500 percent of its net capital (or 800 percent of its net capital for
12 months after commencing business as a broker or dealer).
Alternative Standard
(ii) A broker or dealer may elect not to be subject to the Aggregate
Indebtedness Standard of paragraph (a)(1)(i) of this section. That broker or dealer shall
not permit its net capital to be less than the greater of $250,000 or 2 percent of
aggregate debit items computed in accordance with the Formula for Determination of Reserve
Requirements for Brokers and Dealers (Exhibit A to Rule 15c3-3, § 240.15c3-3a). Such
broker or dealer shall notify its Examining Authority, in writing, of its election to
operate under this paragraph (a)(1)(ii). Once a broker or dealer has notified its
Examining Authority, it shall continue to operate under this paragraph unless a change is
approved upon application to the Commission. A broker or dealer that elects this standard
and is not exempt from Rule 15c3-3 shall:
(A) Make the computation required by § 240.15c3-3(e) and set forth in
Exhibit A, § 240.15c3-3a, on a weekly basis and, in lieu of the 1 percent reduction of
certain debit items required by Note E (3) in the computation of its Exhibit A
requirement, reduce aggregate debit items in such computation by 3 percent;
(B) Include in Items 7 and 8 of Exhibit A, § 240.15c3-3a, the market
value of items specified therein more than 7 business days old;
(C) Exclude credit balances in accounts representing amounts payable for
securities not yet received from the issuer or its agent which securities are specified in
paragraphs (c)(2)(vi) (A) and (E) of this section and any related debit items from the
Exhibit A requirement for 3 business days; and
(D) Deduct from net worth in computing net capital 1 percent of the
contract value of all failed to deliver contracts or securities borrowed that were
allocated to failed to receive contracts of the same issue and which thereby were excluded
from Items 11 or 12 of Exhibit A, § 240.15c3-3a.
Futures Commission
Merchants
(iii) No broker or dealer registered as a futures commission merchant
shall permit its net capital to be less than the greater of its requirement under
paragraph (a)(1) (i) or (ii) of this section, or 4 percent of the funds required to be
segregated pursuant to the Commodity Exchange Act and the regulations thereunder (less the
market value of commodity options purchased by option customers on or subject to the rules
of a contract market, each such deduction not to exceed the amount of funds in the
customer's account).
Minimum Requirements
See Appendix E (§ 240.15c3-1E) for temporary minimum requirements.
Brokers or Dealers That Carry Customer Accounts
(2)(i) A broker or dealer (other than one described in paragraphs
(a)(2)(ii) or (a)(8) of this section) shall maintain net capital of not less than
$250,000 if it carries customer or broker or dealer accounts and receives or holds funds
or securities for those persons. A broker or dealer shall be deemed to receive funds, or
to carry customer or broker or dealer accounts and to receive funds from those persons
if, in connection with its activities as a broker or dealer, it receives checks, drafts,
or other evidences of indebtedness made payable to itself or persons other than the
requisite registered broker or dealer carrying the account of a customer, escrow agent,
issuer, underwriter, sponsor, or other distributor of securities. A broker or dealer
shall be deemed to hold securities for, or to carry customer or broker or dealer
accounts, and hold securities of, those persons if it does not promptly forward or
promptly deliver all of the securities of customers or of other brokers or dealers
received by the firm in connection with its activities as a broker or dealer. A broker
or dealer, without complying with this paragraph (a)(2)(i), may receive securities only
if its activities conform with the provisions of paragraphs (a)(2) (iv) or (v) of this
section, and may receive funds only in connection with the activities described in
paragraph (a)(2)(v) of this section.
(ii) A broker or dealer that is exempt from the provisions of §
240.15c3-3 pursuant to paragraph (k)(2)(i) thereof shall maintain net capital of not
less than $100,000.
Dealers
(iii) A dealer shall maintain net capital of not less than $100,000.
For the purposes of this section, the term “dealer” includes:
(A) Any broker or dealer that endorses or writes options otherwise
than on a registered national securities exchange or a facility of a registered national
securities association; and
(B) Any broker or dealer that effects more than ten transactions in
any one calendar year for its own investment account. This section shall not apply to
those persons engaging in activities described in paragraphs (a)(2)(v), (a)(2)(vi) or
(a)(8) of this section, or to those persons whose underwriting activities are limited
solely to acting as underwriters in best efforts or all or none underwritings in
conformity with paragraph (b)(2) of § 240.15c2-4, so long as those persons engage in no
other dealer activities.
Brokers or Dealers That Introduce Customer Accounts And Receive Securities
(iv) A broker or dealer shall maintain net capital of not less than
$50,000 if it introduces transactions and accounts of customers or other brokers or
dealers to another registered broker or dealer that carries such accounts on a fully
disclosed basis, and if the broker or dealer receives but does not hold customer or
other broker or dealer securities. A broker or dealer operating under this paragraph
(a)(2)(iv) of this section may participate in a firm commitment underwriting without
being subject to the provisions of paragraph (a)(2)(iii) of this section, but may not
enter into a commitment for the purchase of shares related to that underwriting.
Brokers or Dealers Engaged in the Sale of Redeemable Shares of Registered Investment Companies and Certain Other Share Accounts
(v) A broker or dealer shall maintain net capital of not less than
$25,000 if it acts as a broker or dealer with respect to the purchase, sale and
redemption of redeemable shares of registered investment companies or of interests or
participations in an insurance company separate account directly from or to the issuer
on other than a subscription way basis. A broker or dealer operating under this section
may sell securities for the account of a customer to obtain funds for the immediate
reinvestment in redeemable securities of registered investment companies. A broker or
dealer operating under this paragraph (a)(2)(v) must promptly transmit all funds and
promptly deliver all securities received in connection with its activities as a broker
or dealer, and may not otherwise hold funds or securities for, or owe money or
securities to, customers.
Other Brokers or Dealers
(vi) A broker or dealer that does not receive, directly or indirectly,
or hold funds or securities for, or owe funds or securities to, customers and does not
carry accounts of, or for, customers and does not engage in any of the activities
described in paragraphs (a)(2) (i) through (v) of this section shall maintain net
capital of not less than $5,000. A broker or dealer operating under this paragraph may
engage in the following dealer activities without being subject to the requirements of
paragraph (a)(2)(iii) of this section:
(A) In the case of a buy order, prior to executing such customer's
order, it purchases as principal the same number of shares or purchases shares to
accumulate the number of shares necessary to complete the order, which shall be cleared
through another registered broker or dealer or
(B) In the case of a sell order, prior to executing such customer's
order, it sells as principal the same number of shares or a portion thereof, which shall
be cleared through another registered broker or dealer.
(3) [Reserved]
Capital Requirements for Market Makers
(4) A broker or dealer engaged in activities as a market maker as
defined in paragraph (c)(8) of this section shall maintain net capital in an amount not
less than $2,500 for each security in which it makes a market (unless a security in
which it makes a market has a market value of $5 or less, in which event the amount of
net capital shall be not less than $1,000 for each such security) based on the average
number of such markets made by such broker or dealer during the 30 days immediately
preceding the computation date. Under no circumstances shall it have net capital less
than that required by the provisions of paragraph (a) of this section, or be required to
maintain net capital of more than $1,000,000 unless required by paragraph (a) of this
section.
(5)(i) In accordance with appendix F to this section (§ 240.15c3-1f),
the Commission may grant an application by an OTC derivatives dealer when calculating
net capital to use the market risk standards of appendix F as to some or all of its
positions in lieu of the provisions of paragraph (c)(2)(vi) of this section and the
credit risk standards of appendix F to its receivables (including counterparty net
exposure) arising from transactions in eligible OTC derivative instruments in lieu of
the requirements of paragraph (c)(2)(iv) of this section. An OTC derivatives dealer
shall at all times maintain tentative net capital of not less than $100 million and net
capital of not less than $20 million.
(ii) An OTC derivatives dealer that is also registered as a
security-based swap dealer under section 15F of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78 o-10) is
subject to the capital requirements in §§ 240.18a-1, 240.18a-1a, 240.18a-1b, 240.18a-1c
and 240.18a-1d instead of the capital requirements of this section and its
appendices.
Market Makers, Specialists and Certain Other Dealers
(6)(i) A dealer who meets the conditions of paragraph (a)(6)(ii) of
this section may elect to operate under this paragraph (a)(6) and thereby not apply,
except to the extent required by this paragraph (a)(6), the provisions of paragraphs
(c)(2)(vi) or appendix A (§ 240.15c3-1a) of this section to market maker and specialist
transactions and, in lieu thereof, apply thereto the provisions of paragraph (a)(6)(iii)
of this section.
(ii) This paragraph (a)(6) shall be available to a dealer who does not
effect transactions with other than brokers or dealers, who does not carry customer
accounts, who does not effect transactions in options not listed on a registered
national securities exchange or facility of a registered national securities
association, and whose market maker or specialist transactions are effected through and
carried in a market maker or specialist account cleared by another broker or dealer as
provided in paragraph (a)(6)(iv) of this section.
(iii) A dealer who elects to operate pursuant to this paragraph (a)(6)
shall at all times maintain a liquidating equity in respect of securities positions in
his market maker or specialist account at least equal to:
(A) An amount equal to 25 percent (5 percent in the case of exempted
securities) of the market value of the long positions and 30 percent of the market value
of the short positions; provided, however, in the case of long or short positions in
options and long or short positions in securities other than options which relate to a
bona fide hedged position as defined in paragraph (c)(2)(x)(C) of this section, such
amount shall equal the deductions in respect of such positions specified by Appendix A
(§ 240.15c3-1a).
(B) Such lesser requirement as may be approved by the Commission under
specified terms and conditions upon written application of the dealer and the carrying
broker or dealer.
(C) For purposes of this paragraph (a)(6)(iii), equity in such
specialist or market maker account shall be computed by (1) marking all
securities positions long or short in the account to their respective current market
values, (2) adding (deducting in the case of a debit balance) the credit balance
carried in such specialist or market maker account, and (3) adding (deducting in
the case of short positions) the market value of positions long in such account.
(iv) The dealer shall obtain from the broker or dealer carrying the
market maker or specialist account a written undertaking which shall be designated
“Notice Pursuant to § 240.15c3-1(a)(6) of Intention to Carry Specialist or Market Maker
Account.” Said undertaking shall contain the representations required by paragraph
(a)(6) of this section and shall be filed with the Commission's Washington, DC, Office,
the regional office of the Commission for the region in which the broker or dealer has
its principal place of business and the Designated Examining Authorities of both firms
prior to effecting any transactions in said account. The broker or dealer carrying such
account:
(A) Shall mark the account to the market not less than daily and shall
issue appropriate calls for additional equity which shall be met by noon of the
following business day;
(B) Shall notify by telegraph the Commission and the Designated
Examining Authorities pursuant to 17 CFR 240.17a-11, if the market maker or specialist
fails to deposit any required equity within the time prescribed in paragraph
(a)(6)(iv)(A) of this section; said telegraphic notice shall be received by the
Commission and the Designated Examining Authorities not later than the close of business
on the day said call is not met;
(C) Shall not extend further credit in the account if the equity in
the account falls below that prescribed in paragraph (a)(6)(iii) of this section,
and
(D) Shall take steps to liquidate promptly existing positions in the
account in the event of a failure to meet a call for equity.
(v) No such carrying broker or dealer shall permit the sum of (A) the
deductions required by paragraph (c)(2)(x)(A) of this section in respect of all
transactions in market maker accounts guaranteed, indorsed or carried by such broker or
dealer pursuant to paragraph (c)(2)(x) of this section and (B) the equity required by
paragraph (iii) of this paragraph (a)(6) in respect of all transactions in the accounts
of specialists of market makers in options carried by such broker or dealer pursuant to
this paragraph (a)(6) to exceed 1,000 percent of such broker's or dealer's net capital
as defined in paragraph (c)(2) of this section for any period exceeding five business
days; Provided, That solely for purposes of this paragraph (a)(6)(v), deductions
or equity required in a specialist or market maker account in respect of positions in
fully paid securities (other than options), which do not underlie options listed on the
national securities exchange or facility of a national securities association of which
the specialist or market marker is a member, need not be recognized. Provided
further, That if at any time such sum exceeds 1,000 percent of such broker's or
dealer's net capital, then the broker or dealer shall immediately transmit telegraphic
notice of such event to the principal office of the Commission in Washington, DC, the
regional office of the Commission for the region in which the broker or dealer maintains
its principal place of business, and such broker's or dealer's Designated Examining
Authority. Provided further, That if at any time such sum exceeds 1,000 percent
of such broker's or dealer's net capital, then such broker or dealer shall be subject to
the prohibitions against withdrawal of equity capital set forth in paragraph (e) of this
section, and to the prohibitions against reduction, prepayment and repayment of
subordination agreements set forth in paragraph (b)(11) of § 240.15c3-1d, as if such
broker or dealer's net capital were below the minimum standards specified by each of the
aforementioned paragraphs.
Alternative Net Capital Computation for Broker-Dealers Authorized to Use Models
(7) In accordance with § 240.15c3-1e, the Commission may approve, in
whole or in part, an application or an amendment to an application by a broker or dealer
to calculate net capital using the market risk standards of § 240.15c3-1e to compute a
deduction for market risk on some or all of its positions, instead of the provisions of
paragraphs (c)(2)(vi) and (vii) of this section, and § 240.15c3-1b, and using the credit
risk standards of § 240.15c3-1e to compute a deduction for credit risk on certain credit
exposures arising from transactions in derivatives instruments, instead of the provisions
of paragraphs (c)(2)(iv) and (c)(2)(xv)(A) and (B) of this section, subject to any
conditions or limitations on the broker or dealer the Commission may require as necessary
or appropriate in the public interest or for the protection of investors. A broker or
dealer that has been approved to calculate its net capital under § 240.15c3-1e must:
(i)(A) At all times maintain tentative net capital of not less than $5
billion and net capital of not less than the greater of $1 billion or the sum of the ratio
requirement under paragraph (a)(1) of this section and:
(1) Two percent of the risk margin amount; or
(2) Four percent or less of the risk margin amount if the
Commission issues an order raising the requirement to four percent or less on or after the
third anniversary of this section's compliance date; or
(3) Eight percent or less of the risk margin amount if the
Commission issues an order raising the requirement to eight percent or less on or after
the fifth anniversary of this section's compliance date and the Commission had previously
issued an order raising the requirement under paragraph (a)(7)(i)(B) of this section;
(B) If, after considering the capital and leverage levels of brokers or
dealers subject to paragraph (a)(7) of this section, as well as the risks of their
security-based swap positions, the Commission determines that it may be appropriate to
change the percentage pursuant to paragraph (a)(7)(i)(A)(2) or (3) of this section, the
Commission will publish a notice of the potential change and subsequently will issue an
order regarding any such change.
(ii) Provide notice that same day in accordance with § 240.17a-11(g) if
the broker's or dealer's tentative net capital is less than $6 billion. The Commission
may, upon written application, lower the threshold at which notification is necessary
under this paragraph (a)(7)(ii), either unconditionally or on specified terms and
conditions, if a broker or dealer satisfies the Commission that notification at the $6
billion threshold is unnecessary because of, among other factors, the special nature of
its business, its financial position, its internal risk management system, or its
compliance history; and
(iii) Comply with § 240.15c3-4 as though it were an OTC derivatives
dealer with respect to all of its business activities, except that paragraphs
(c)(5)(xiii), (c)(5)(xiv), (d)(8), and (d)(9) of § 240.15c3-4 shall not apply.
(8) Municipal securities brokers' brokers. (i) A municipal
securities brokers' brokers, as defined in subsection (ii) of this paragraph (a)(8), may
elect not to be subject to the limitations of paragraph (c)(2)(ix) of this section
provided that such brokers' broker complies with the requirements set out in paragraphs
(a)(8) (iii), (iv) and (v) of this section.
(ii) The term municipal securities brokers' broker shall mean a
municipal securities broker or dealer who acts exclusively as an undisclosed agent in the
purchase or sale of municipal securities for a registered broker or dealer or registered
municipal securities dealer, who has no “customers” as defined in this rule and who does
not have or maintain any municipal securities in its proprietary or other accounts.
(iii) In order to qualify to operate under this paragraph (a)(8), a
brokers' broker shall at all times have and maintain net capital of not less than
$150,000.
(iv) For purposes of this paragraph (a)(8), a brokers' broker shall
deduct from net worth 1% of the contract value of each municipal failed to deliver
contract which is outstanding 21 business days or longer. Such deduction shall be
increased by any excess of the contract price of the fail to deliver over the market value
of the underlying security.
(v) For purposes of this paragraph (a)(8), a brokers' broker may exclude
from its aggregate indebtedness computation indebtedness adequately collateralized by
municipal securities outstanding for not more than one business day and offset by
municipal securities failed to deliver of the same issue and quantity. In no event may a
brokers' broker exclude any overnight bank loan attributable to the same municipal
securities failed to deliver contract for more than one business day. A brokers' broker
need not deduct from net worth the amount by which the market value of securities failed
to receive outstanding longer than thirty (30) calendar days exceeds the contract value of
those failed to receive as required by Rule 15c3-1(c)(2)(iv)(E).
Certain Additional Capital Requirements for Brokers or Dealers Engaging in Reverse Repurchase Agreements
(9) A broker or dealer shall maintain net capital in addition to the
amounts required under paragraph (a) of this section in an amount equal to 10 percent
of:
(i) The excess of the market value of United States Treasury Bills,
Bonds and Notes subject to reverse repurchase agreements with any one party over 105
percent of the contract prices (including accrued interest) for reverse repurchase
agreements with that party;
(ii) The excess of the market value of securities issued or guaranteed
as to principal or interest by an agency of the United States or mortgage related
securities as defined in section 3(a)(41) of the Act subject to reverse repurchase
agreements with any one party over 110 percent of the contract prices (including accrued
interest) for reverse repurchase agreements with that party; and
(iii) The excess of the market value of other securities subject to
reverse repurchase agreements with any one party over 120 percent of the contract prices
(including accrued interest) for reverse repurchase agreements with that party.
(b) Exemptions:
(1) The provisions of this section shall not apply to any
specialist:
(i) Whose securities business, except for an occasional non-specialist
related securities transaction for its own account, is limited to that of acting as an
options market maker on a national securities exchange;
(ii) That is a member in good standing and subject to the capital
requirements of a national securities exchange;
(iii) That does not transact a business in securities with other than a
broker or dealer registered with the Commission under section 15 or section 15C of the Act
or a member of a national securities exchange; and
(iv) That is not a clearing member of The Options Clearing Corporation
and whose securities transactions are effected through and carried in an account cleared
by another broker or dealer registered with the Commission under section 15 of the
Act.
(2) A member in good standing of a national securities exchange who acts
as a floor broker (and whose activities do not require compliance with other provisions of
this rule), may elect to comply, in lieu of the other provisions of this section, with the
following financial responsibility standard: The value of the exchange membership of the
member (based on the lesser of the most recent sale price or current bid price for an
exchange membership) is not less than $15,000, or an amount equal to the excess of $15,000
over the value of the exchange membership is held by an independent agent in escrow:
Provided, That the rules of such exchange require that the proceeds from the sale
of the exchange membership of the member and the amount held in escrow pursuant to this
paragraph shall be subject to the prior claims of the exchange and its clearing
corporation and those arising directly from the closing out of contracts entered into on
the floor of such exchanges.
(3) The Commission may, upon written application, exempt from the
provisions of this section, either unconditionally or on specified terms and conditions,
any broker or dealer who satisfies the Commission that, because of the special nature of
its business, its financial position, and the safeguards it has established for the
protection of customers' funds and securities, it is not necessary in the public interest
or for the protection of investors to subject the particular broker or dealer to the
provisions of this section.
(c) Definitions. For the purpose of this section:
Broker-Dealers Registered as Security-Based Swap Dealers
(10) A broker or dealer registered with the Commission as a
security-based swap dealer, other than a broker or dealer subject to the provisions of
paragraph (a)(7) of this section, must:
(i)(A) At all times maintain net capital of not less than the greater
of $20 million or the sum of the ratio requirement under paragraph (a)(1) of this
section and:
(1) Two percent of the risk margin amount; or
(2) Four percent or less of the risk margin amount if the
Commission issues an order raising the requirement to four percent or less on or after
the third anniversary of this section's compliance date; or
(3) Eight percent or less of the risk margin amount if the
Commission issues an order raising the requirement to eight percent or less on or after
the fifth anniversary of this section's compliance date and the Commission had
previously issued an order raising the requirement under paragraph (a)(10)(i)(B) of this
section;
(B) If, after considering the capital and leverage levels of brokers
or dealers subject to paragraph (a)(10) of this section, as well as the risks of their
security-based swap positions, the Commission determines that it may be appropriate to
change the percentage pursuant to paragraph (a)(10)(i)(A)(2) or (3) of this section, the
Commission will publish a notice of the potential change and subsequently will issue an
order regarding any such change; and
(ii) Comply with § 240.15c3-4 as though it were an OTC derivatives
dealer with respect to all of its business activities, except that paragraphs
(c)(5)(xiii) and (xiv), and (d)(8) and (9) of § 240.15c3-4 shall not apply.
Aggregate Indebtedness
(1) The term aggregate indebtedness shall be deemed to mean the
total money liabilities of a broker or dealer arising in connection with any transaction
whatsoever and includes, among other things, money borrowed, money payable against
securities loaned and securities “failed to receive,” the market value of securities
borrowed to the extent to which no equivalent value is paid or credited (other than the
market value of margin securities borrowed from customers in accordance with the
provisions of 17 CFR 240.15c3-3 and margin securities borrowed from non-customers),
customers' and non-customers' free credit balances, credit balances in customers' and
non-customers' accounts having short positions in securities, equities in customers' and
non-customers' future commodities accounts and credit balances in customers' and
non-customers' commodities accounts, but excluding:
Exclusions From Aggregate Indebtedness
(i) Indebtedness adequately collateralized by securities which are
carried long by the broker or dealer and which have not been sold or by securities which
collateralize a secured demand note pursuant to appendix D to this section 17 CFR
240.15c3-1d; indebtedness adequately collateralized by spot commodities which are carried
long by the broker or dealer and which have not been sold; or, until October 1, 1976,
indebtedness adequately collateralized by municipal securities outstanding for not more
than one business day and offset by municipal securities failed to deliver of the same
issue and quantity, where such indebtedness is incurred by a broker or dealer effecting
transactions solely in municipal securities who is either registered with the Commission
or temporarily exempt from such registration pursuant to 17 CFR 240.15a-1(T) or 17 CFR
240.15Ba2-3(T);
(ii) Amounts payable against securities loaned, which securities are
carried long by the broker or dealer and which have not been sold or which securities
collateralize a secured demand note pursuant to Appendix (D) (17 CFR 240.15c)
(iii) Amounts payable against securities failed to receive which
securities are carried long by the broker or dealer and which have not been sold or which
securities collateralize a secured demand note pursuant to Appendix (D) (17 CFR
240.15c3-1d) or amounts payable against securities failed to receive for which the broker
or dealer also has a receivable related to securities of the same issue and quantity
thereof which are either fails to deliver or securities borrowed by the broker or
dealer;
(iv) Credit balances in accounts representing amounts payable for
securities or money market instruments not yet received from the issuer or its agent which
securities are specified in paragraph (c)(2)(vi)(E) and which amounts are outstanding in
such accounts not more than three (3) business days;
(v) Equities in customers' and non-customers' accounts segregated in
accordance with the provisions of the Commodity Exchange Act and the rules and regulations
thereunder;
(vi) Liability reserves established and maintained for refunds of
charges required by section 27(d) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, but only to the
extent of amounts on deposit in a segregated trust account in accordance with 17 CFR
270.27d-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940;
(vii) Amounts payable to the extent funds and qualified securities are
required to be on deposit and are deposited in a “Special Reserve Bank Account for the
Exclusive Benefit of Customers” pursuant to 17 CFR 240.15c3-3 under the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934;
(viii) Fixed liabilities adequately secured by assets acquired for use
in the ordinary course of the trade or business of a broker or dealer but no other fixed
liabilities secured by assets of the broker or dealer shall be so excluded unless the sole
recourse of the creditor for nonpayment of such liability is to such asset;
(ix) Liabilities on open contractual commitments;
(x) Indebtedness subordinated to the claims of creditors pursuant to a
satisfactory subordination agreement, as defined in Appendix (D) (17 CFR 240.15c3-1d);
(xi) Liabilities which are effectively subordinated to the claims of
creditors (but which are not subject to a satisfactory subordination agreement as defined
in Appendix (D) (17 CFR 240.15c3-1d)) by non-customers of the broker or dealer prior to
such subordination, except such subordinations by customers as may be approved by the
Examining Authority for such broker or dealer;
(xii) Credit balances in accounts of general partners;
(xiii) Deferred tax liabilities;
(xiv) Eighty-five percent of amounts payable to a registered investment
company related to fail to deliver receivables of the same quantity arising out of
purchases of shares of those registered investment companies; and
(xv) Eighty-five percent of amounts payable against securities loaned
for which the broker or dealer has receivables related to securities of the same class and
issue and quantity that are securities borrowed by the broker or dealer.
Net Capital
(2) The term net capital shall be deemed to mean the net worth of
a broker or dealer, adjusted by:
(i) Adjustments to net worth related to unrealized profit or loss,
deferred tax provisions, and certain liabilities. (A) Adding unrealized profits (or
deducting unrealized losses) in the accounts of the broker or dealer;
(B)(1) In determining net worth, all long and all short positions
in listed options shall be marked to their market value and all long and all short
securities and commodities positions shall be marked to their market value.
(2) In determining net worth, the value attributed to any
unlisted option shall be the difference between the option's exercise value and the market
value of the underlying security. In the case of an unlisted call, if the market value of
the underlying security is less than the exercise value of such call it shall be given no
value and in the case of an unlisted put if the market value of the underlying security is
more than the exercise value of the unlisted put it shall be given no value.
(C) Adding to net worth the lesser of any deferred income tax liability
related to the items in (1), (2), and (3) below, or the sum of
(1), (2) and (3) below;
(1) The aggregate amount resulting from applying to the amount of
the deductions computed in accordance with paragraph (c)(2)(vi) of this section and
Appendices A and B, § 240.15c3-1a and 240.15c3-1b, the appropriate Federal and State tax
rate(s) applicable to any unrealized gain on the asset on which the deduction was
computed;
(2) Any deferred tax liability related to income accrued which is
directly related to an asset otherwise deducted pursuant to this section;
(3) Any deferred tax liability related to unrealized appreciation
in value of any asset(s) which has been otherwise deducted from net worth in accordance
with the provisions of this section; and,
(D) Adding, in the case of future income tax benefits arising as a
result of unrealized losses, the amount of such benefits not to exceed the amount of
income tax liabilities accrued on the books and records of the broker or dealer, but only
to the extent such benefits could have been applied to reduce accrued tax liabilities on
the date of the capital computation, had the related unrealized losses been realized on
that date.
(E) Adding to net worth any actual tax liability related to income
accrued which is directly related to an asset otherwise deducted pursuant to this
section.
(F) Adding to net worth any liability or expense relating to the
business of the broker or dealer for which a third party has assumed the responsibility,
unless the broker or dealer can demonstrate that the third party has adequate resources
independent of the broker or dealer to pay the liability or expense.
(G) Subtracting from net worth any contribution of capital to the broker
or dealer:
(1) Under an agreement that provides the investor with the option
to withdraw the capital; or
(2) That is intended to be withdrawn within a period of one year
of contribution. Any withdrawal of capital made within one year of its contribution is
deemed to have been intended to be withdrawn within a period of one year, unless the
withdrawal has been approved in writing by the Examining Authority for the broker or
dealer.
(ii) Subordinated liabilities. Excluding liabilities of the
broker or dealer which are subordinated to the claims of creditors pursuant to a
satisfactory subordination agreement, as defined in Appendix (D) (17 CFR 240.15c3-1d).
(iii) Sole proprietors. Deducting, in the case of a broker or
dealer who is a sole proprietor, the excess of liabilities which have not been incurred in
the course of business as a broker or dealer over assets not used in the business.
(iv) Assets not readily convertible into cash. Deducting fixed
assets and assets which cannot be readily converted into cash (less any indebtedness
excluded in accordance with subdivision (c)(1)(viii) of this section) including, among
other things:
(A) Fixed assets and prepaid items. Real estate; furniture and
fixtures; exchange memberships; prepaid rent, insurance and other expenses; goodwill,
organization expenses;
Certain Unsecured and Partly Secured Receivables
(B) All unsecured advances and loans; deficits in customers’ and
non-customers’ unsecured and partly secured notes; deficits in omnibus credit accounts
maintained in compliance with the requirements of 12 CFR 220.7(f) of Regulation T under
the Act, or similar accounts carried on behalf of another broker or dealer, after
application of calls for margin, marks to the market or other required deposits that are
outstanding 5 business days or less; deficits in customers’ and non-customers’ unsecured
and partly secured accounts after application of calls for margin, marks to market or
other required deposits that are outstanding 5 business days or less, except deficits in
cash accounts as defined in 12 CFR 220.8 of Regulation T under the Act for which not
more than one extension respecting a specified securities transaction has been requested
and granted, and deducting for securities carried in any of such accounts the
percentages specified in paragraph (c)(2)(vi) of this section or Appendix A, §
240.15c3-1a; the market value of stock loaned in excess of the value of any collateral
received therefor; receivables arising out of free shipments of securities (other than
mutual fund redemptions) in excess of $5,000 per shipment and all free shipments (other
than mutual fund redemptions) outstanding more than 7 business days, and mutual fund
redemptions outstanding more than 16 business days; and any collateral deficiencies in
secured demand notes as defined in Appendix D, § 240.15c3-1d; a broker or dealer that
participates in a loan of securities by one party to another party will be deemed a
principal for the purpose of the deductions required under this section, unless the
broker or dealer has fully disclosed the identity of each party to the other and each
party has expressly agreed in writing that the obligations of the broker or dealer do
not include a guarantee of performance by the other party and that such party’s remedies
in the event of a default by the other party do not include a right of setoff against
obligations, if any, of the broker or dealer.
(C) Interest receivable, floor brokerage receivable, commissions
receivable from other brokers or dealers (other than syndicate profits which shall be
treated as required in paragraph (c)(2)(iv)(E) of this section), mutual fund concessions
receivable and management fees receivable from registered investment companies, all of
which receivables are outstanding longer than thirty (30) days from the date they arise;
dividends receivable outstanding longer than thirty (30) days from the payable date;
good faith deposits arising in connection with a non-municipal securities underwriting,
outstanding longer than eleven (11) business days from the settlement of the
underwriting with the issuer; receivables due from participation in municipal securities
underwriting syndicates and municipal securities joint underwriting accounts which are
outstanding longer than sixty (60) days from settlement of the underwriting with the
issuer and good faith deposits arising in connection with an underwriting of municipal
securities, outstanding longer than sixty (60) days from settlement of the underwriting
with the issuer; and receivables due from participation in municipal securities
secondary trading joint accounts, which are outstanding longer than sixty (60) days from
the date all securities have been delivered by the account manager to the account
members;
(D) Insurance claims. Insurance claims which, after seven (7)
business days from the date the loss giving rise to the claim is discovered, are not
covered by an opinion of outside counsel that the claim is valid and is covered by
insurance policies presently in effect; insurance claims which after twenty (20)
business days from the date the loss giving rise to the claim is discovered and which
are accompanied by an opinion of outside counsel described above, have not been
acknowledged in writing by the insurance carrier as due and payable; and insurance
claims acknowledged in writing by the carrier as due and payable outstanding longer than
twenty (20) business days from the date they are so acknowledged by the carrier;
and,
(E) Other deductions. All other unsecured receivables; all
assets doubtful of collection less any reserves established therefor; the amount by
which the market value of securities failed to receive outstanding longer than thirty
(30) calendar days exceeds the contract value of such fails to receive; and the funds on
deposit in a “segregated trust account” in accordance with 17 CFR 270.27d-1 under the
Investment Company Act of 1940, but only to the extent that the amount on deposit in
such segregated trust account exceeds the amount of liability reserves established and
maintained for refunds of charges required by sections 27(d) and 27(f) of the Investment
Company Act of 1940; Provided, That the following need not be deducted:
(1) Any amounts deposited in a Customer Reserve Bank Account or
PAB Reserve Bank Account pursuant to § 240.15c3-3(e) or in the “special reserve account
for the exclusive benefit of security-based swap customers” established pursuant to
§ 240.15c3-3(p)(3),
(2) Cash and securities held in a securities account at a
carrying broker or dealer (except where the account has been subordinated to the claims
of creditors of the carrying broker or dealer), and
(3) Clearing deposits.
(F)(1) For purposes of this paragraph:
(i) The term reverse repurchase agreement deficit shall
mean the difference between the contract price for resale of the securities under a
reverse repurchase agreement and the market value of those securities (if less than the
contract price).
(ii) The term repurchase agreement deficit shall mean
the difference between the market value of securities subject to the repurchase
agreement and the contract price for repurchase of the securities (if less than the
market value of the securities).
(iii) As used in paragraph (c)(2)(iv)(F)(1) of this
section, the term contract price shall include accrued interest.
(iv) Reverse repurchase agreement deficits and the repurchase
agreement deficits where the counterparty is the Federal Reserve Bank of New York shall
be disregarded.
(2)(i) In the case of a reverse repurchase agreement,
the deduction shall be equal to the reverse repurchase agreement deficit.
(ii) In determining the required deductions under paragraph
(c)(2)(iv)(F)(2)(i) of this section, the broker or dealer may reduce the
reverse repurchase agreement deficit by:
(A) Any margin or other deposits held by the broker or dealer
on account of the reverse repurchase agreement;
(B) Any excess market value of the securities over the contract
price for resale of those securities under any other reverse repurchase agreement with
the same party;
(C) The difference between the contract price for resale and
the market value of securities subject to repurchase agreements with the same party (if
the market value of those securities is less than the contract price); and
(D) Calls for margin, marks to the market, or other required
deposits which are outstanding one business day or less.
(3) (i) In the case of repurchase agreements, the
deduction shall be:
(A) The excess of the repurchase agreement deficit over 5
percent of the contract price for resale of United States Treasury Bills, Notes and
Bonds, 10 percent of the contract price for the resale of securities issued or
guaranteed as to principal or interest by an agency of the United States or mortgage
related securities as defined in section 3(a)(41) of the Act and 20 percent of the
contract price for the resale of other securities and;
(B) The excess of the aggregate repurchase agreement deficits
with any one party over 25 percent of the broker or dealer's net capital before the
application of paragraph (c)(2)(vi) of this section (less any deduction taken with
respect to repurchase agreements with that party under paragraph
(c)(2)(iv)(F)(3)(i)(A) of this section) or, if greater;
(C) The excess of the aggregate repurchase agreement deficits
over 300 percent of the broker's or dealer's net capital before the application of
paragraph (c)(2)(vi) of this section.
(ii) In determining the required deduction under paragraph
(c)(2)(iv)(F)(3)(i) of this section, the broker or dealer may reduce a
repurchase agreement deficit by:
(A) Any margin or other deposits held by the broker or dealer
on account of a reverse repurchase agreement with the same party to the extent not
otherwise used to reduce a reverse repurchase deficit;
(B) The difference between the contract price and the market
value of securities subject to other repurchase agreements with the same party (if the
market value of those securities is less than the contract price) not otherwise used to
reduce a reverse repurchase agreement deficit; and
(C) Calls for margin, marks to the market, or other required
deposits which are outstanding one business day or less to the extent not otherwise used
to reduce a reverse repurchase agreement deficit.
(G) Securities borrowed. 1 percent of the market value of
securities borrowed collateralized by an irrevocable letter of credit.
(H) Any receivable from an affiliate of the broker or dealer (not
otherwise deducted from net worth) and the market value of any collateral given to an
affiliate (not otherwise deducted from net worth) to secure a liability over the amount
of the liability of the broker or dealer unless the books and records of the affiliate
are made available for examination when requested by the representatives of the
Commission or the Examining Authority for the broker or dealer in order to demonstrate
the validity of the receivable or payable. The provisions of this subsection shall not
apply where the affiliate is a registered broker or dealer, registered government
securities broker or dealer or bank as defined in section 3(a)(6) of the Act or
insurance company as defined in section 3(a)(19) of the Act or investment company
registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 or federally insured savings and
loan association or futures commission merchant registered pursuant to the Commodity
Exchange Act.
(v)(A) Deducting the market value of all short securities differences
(which shall include securities positions reflected on the securities record which are
not susceptible to either count or confirmation) unresolved after discovery in
accordance with the following schedule:
Differences 1 | Numbers of business days after discovery |
---|---|
25 percent | 7 |
50 percent | 14 |
75 percent | 21 |
100 percent | 28 |
1 Percentage of market value of short securities differences. |
(B) Deducting the market value of any long securities differences,
where such securities have been sold by the broker or dealer before they are adequately
resolved, less any reserves established therefor;
(C) The designated examining authority for a broker or dealer may
extend the periods in (v)(A) of this section for up to 10 business days if it finds that
exceptional circumstances warrant an extension.
Securities Haircuts
(vi) Deducting the percentages specified in paragraphs (c)(2)(vi) (A)
through (M) of this section (or the deductions prescribed for securities positions set
forth in Appendix A (§ 240.15c3-1a) of the market value of all securities, money market
instruments or options in the proprietary or other accounts of the broker or dealer.
(A)(1) In the case of a security issued or guaranteed as to
principal or interest by the United States or any agency thereof, the applicable
percentages of the market value of the net long or short position in each of the
categories specified below are:
Category 1
(i) Less than 3 months to maturity — 0
percent.
(ii) 3 months but less than 6 months to
maturity — 1/2 of 1 percent.
(iii) 6 months but less than 9 months to
maturity — 3/4 of 1 percent.
(iv) 9 months but less than 12 months to
maturity — 1 percent.
Category 2
(i) 1 year but less than 2 years to
maturity — 11/2 percent.
(ii) 2 years but less than 3 years to
maturity — 2 percent.
Category 3
(i) 3 years but less than 5 years to
maturity — 3%.
(ii) 5 years but less than 10 years to
maturity — 4%.
Category 4
(i) 10 years but less than 15 years to
maturity — 41/2%.
(ii) 15 years but less than 20 years to
maturity — 5%.
(iii) 20 years but less than 25 years to
maturity — 51/2%.
(iv) 25 years or more to maturity —
6%.
Brokers or dealers shall compute a deduction for
each category above as follows: Compute the deductions for the net long or short
positions in each subcategory above. The deduction for the category shall be the net of
the aggregate deductions on the long positions and the aggregate deductions on the short
positions in each category plus 50% of the lesser of the aggregate deductions on the
long or short positions.
(2) A broker or dealer may elect to deduct, in lieu of the
computation required under paragraph (c)(2)(vi)(A)(1) of this section, the
applicable percentages of the market value of the net long or short positions in each of
the subcategories specified in paragraph (c)(2)(vi)(A)(1) of this section.
(3) In computing deductions under paragraph
(c)(2)(vi)(A)(1) of this section, a broker or dealer may elect to exclude the
market value of a long or short security from one category and a security from another
category, Provided, That:
(i) Such securities have maturity dates:
(A) Between 9 months and 15 months and within 3 months of one
another.
(B) Between 2 years and 4 years and within 1 year of one
another; or
(C) Between 8 years and 12 years and within 2 years of one
another.
(ii) The net market value of the two excluded securities shall
remain in the category of the security with the higher market value.
(4) In computing deductions under paragraph
(c)(2)(vi)(A)(1) of this section, a broker or dealer may include in the
categories specified in paragraph (c)(2)(vi)(A)(1) of this section, long or short
positions in securities issued by the United States or any agency thereof that are
deliverable against long or short positions in futures contracts relating to Government
securities, traded on a recognized contract market approved by the Commodity Futures
Trading Commission, which are held in the proprietary or other accounts of the broker or
dealer. The value of the long or short positions included in the categories shall be
determined by the contract value of the futures contract held in the account. The
provisions of Appendix B to Rule 15c3-1 (17 CFR 240.15c3-1b) will in any event apply to
the positions in futures contracts.
(5) In the case of a Government securities dealer that reports
to the Federal Reserve System, that transacts business directly with the Federal Reserve
System, and that maintains at all times a minimum net capital of at least $50,000,000,
before application of the deductions provided for in paragraph (c)(2)(vi) of this
section, the deduction for a security issued or guaranteed as to principal or interest
by the United States or any agency thereof shall be 75 percent of the deduction
otherwise computed under paragraph (c)(2)(vi)(A) of this section.
(B)(1) In the case of any municipal security which has a
scheduled maturity at date of issue of 731 days or less and which is issued at par value
and pays interest at maturity, or which is issued at a discount, and which is not traded
flat or in default as to principal or interest, the applicable percentages of the market
value on the greater of the long or short position in each of the categories specified
below are:
(i) Less than 30 days to maturity — 0%.
(ii) 30 days but less than 91 days to maturity — 1/8 of 1%.
(iii) 91 days but less than 181 days to maturity — 1/4 of
1%.
(iv) 181 days but less than 271 days to maturity — 3/8 of
1%.
(v) 271 days but less than 366 days to maturity — 1/2 of
1%.
(vi) 366 days but less than 456 days to maturity — 3/4 of
1%.
(vii) 456 days but less than 732 days to maturity — 1%.
(2) In the case of any municipal security, other than those
specified in paragraph (c)(2)(vi)(B)(1), which is not traded flat or in default
as to principal or interest, the applicable percentages of the market value of the
greater of the long or short position in each of the categories specified below are:
(i) Less than 1 year to maturity — 1%.
(ii) 1 year but less than 2 years to maturity — 2%.
(iii) 2 years but less than 31/2 years to maturity — 3%.
(iv) 31/2 years but less than 5 years to maturity — 4%.
(v) 5 years but less than 7 years to maturity — 5%.
(vi) 7 years but less than 10 years to maturity — 51/2%.
(vii) 10 years but less than 15 years to maturity — 6%.
(viii) 15 years but less than 20 years to maturity — 61/2%.
(ix) 20 years or more to maturity — 7%.
(C) Canadian Debt Obligations. In the case of any security
issued or unconditionally guaranteed as to principal and interest by the Government of
Canada, the percentages of market value to be deducted shall be the same as in paragraph
(A) of this section.
(D)(1) In the case of redeemable securities of an investment
company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, which assets consist of
cash or money market instruments and which is described in § 270.2a-7 of this chapter,
the deduction will be 2% of the market value of the greater of the long or short
position.
(2) In the case of redeemable securities of an investment
company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, which assets are in the
form of cash or securities or money market instruments of any maturity which are
described in paragraph (c)(2)(vi) (A) through (C) or (E) of this section, the deduction
shall be 7% of the market value of the greater of the long or short positions.
(3) In the case of redeemable securities of an investment
company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, which assets are in the
form of cash or securities or money market instruments which are described in paragraphs
(c)(2)(vi) (A) through (C) or (E) and (F) of this section, the deduction shall be 9% of
the market value of the long or short position.
(E) Commercial paper, bankers' acceptances and certificates of
deposit. In the case of any short term promissory note or evidence of indebtedness
which has a fixed rate of interest or is sold at a discount, which has a maturity date
at date of issuance not exceeding nine months exclusive of days of grace, or any renewal
thereof, the maturity of which is likewise limited and has only a minimal amount of
credit risk, or in the case of any negotiable certificates of deposit or bankers’
acceptance or similar type of instrument issued or guaranteed by any bank as defined in
section 3(a)(6) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(6)), the
applicable percentage of the market value of the greater of the long or short position
in each of the categories specified below are:
(1) Less than 30 days to maturity — 0 percent.
(2) 30 days but less than 91 days to maturity 1/8 of 1
percent.
(3) 91 days but less than 181 days to maturity 1/4 of 1
percent.
(4) 181 days but less than 271 days to maturity 3/8 of 1
percent.
(5) 271 days but less than 1 year to maturity 1/2 of 1 percent;
and
(6) With respect to any negotiable certificate of deposit or
bankers acceptance or similar type of instrument issued or guaranteed by any bank, as
defined above, having 1 year or more to maturity, the deduction shall be on the greater
of the long or short position and shall be the same percentage as that prescribed in
paragraph (c)(2)(vi)(A) of this section.
(F)(1) Nonconvertible debt securities. In the case of
nonconvertible debt securities having a fixed interest rate and a fixed maturity date,
which are not traded flat or in default as to principal or interest and which have only
a minimal amount of credit risk, the applicable percentages of the market value of the
greater of the long or short position in each of the categories specified below are:
(i) Less than 1 year to maturity — 2%
(ii) 1 year but less than 2 years to maturity — 3%
(iii) 2 years but less than 3 years to maturity — 5%
(iv) 3 years but less than 5 years to maturity — 6%
(v) 5 years but less than 10 years to maturity — 7%
(vi) 10 years but less than 15 years to maturity — 71/2%
(vii) 15 years but less than 20 years to maturity — 8%
(viii) 20 years but less than 25 years to maturity — 81/2%
(ix) 25 years or more to maturity — 9%
(2) A broker or dealer may elect to exclude from the above
categories long or short positions that are hedged with short or long positions in
securities issued by the United States or any agency thereof or nonconvertible debt
securities having a fixed interest rate and a fixed maturity date and which are not
traded flat or in default as to principal or interest, and which have only a minimal
amount of credit risk if such securities have maturity dates:
(i) Less than five years and within 6 months of each other;
(ii) Between 5 years and 10 years and within 9 months of each
other;
(iii) Between 10 years and 15 years and within 2 years of each
other; or
(iv) 15 years or more and within 10 years of each other.
The broker-dealer shall deduct the amounts
specified in paragraphs (c)(2)(vi)(F) (3) and (4) of this section.
(3) With respect to those positions described in paragraph
(c)(2)(vi)(F)(2) of this section that include a long or short position in
securities issued by the United States or any agency thereof, the broker or dealer shall
exclude the hedging short or long United States or agency securities position from the
applicable haircut category under paragraph (c)(2)(vi)(A) of this section. The broker or
dealer shall deduct the percentage of the market value of the hedged long or short
position in nonconvertible debt securities as specified in each of the categories
below:
(i) Less than 5 years to maturity — 11/2%
(ii) 5 years but less than 10 years to maturity — 21/2%
(iii) 10 years but less than 15 years to maturity — 23/4%
(iv) 15 years or more to maturity — 3%
(4) With respect to those positions described in paragraph
(c)(2)(vi)(F)(2) of this section that include offsetting long and short
positions in nonconvertible debt securities, the broker or dealer shall deduct a
percentage of the market value of the hedged long or short position in nonconvertible
debt securities as specified in each of the categories below:
(i) Less than 5 years to maturity — 13/4%
(ii) 5 years but less than 10 years to maturity — 3%
(iii) 10 years but less than 15 years to maturity — 31/4%
(iv) 15 years or more to maturity — 31/2%
(5) In computing deductions under paragraph
(c)(2)(vi)(F)(3) of this section, a broker or dealer may include in the
categories specified in paragraph (c)(2)(vi)(F)(3) of this section, long or short
positions in securities issued by the United States or any agency thereof that are
deliverable against long or short positions in futures contracts relating to Government
securities, traded on a recognized contract market approved by the Commodity Futures
Trading Commission, which are held in the proprietary or other accounts of the broker or
dealer. The value of the long or short positions included in the categories shall be
determined by the contract value of the futures contract held in the account.
(6) The provisions of Appendix B to Rule 15c3-1 (17 CFR
240.15c3-1b) will in any event apply to the positions in futures contracts.
(G) Convertible debt securities. In the case of a debt security
not in default which has a fixed rate of interest and a fixed maturity date and which is
convertible into an equity security, the deductions shall be as follows: If the market
value is 100 percent or more of the principal amount, the deduction shall be determined
as specified in paragraph (c)(2)(vi)(J) of this section; if the market value is less
than the principal amount, the deduction shall be determined as specified in paragraph
(F) of this section; if such securities are rated as required of paragraph (F) of this
section;
(H) In the case of cumulative, non-convertible preferred stock ranking
prior to all other classes of stock of the same issuer, which has only a minimal amount
of credit risk and which are not in arrears as to dividends, the deduction shall be 10%
of the market value of the greater of the long or short position.
(I) In order to apply a deduction under paragraphs (c)(2)(vi)(E),
(c)(2)(vi)(F)(1), (c)(2)(vi)(F)(2), or (c)(2)(vi)(H) of this section,
the broker or dealer must assess the creditworthiness of the security or money market
instrument pursuant to policies and procedures for assessing and monitoring
creditworthiness that the broker or dealer establishes, documents, maintains, and
enforces. The policies and procedures must be reasonably designed for the purpose of
determining whether a security or money market instrument has only a minimal amount of
credit risk. Policies and procedures that are reasonably designed for this purpose
should result in assessments of creditworthiness that typically are consistent with
market data. A broker-dealer that opts not to make an assessment of creditworthiness
under this paragraph may not apply the deductions under paragraphs (c)(2)(vi)(E),
(c)(2)(vi)(F)(1), (c)(2)(vi)(F)(2), or (c)(2)(vi)(H) of this
section.
Note to paragraph (c)(2)(vi)(I): For a discussion of the ‘‘minimal
amount of credit risk’’ standard, see Removal of Certain References to
Credit Ratings Under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, Exchange Act
Release No. 34–71194 (Dec. 27, 2013), at http://www.sec.gov/rules/final.shtml. |
All Other Securities
(J) In the case of all securities or evidences of indebtedness, except
those described in appendix A, § 240.15c3-1a, which are not included in any of the
percentage categories enumerated in paragraphs (c)(2)(vi) (A) through (H) of this
section or paragraph (c)(2)(vi)(K)(ii) of this section, the deduction shall be 15
percent of the market value of the greater of the long or short positions and to the
extent the market value of the lesser of the long or short positions exceeds 25 percent
of the market value of the greater of the long or short positions, the percentage
deduction on such excess shall be 15 percent of the market value of such excess. No
deduction need be made in the case of:
(1) A security that is convertible into or exchangeable for
another security within a period of 90 days, subject to no conditions other than the
payment of money, and the other securities into which such security is convertible or
for which it is exchangeable, are short in the accounts of such broker or dealer; or
(2) A security that has been called for redemption and that is
redeemable within 90 days.
(K) Securities with a limited market. In the case of securities
(other than exempted securities, nonconvertible debt securities, and cumulative
nonconvertible preferred stock) which are not: (1) Traded on a national
securities exchange; (2) designated as “OTC Margin Stock” pursuant to Regulation
T under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; (3) quoted on “NASDAQ”; or
(4) redeemable shares of investment companies registered under the Investment
Company Act of 1940, the deduction shall be as follows:
(i) In the case where there are regular quotations in an
inter-dealer quotations system for the securities by three or more independent
market-makers (exclusive of the computing broker or dealer) and where each such
quotation represents a bona fide offer to brokers or dealers to both buy and sell in
reasonable quantities at stated prices, or where a ready market as defined in paragraph
(c)(11) (ii) is deemed to exist, the deduction shall be determined in accordance with
paragraph (c)(2)(vi)(J) of this section;
(ii) In the case where there are regular quotations in an
inter-dealer quotations system for the securities by only one or two independent
market-makers (exclusive of the computing broker or dealer) and where each such
quotation represents a bona fide offer to brokers or dealers both to buy and sell in
reasonable quantities, at stated prices, the deduction on both the long and short
position shall be 40 percent.
(L) Where a broker or dealer demonstrates that there is sufficient
liquidity for any securities long or short in the proprietary or other accounts of the
broker or dealer which are subject to a deduction required by paragraph (c)(2)(vi)(K) of
this section, such deduction, upon a proper showing to the Examining Authority for the
broker or dealer, may be appropriately decreased, but in no case shall such deduction be
less than that prescribed in paragraph (c)(2)(vi)(J) of this section.
Undue Concentration
(M)(1) In the case of money market instruments, or securities
of a single class or series of an issuer, including any option written, endorsed or held
to purchase or sell securities of such a single class or series of an issuer (other than
“exempted securities” and redeemable securities of an investment company registered
pursuant to the Investment Company Act of 1940), and securities underwritten (in which
case the deduction provided for herein shall be applied after 11 business days), which
are long or short in the proprietary or other accounts of a broker or dealer, including
securities that are collateral to secured demand notes defined in appendix D, §
240.15c3-1d, and that have a market value of more than 10 percent of the “net capital”
of a broker or dealer before the application of paragraph (c)(2)(vi) of this section or
appendix A, § 240.15c3-1a, there shall be an additional deduction from net worth and/or
the Collateral Value for securities collateralizing a secured demand note defined in
appendix D, § 240.15c3-1d, equal to 50 percent of the percentage deduction otherwise
provided by this paragraph (c)(2)(vi) of this section or appendix A, § 240.15c3-1a, on
that portion of the securities position in excess of 10 percent of the “net capital” of
the broker or dealer before the application of paragraph (c)(2)(vi) of this section and
appendix A, § 240.15c3-1a. In the case of securities described in paragraph
(c)(2)(vi)(J), the additional deduction required by this paragraph (c)(2)(vi)(M) shall
be 15 percent.
(2) This paragraph (c)(2)(vi)(M) shall apply notwithstanding
any long or short position exemption provided for in paragraph (c)(2)(vi)(J) of this
section (except for long or short position exemptions arising out of the first proviso
to paragraph (c)(2)(vi)(J)) and the deduction on any such exempted position shall be 15
percent of that portion of the securities position in excess of 10 percent of the broker
or dealer's net capital before the application of paragraph (c)(2)(vi) of this section
and appendix A, § 240.15c3-1a.
(3) This paragraph (c)(2)(vi)(M) shall be applied to an issue
of equity securities only on the market value of such securities in excess of $10,000 or
the market value of 500 shares, whichever is greater, or $25,000 in the case of a debt
security.
(4) This paragraph (c)(2)(vi)(M) will be applied to an issue of
municipal securities having the same security provisions, date of issue, interest rate,
day, month and year of maturity only if such securities have a market value in excess of
$500,000 in bonds ($5,000,000 in notes) or 10 percent of tentative net capital,
whichever is greater, and are held in position longer than 20 business days from the
date the securities are received by the syndicate manager from the issuer.
(5) Any specialist that is subject to a deduction required by
this paragraph (c)(2)(vi)(M), respecting its specialty stock, that can demonstrate to
the satisfaction of the Examining Authority for such broker or dealer that there is
sufficient liquidity for such specialist's specialty stock and that such deduction need
not be applied in the public interest for the protection of investors, may upon a proper
showing to such Examining Authority have such undue concentration deduction
appropriately decreased, but in no case shall the deduction prescribed in paragraph
(c)(2)(vi)(J) of this section above be reduced. Each such Examining Authority shall make
and preserve for a period of not less than 3 years a record of each application granted
pursuant to this paragraph (c)(2)(vi)(M)(5), which shall contain a summary of the
justification for the granting of the application.
(N) Any specialist that limits its securities business to that of a
specialist (except for an occasional non-specialist related securities transaction for
its own account), that does not transact a business in securities with other than a
broker or dealer registered with the Commission under section 15 or 15C of the Act or a
member of a national securities exchange, and that is not a clearing member of The
Options Clearing Corporation need not deduct from net worth in computing net capital
those deductions, as to its specialty securities, set forth in paragraph (c)(2)(vi) of
this section or appendix A to this section, except for paragraph (e) of this section
limiting withdrawals of equity capital and appendix D to this section relating to
satisfactory subordination agreements. As to a specialist that is solely an options
specialist, in paragraph (e) the term “net capital” shall be deemed to mean “net capital
before the application of paragraph (c)(2)(vi) of this section or appendix A to this
section” and “excess net capital” shall be deemed to be the amount of net capital before
the application of paragraph (c)(2)(vi) of this section or appendix A to this section in
excess of the amount of net capital required under paragraph (a) of this section. In
reports filed pursuant to § 240.17a-5 and in making the record required by §
240.17a-3(a)(11) each specialists shall include the deductions that would otherwise have
been required by paragraph (c)(2)(vi) of this section or appendix A to this section in
the absence of this paragraph (c)(2)(vi)(N).
(O) Cleared security-based swaps. In the case of a cleared
security-based swap held in a proprietary account of the broker or dealer, deducting the
amount of the applicable margin requirement of the clearing agency or, if the
security-based swap references an equity security, the broker or dealer may take a
deduction using the method specified in § 240.15c3-1a.
(P) Non-cleared security-based swaps—(1) Credit default swaps—(i)
Short positions (selling protection). In the case of a non-cleared security-based
swap that is a short credit default swap, deducting the percentage of the notional
amount based upon the current basis point spread of the credit default swap and the
maturity of the credit default swap in accordance with table 1 to
§ 240.15c3-1(c)(2)(vi)(P)(1)(i):
Table 1 to § 240.15c3-1(c)(2)(vi)(P)(1)(i)
Length
of time to maturity of credit default swap contract | Basis point spread | |||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
100 or less
% | 101-300 % | 301-400 % | 401-500 % | 501-699 % | 700 or more
% | |
Less than 12
month | 1.00 | 2.00 | 5.00 | 7.50 | 10.00 | 15.00 |
12 months but less
than 24 months | 1.50 | 3.50 | 7.50 | 10.00 | 12.50 | 17.50 |
24 months but less
than 36 months | 2.00 | 5.00 | 10.00 | 12.50 | 15.00 | 20.00 |
36 months but less
than 48 months | 3.00 | 6.00 | 12.50 | 15.00 | 17.50 | 22.50 |
48 months but less
than 60 months | 4.00 | 7.00 | 15.00 | 17.50 | 20.00 | 25.00 |
60 months but less
than 72 months | 5.50 | 8.50 | 17.50 | 20.00 | 22.50 | 27.50 |
72 months but less
than 84 months | 7.00 | 10.00 | 20.00 | 22.50 | 25.00 | 30.00 |
84 months but less
than 120 months | 8.50 | 15.00 | 22.50 | 25.00 | 27.50 | 40.00 |
120 months and
longer | 10.00 | 20.00 | 25.00 | 27.50 | 30.00 | 50.00 |
(ii) Long positions (purchasing protection). In the case
of a non-cleared security-based swap that is a long credit default swap, deducting 50
percent of the deduction that would be required by paragraph
(c)(2)(vi)(P)(1)(i) of this section if the non-cleared security-based
swap was a short credit default swap, each such deduction not to exceed the current
market value of the long position.
(iii) Long and short credit default swaps. In the case
of non-cleared security-based swaps that are long and short credit default swaps
referencing the same entity (in the case of non-cleared credit default swap
security-based swaps referencing a corporate entity) or obligation (in the case of
non-cleared credit default swap security-based swaps referencing an asset-backed
security), that have the same credit events which would trigger payment by the seller of
protection, that have the same basket of obligations which would determine the amount of
payment by the seller of protection upon the occurrence of a credit event, that are in
the same or adjacent spread category, and that are in the same or adjacent maturity
category and have a maturity date within three months of the other maturity category,
deducting the percentage of the notional amount specified in the higher maturity
category under paragraph (c)(2)(vi)(P)(1)(i) or (ii) on the excess
of the long or short position. In the case of non-cleared security-based swaps that are
long and short credit default swaps referencing corporate entities in the same industry
sector and the same spread and maturity categories prescribed in paragraph
(c)(2)(vi)(P)(1)(i) of this section, deducting 50 percent of the amount
required by paragraph (c)(2)(vi)(P)(1)(i) of this section on the short
position plus the deduction required by paragraph (c)(2)(vi)(P)(1)(ii) of
this section on the excess long position, if any. For the purposes of this section, the
broker or dealer must use an industry sector classification system that is reasonable in
terms of grouping types of companies with similar business activities and risk
characteristics and the broker or dealer must document the industry sector
classification system used pursuant to this section.
(iv) Long security and long credit default swap. In the
case of a non-cleared security-based swap that is a long credit default swap referencing
a debt security and the broker or dealer is long the same debt security, deducting 50
percent of the amount specified in paragraph (c)(2)(vi) or (vii) of this section for the
debt security, provided that the broker or dealer can deliver the debt security to
satisfy the obligation of the broker or dealer on the credit default swap.
(v) Short security and short credit default swap. In the
case of a non-cleared security-based swap that is a short credit default swap
referencing a debt security or a corporate entity, and the broker or dealer is short the
debt security or a debt security issued by the corporate entity, deducting the amount
specified in paragraph (c)(2)(vi) or (vii) of this section for the debt security. In the
case of a non-cleared security-based swap that is a short credit default swap
referencing an asset-backed security and the broker or dealer is short the asset-backed
security, deducting the amount specified in paragraph (c)(2)(vi) or (vii) of this
section for the asset-backed security.
(2) Non-cleared security-based swaps that are not credit
default swaps. In the case of a non-cleared security-based swap that is not a
credit default swap, deducting the amount calculated by multiplying the notional amount
of the security-based swap and the percentage specified in paragraph (c)(2)(vi) of this
section applicable to the reference security. A broker or dealer may reduce the
deduction under this paragraph (c)(2)(vi)(P)(2) by an amount equal to any reduction
recognized for a comparable long or short position in the reference security under
paragraph (c)(2)(vi) of this section and, in the case of a security-based swap
referencing an equity security, the method specified in § 240.15c3-1a.
(vii) Non-Marketable Securities. Deducting 100 percent of the
carrying value in the case of securities or evidence of indebtedness in the proprietary
or other accounts of the broker or dealer, for which there is no ready market, as
defined in paragraph (c)(11) of this section, and securities, in the proprietary or
other accounts of the broker or dealer, which cannot be publicly offered or sold because
of statutory, regulatory or contractual arrangements or other restrictions.
Open Contractual Commitments
(viii) Deducting, in the case of a broker or dealer that has open
contractual commitments (other than those option positions subject to appendix A, §
240.15c3-1a), the respective deductions as specified in paragraph (c)(2)(vi) of this
section or appendix B, § 240.15c3-1b, from the value (which shall be the market value
whenever there is a market) of each net long and each net short position contemplated by
any open contractual commitment in the proprietary or other accounts of the broker or
dealer.
(A) The deduction for contractual commitments in those securities that
are treated in paragraph (c)(2)(vi)(J) of this section shall be 30 percent unless the
class and issue of the securities subject to the open contractual commitment deduction
are listed for trading on a national securities exchange or are designated as NASDAQ
National Market System Securities.
(B) A broker or dealer that maintains in excess of $250,000 of net
capital may add back to net worth up to $150,000 of any deduction computed under this
paragraph (c)(2)(viii)(B).
(C) The deduction with respect to any single commitment shall be
reduced by the unrealized profit in such commitment, in an amount not greater than the
deduction provided for by this paragraph (or increased by the unrealized loss), in such
commitment, and in no event shall an unrealized profit on any closed transactions
operate to increase net capital.
(ix) Deducting from the contract value of each failed to deliver
contract that is outstanding five business days or longer (21 business days or longer in
the case of municipal securities) the percentages of the market value of the underlying
security that would be required by application of the deduction required by paragraph
(c)(2)(vi) of this section. Such deduction, however, shall be increased by any excess of
the contract price of the failed to deliver contract over the market value of the
underlying security or reduced by any excess of the market value of the underlying
security over the contract value of the failed to deliver contract, but not to exceed
the amount of such deduction. The designated examining authority for the broker or
dealer may, upon application of the broker or dealer, extend for a period up to 5
business days, any period herein specified when it is satisfied that the extension is
warranted. The designated examining authority upon expiration of the extension may
extend for one additional period of up to 5 business days, any period herein specified
when it is satisfied that the extension is warranted.
Brokers or Dealers Carrying Accounts of Listed Options Specialists
(x)(A) With respect to any transaction of a specialist in listed
options, who is either not otherwise subject to the provisions of this section or is
described in paragraph (c)(2)(vi)(N) of this section, for whose specialist account a
broker or dealer acts as a guarantor, endorser, or carrying broker or dealer, such
broker or dealer shall adjust its net worth by deducting as of noon of each business day
the amounts computed as of the prior business day pursuant to § 240.15c3-1a. The
required deductions may be reduced by any liquidating equity that exists in such
specialist's market-maker account as of that time and shall be increased to the extent
of any liquidating deficit in such account. Noon shall be determined according to the
local time where the broker or dealer is headquartered. In no event shall excess equity
in the specialist's market-maker account result in an increase of the net capital of any
such guarantor, endorser, or carrying broker or dealer.
(B) Definitions. (1) The term listed option shall
mean any option traded on a registered national securities exchange or automated
facility of a registered national securities association.
(2) For purposes of this section, the equity in an individual
specialist's market-maker account shall be computed by:
(i) Marking all securities positions long or short in the
account to their respective current market values;
(ii) Adding (deducting in the case of a debit balance) the
credit balance carried in such specialist's market-maker account; and
(iii) Adding (deducting in the case of short positions) the
market value of positions long in such account.
(C) No guarantor, endorser, or carrying broker or dealer shall permit
the sum of the deductions required pursuant to § 240.15c3-1a in respect of all
transactions in specialists' market-maker accounts guaranteed, endorsed, or carried by
such broker or dealer to exceed 1,000 percent of such broker's or dealer's net capital
as defined in § 240.15c3-1(c)(2) for any period exceeding three business days. If at any
time such sum exceeds 1,000 percent of such broker's or dealer's net capital, then the
broker or dealer shall:
(1) Immediately transmit telegraphic or facsimile notice of
such event to the Division of Market Regulation in the headquarters office of the
Commission in Washington, DC, to the regional office of the Commission for the region in
which the broker or dealer maintains its principal place of business, and to its
examining authority designated pursuant to section 17(d) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78q(d))
(“Designated Examining Authority”); and
(2) Be subject to the prohibitions against withdrawal of equity
capital set forth in § 240.15c3-1(e) and to the prohibitions against reduction,
prepayment, and repayment of subordination agreements set forth in paragraph (b)(11) of
§ 240.15c3-1d, as if such broker or dealer's net capital were below the minimum
standards specified by each of those paragraphs.
(D) If at any time there is a liquidating deficit in a specialist's
market-maker account, then the broker or dealer guaranteeing, endorsing, or carrying
listed options transactions in such specialist's market-maker account may not extend any
further credit in that account, and shall take steps to liquidate promptly existing
positions in the account. This paragraph shall not prevent the broker or dealer from,
upon approval by the broker's or dealer's Designated Examining Authority, entering into
hedging positions in the specialist's market-maker account. The broker or dealer also
shall transmit telegraphic or facsimile notice of the deficit and its amount by the
close of business of the following business day to its Designated Examining Authority
and the Designated Examining Authority of the specialist, if different from its own.
(E) Upon written application to the Commission by the specialist and
the broker or dealer guaranteeing, endorsing, or carrying options transactions in such
specialist's market-maker account, the Commission may approve upon specified terms and
conditions lesser adjustments to net worth than those specified in § 240.15c3-1a.
(xi) Brokers or dealers carrying specialists or market makers
accounts. With respect to a broker or dealer who carries a market maker or
specialist account, or with respect to any transaction in options listed on a registered
national securities exchange for which a broker or dealer acts as a guarantor or
endorser of options written by a specialist in a specialist account, the broker or
dealer shall deduct, for each account carried or for each class or series of options
guaranteed or endorsed, any deficiency in collateral required by paragraph (a)(6) of
this section.
(xii)(A) Deduction from net worth for certain undermargined
accounts. Deducting the amount of cash required in each customer's or
non-customer's account to meet the maintenance margin requirements of the Examining
Authority for the broker or dealer, after application of calls for margin, marks to the
market or other required deposits which are outstanding 5 business days or less.
(B) Deducting the amount of cash required in the account of each
security-based swap and swap customer to meet the margin requirements of a clearing
agency, Examining Authority, the Commission, derivatives clearing organization, or the
Commodity Futures Trading Commission, as applicable, after application of calls for
margin, marks to the market, or other required deposits which are outstanding within the
required time frame to collect the margin, mark to the market, or other required
deposits.
(xiii) Deduction from net worth for indebtedness collateralized by
exempted securities. Deducting, at the option of the broker or dealer, in lieu of
including such amounts in aggregate indebtedness, 4 percent of the amount of any
indebtedness secured by exempted securities or municipal securities if such indebtedness
would otherwise be includable in aggregate indebtedness.
(xiv) Deduction from net worth for excess deductible amounts related
to fidelity bond coverage. Deducting the amount specified by rule of the Examining
Authority for the broker or dealer with respect to a requirement to maintain fidelity
bond coverage.
(xv) Deduction from net worth in lieu of collecting collateral for
non-cleared security-based swap and swap transactions—(A) Security-based
swaps. Deducting the initial margin amount calculated pursuant to
§ 240.18a-3(c)(1)(i)(B) for the account of a counterparty at the broker or dealer that
is subject to a margin exception set forth in § 240.18a-3(c)(1)(iii), less the margin
value of collateral held in the account.
(B) Swaps. Deducting the initial margin amount calculated
pursuant to the margin rules of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission in the account
of a counterparty at the broker or dealer that is subject to a margin exception in those
rules, less the margin value of collateral held in the account.
(C) Treatment of collateral held at a third-party custodian.
For the purposes of the deductions required pursuant to paragraphs (c)(2)(xv)(A) and (B)
of this section, collateral held by an independent third-party custodian as initial
margin may be treated as collateral held in the account of the counterparty at the
broker or dealer if:
(1) The independent third-party custodian is a bank as defined
in section 3(a)(6) of the Act or a registered U.S. clearing organization or depository
that is not affiliated with the counterparty or, if the collateral consists of foreign
securities or currencies, a supervised foreign bank, clearing organization, or
depository that is not affiliated with the counterparty and that customarily maintains
custody of such foreign securities or currencies;
(2) The broker or dealer, the independent third-party
custodian, and the counterparty that delivered the collateral to the custodian have
executed an account control agreement governing the terms under which the custodian
holds and releases collateral pledged by the counterparty as initial margin that is a
legal, valid, binding, and enforceable agreement under the laws of all relevant
jurisdictions, including in the event of bankruptcy, insolvency, or a similar proceeding
of any of the parties to the agreement, and that provides the broker or dealer with the
right to access the collateral to satisfy the counterparty's obligations to the broker
or dealer arising from transactions in the account of the counterparty; and
(3) The broker or dealer maintains written documentation of its
analysis that in the event of a legal challenge the relevant court or administrative
authorities would find the account control agreement to be legal, valid, binding, and
enforceable under the applicable law, including in the event of the receivership,
conservatorship, insolvency, liquidation, or a similar proceeding of any of the parties
to the agreement.
Exempted Securities
(3) The term exempted securities shall mean those securities
deemed exempted securities by section 3(a)(12) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and
rules thereunder.
Contractual Commitments
(4) The term contractual commitments shall include underwriting,
when issued, when distributed and delayed delivery contracts, the writing or endorsement
of puts and calls and combinations thereof, commitments in foreign currencies, and spot
(cash) commodities contracts, but shall not include uncleared regular way purchases and
sales of securities and contracts in commodities futures. A series of contracts of
purchase or sale of the same security conditioned, if at all, only upon issuance may be
treated as an individual commitment.
Adequately Secured
(5) Indebtedness shall be deemed to be adequately secured within the
meaning of this section when the excess of the market value of the collateral over the
amount of the indebtedness is sufficient to make the loan acceptable as a fully secured
loan to banks regularly making secured loans to brokers or dealers.
Customer
(6) The term customer shall mean any person from whom, or on
whose behalf, a broker or dealer has received, acquired or holds funds or securities for
the account of such person, but shall not include a broker or dealer or a registered
municipal securities dealer, or a general, special or limited partner or director or
officer of the broker or dealer, or any person to the extent that such person has a claim
for property or funds which by contract, agreement, or understanding, or by operation of
law, is part of the capital of the broker or dealer. Provided, however, That the
term “customer” shall also include a broker or dealer, but only insofar as such broker or
dealer maintains a special omnibus account carried with another broker or dealer in
compliance with 12 CFR 220.4(b) of Regulation T under the Securities Exchange Act of
1934.
Non-Customer
(7) The term non-customer means a broker or dealer, registered
municipal securities dealer, general partner, limited partner, officer, director and
persons to the extent their claims are subordinated to the claims of creditors of the
broker or dealer.
Market Maker
(8) The term market maker shall mean a dealer who, with respect
to a particular security, (i) regularly publishes bona fide, competitive bid and offer
quotations in a recognized interdealer quotation system; or (ii) furnishes bona fide
competitive bid and offer quotations on request; and, (iii) is ready, willing and able to
effect transactions in reasonable quantities at his quoted prices with other brokers or
dealers.
Promptly Transmit and Deliver
(9) A broker or dealer is deemed to “promptly transmit” all funds and to
“promptly deliver” all securities within the meaning of paragraphs (a)(2)(i) and (a)(2)(v)
of this section where such transmission or delivery is made no later than noon of the next
business day after the receipt of such funds or securities; provided, however, that such
prompt transmission or delivery shall not be required to be effected prior to the
settlement date for such transaction.
Promptly Forward
(10) A broker or dealer is deemed to “promptly forward” funds or
securities within the meaning of paragraph (a)(2)(i) of this section only when such
forwarding occurs no later than noon of the next business day following receipt of such
funds or securities.
Ready Market
(11)(i) The term ready market shall include a recognized
established securities market in which there exists independent bona fide offers to buy
and sell so that a price reasonably related to the last sales price or current bona fide
competitive bid and offer quotations can be determined for a particular security almost
instantaneously and where payment will be received in settlement of a sale at such price
within a relatively short time conforming to trade custom.
(ii) A ready market shall also be deemed to exist where
securities have been accepted as collateral for a loan by a bank as defined in section
3(a)(6) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and where the broker or dealer demonstrates
to its Examining Authority that such securities adequately secure such loans as that term
is defined in paragraph (c)(5) of this section.
Examining Authority
(12) The term Examining Authority of a broker or dealer shall
mean for the purposes of 17 CFR 240.15c3-1 and 240.15c3-1a-d the national securities
exchange or national securities association of which the broker or dealer is a member or,
if the broker or dealer is a member of more than one such self-regulatory organization,
the organization designated by the Commission as the Examining Authority for such broker
or dealer, or if the broker or dealer is not a member of any such self-regulatory
organization, the Regional Office of the Commission where such broker or dealer has its
principal place of business.
Entities That Have a Principal Regulator
(13)(i) For purposes of § 240.15c3-1e and § 240.15c3-1g, the term
entity that has a principal regulator shall mean a person (other than a natural
person) that is not a registered broker or dealer (other than a broker or dealer
registered under section 15(b)(11) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o(b)(11)), provided that the
person is:
(A) An insured depository institution as defined in section 3(c)(2) of
the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1813(c)(2));
(B) Registered as a futures commission merchant or an introducing
broker with the Commodity Futures Trading Commission;
(C) Registered with or licensed by a State insurance regulator and
issues any insurance, endowment, or annuity policy or contract;
(D) A foreign bank as defined in section 1(b)(7) of the International
Banking Act of 1978 (12 U.S.C. 3101(7)) that has its headquarters in a jurisdiction for
which any foreign bank has been approved by the Board of Governors of the Federal
Reserve System to conduct business pursuant to the standards set forth in 12 CFR
211.24(c), provided such foreign bank represents to the Commission that it is subject to
the same supervisory regime as the foreign bank previously approved by the Board of
Governors of the Federal Reserve System;
(E) Not primarily in the securities business, and the person is:
(1) A corporation organized under section 25A of the Federal
Reserve Act (12 U.S.C. 611 through 633); or
(2) A corporation having an agreement or undertaking with the
Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System under section 25 of the Federal Reserve
Act (12 U.S.C. 601 through 604a); or
(F) A person that the Commission finds is another entity that is
subject to comprehensive supervision, has in place appropriate arrangements so that
information that the person provides to the Commission is sufficiently reliable for the
purposes of determining compliance with § 240.15c3-1e and § 240.15c3-1g, and it is
appropriate to consider the person to be an entity that has a principal regulator
considering all relevant circumstances, including the person's mix of business.
(ii) For purposes of §§ 240.15c3-1e, 240.15c3-1g, 240.17h-1T, and
240.17h2T, the term ultimate holding company that has a principal regulator shall
mean a person (other than a natural person) that:
(A) Is a financial holding company or a company that is treated as a
financial holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (12 U.S.C. 1840 et
seq.), or
(B) The Commission determines to be an ultimate holding company that
has a principal regulator, if that person is subject to consolidated, comprehensive
supervision; there are in place appropriate arrangements so that information that the
person provides to the Commission is sufficiently reliable for the purposes of
determining compliance with § 240.15c3-1e and § 240.15c3-1g; and it is appropriate to
consider the person to be an ultimate holding company that has a principal regulator in
view of all relevant circumstances, including the person's mix of business.
(14) The term municipal securities shall mean those securities
included within the definition of “municipal securities” in section 3(a)(29) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
(15) The term tentative net capital shall mean the net capital
of a broker or dealer before deducting the securities haircuts computed pursuant to
paragraph (c)(2)(vi) of this section and the charges on inventory computed pursuant to
appendix B to this section (§ 240.15c3-1b). However, for purposes of paragraph (a)(5) of
this section, the term tentative net capital means the net capital of an OTC
derivatives dealer before deducting the charges for market and credit risk as computed
pursuant to appendix F to this section (§ 240.15c3-1f) or paragraph (c)(2)(vi) of this
section, if applicable, and increased by the balance sheet value (including counterparty
net exposure) resulting from transactions in eligible OTC derivative instruments which
would otherwise be deducted by virtue of paragraph (c)(2)(iv) of this section. For
purposes of paragraph (a)(7) of this section, the term tentative net capital
means the net capital of the broker or dealer before deductions for market and credit
risk computed pursuant to § 240.15c3-1e or paragraph (c)(2)(vi) of this section, if
applicable, and increased by the balance sheet value (including counterparty net
exposure) resulting from transactions in derivative instruments which would otherwise be
deducted by virtue of paragraph (c)(2)(iv) of this section. Tentative net capital shall
include securities for which there is no ready market, as defined in paragraph (c)(11)
of this section, if the use of mathematical models has been approved for purposes of
calculating deductions from net capital for those securities pursuant to §
240.15c3-1e.
Insolvent
(16) For the purposes of this section, a broker or dealer is insolvent
if the broker or dealer:
(i) Is the subject of any bankruptcy, equity receivership proceeding
or any other proceeding to reorganize, conserve, or liquidate such broker or dealer or
its property or is applying for the appointment or election of a receiver, trustee, or
liquidator or similar official for such broker or dealer or its property;
(ii) Has made a general assignment for the benefit of creditors;
(iii) Is insolvent within the meaning of section 101 of title 11 of
the United States Code, or is unable to meet its obligations as they mature, and has
made an admission to such effect in writing or in any court or before any agency of the
United States or any State; or
(iv) Is unable to make such computations as may be necessary to
establish compliance with this section or with § 240.15c3-3.
(17) The term risk margin amount means the sum of:
(i) The total initial margin required to be maintained by the broker
or dealer at each clearing agency with respect to security-based swap transactions
cleared for security-based swap customers; and
(ii) The total initial margin amount calculated by the broker or
dealer with respect to non-cleared security-based swaps pursuant to
§ 240.18a-3(c)(1)(i)(B).
(d) Debt-equity requirements. No broker or dealer shall permit
the total of outstanding principal amounts of its satisfactory subordination agreements
(other than such agreements which qualify under this paragraph (d) as equity capital) to
exceed 70 percent of its debt-equity total, as hereinafter defined, for a period in
excess of 90 days or for such longer period which the Commission may, upon application
of the broker or dealer, grant in the public interest or for the protection of
investors. In the case of a corporation, the debt-equity total shall be the sum of its
outstanding principal amounts of satisfactory subordination agreements, par or stated
value of capital stock, paid in capital in excess of par, retained earnings, unrealized
profit and loss or other capital accounts. In the case of a partnership, the debt-equity
total shall be the sum of its outstanding principal amounts of satisfactory
subordination agreements, capital accounts of partners (exclusive of such partners'
securities accounts) subject to the provisions of paragraph (e) of this section, and
unrealized profit and loss. In the case of a sole proprietorship, the debt-equity total
shall include the sum of its outstanding principal amounts of satisfactory subordination
agreements, capital accounts of the sole proprietorship and unrealized profit and loss.
Provided, however, That a satisfactory subordination agreement entered into by
a partner or stockholder which has an initial term of at least three years and has a
remaining term of not less than 12 months shall be considered equity for the purposes of
this paragraph (d) if:
(1) It does not have any of the provisions for accelerated maturity
provided for by paragraphs (b)(9)(i), (10)(i) or (10)(ii) of Appendix (D) (17 CFR
240.15c3-1d) and is maintained as capital subject to the provisions restricting the
withdrawal thereof required by paragraph (e) of this section or
(2) The partnership agreement provides that capital contributed
pursuant to a satisfactory subordination agreement as defined in Appendix (D) (17 CFR
240.15c3-1d) shall in all respects be partnership capital subject to the provisions
restricting the withdrawal thereof required by paragraph (e) of this section.
(e)(1) Notice provisions relating to limitations on the withdrawal
of equity capital. No equity capital of the broker or dealer or a subsidiary or
affiliate consolidated pursuant to appendix C (17 CFR 240.15c3-1c) may be withdrawn by
action of a stockholder or a partner or by redemption or repurchase of shares of stock
by any of the consolidated entities or through the payment of dividends or any similar
distribution, nor may any unsecured advance or loan be made to a stockholder, partner,
sole proprietor, employee or affiliate without written notice given in accordance with
paragraph (e)(1)(iv) of this section:
(i) Two business days prior to any withdrawals, advances or loans if
those withdrawals, advances or loans on a net basis exceed in the aggregate in any 30
calendar day period, 30 percent of the broker or dealer's excess net capital. A broker
or dealer, in an emergency situation, may make withdrawals, advances or loans that on a
net basis exceed 30 percent of the broker or dealer's excess net capital in any 30
calendar day period without giving the advance notice required by this paragraph, with
the prior approval of its Examining Authority. Where a broker or dealer makes a
withdrawal with the consent of its Examining Authority, it shall in any event comply
with paragraph (e)(1)(ii) of this section; or
(ii) Two business days after any withdrawals, advances or loans if
those withdrawals, advances or loans on a net basis exceed in the aggregate in any 30
calendar day period, 20 percent of the broker or dealer's excess net capital.
(iii) This paragraph (e)(1) does not apply to:
(A) Securities or commodities transactions in the ordinary course of
business between a broker or dealer and an affiliate where the broker or dealer makes
payment to or on behalf of such affiliate for such transaction and then receives payment
from such affiliate for the securities or commodities transaction within two business
days from the date of the transaction; or
(B) Withdrawals, advances or loans which in the aggregate in any
thirty calendar day period, on a net basis, equal $500,000 or less.
(iv) Each required notice shall be effective when received by the
Commission in Washington, DC, the regional office of the Commission for the region in
which the broker or dealer has its principal place of business, the broker or dealer's
Examining Authority and the Commodity Futures Trading Commission if such broker or
dealer is registered with that Commission.
(2) Limitations on Withdrawal of equity capital. No equity
capital of the broker or dealer or a subsidiary or affiliate consolidated pursuant to
appendix C (17 CFR 240.15c3-1c) may be withdrawn by action of a stockholder or a partner
or by redemption or repurchase of shares of stock by any of the consolidated entities or
through the payment of dividends or any similar distribution, nor may any unsecured
advance or loan be made to a stockholder, partner, sole proprietor, employee or
affiliate, if after giving effect thereto and to any other such withdrawals, advances or
loans and any Payments of Payment Obligations (as defined in appendix D (17 CFR
240.15c3-1d)) under satisfactory subordination agreements which are scheduled to occur
within 180 days following such withdrawal, advance or loan if:
(i) The broker or dealer's net capital would be less than 120 percent
of the minimum dollar amount required by paragraph (a) of this section;
(ii) The broker-dealer is registered as a futures commission merchant,
its net capital would be less than 7 percent of the funds required to be segregated
pursuant to the Commodity Exchange Act and the regulations thereunder (less the market
value of commodity options purchased by option customers on or subject to the rules of a
contract market, each such deduction not to exceed the amount of funds in the option
customer's account);
(iii) The broker-dealer's net capital would be less than 25 percent of
deductions from net worth in computing net capital required by paragraphs (c)(2)(vi),
(f) and appendix A, of this section, unless the broker or dealer has the prior approval
of the Commission to make such withdrawal;
(iv) The total outstanding principal amounts of satisfactory
subordination agreements of the broker or dealer and any subsidiaries or affiliates
consolidated pursuant to appendix C (17 CFR 240.15c3-1c) (other than such agreements
which qualify as equity under paragraph (d) of this section) would exceed 70% of the
debt-equity total as defined in paragraph (d) of this section;
(v) The broker or dealer is subject to the aggregate indebtedness
limitations of paragraph (a) of this section, the aggregate indebtedness of any of the
consolidated entities exceeds 1000 percent of its net capital; or
(vi) The broker or dealer is subject to the alternative net capital
requirement of paragraph (f) of this section, its net capital would be less than 5
percent of aggregate debit items computed in accordance with 17 CFR 240.15c3-3a.
(3)(i) Temporary restrictions on withdrawal of net capital. The
Commission may by order restrict, for a period of up to twenty business days, any
withdrawal by the broker or dealer of equity capital or unsecured loan or advance to a
stockholder, partner, sole proprietor, member, employee or affiliate under such terms
and conditions as the Commission deems necessary or appropriate in the public interest
or consistent with the protection of investors if the Commission, based on the
information available, concludes that such withdrawal, advance or loan may be
detrimental to the financial integrity of the broker or dealer, or may unduly jeopardize
the broker or dealer’s ability to repay its customer claims or other liabilities which
may cause a significant impact on the markets or expose the customers or creditors of
the broker or dealer to loss without taking into account the application of the
Securities Investor Protection Act of 1970.
(ii) An order temporarily prohibiting the withdrawal of capital shall
be rescinded if the Commission determines that the restriction on capital withdrawal
should not remain in effect. A hearing on an order temporarily prohibiting the
withdrawal of capital will be held within two business days from the date of the request
in writing by the broker or dealer.
(4)(i) Miscellaneous provisions. Excess net capital is that
amount in excess of the amount required under paragraph (a) of this section. For the
purposes of paragraphs (e)(1) and (e)(2) of this section, a broker or dealer may use the
amount of excess net capital and deductions required under paragraphs (c)(2)(vi), (f)
and appendix A of this section reported in its most recently required filed Form X-17A-5
for the purposes of calculating the effect of a projected withdrawal, advance or loan
relative to excess net capital or deductions. The broker or dealer must assure itself
that the excess net capital or the deductions reported on the most recently required
filed Form X-17A-5 have not materially changed since the time such report was filed.
(ii) The term equity capital includes capital contributions by
partners, par or stated value of capital stock, paid-in capital in excess of par,
retained earnings or other capital accounts. The term equity capital does not include
securities in the securities accounts of partners and balances in limited partners'
capital accounts in excess of their stated capital contributions.
(iii) Paragraphs (e)(1) and (e)(2) of this section shall not preclude
a broker or dealer from making required tax payments or preclude the payment to partners
of reasonable compensation, and such payments shall not be included in the calculation
of withdrawals, advances, or loans for purposes of paragraphs (e)(1) and (e)(2) of this
section.
(iv) For the purpose of this paragraph (e) of this section, any
transaction between a broker or dealer and a stockholder, partner, sole proprietor,
employee or affiliate that results in a diminution of the broker or dealer's net capital
shall be deemed to be an advance or loan of net capital.
[40 FR 29799, July 16, 1975; as amended at 78
FR 51823, Aug. 21, 2013; 79 FR 1521, Jan. 8, 2014; 84 FR 43872, Aug. 22,
2019]
Editorial Note:
For Federal Register citations
affecting § 240.15c3-1, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears
in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at
www.fdsys.gov.
|
240.15c3-1a — Options (Appendix A to 17 CFR 240.15c3-1).
(a) Definitions. (1) The term unlisted option shall mean any
option not included in the definition of listed option provided in paragraph (c)(2)(x) of §
240.15c3-1.
(2) The term option series refers to listed option contracts of the
same type (either a call or a put) and exercise style, covering the same underlying security
with the same exercise price, expiration date, and number of underlying units.
(3) The term related instrument within an option class or product
group refers to futures contracts, options on futures contracts, security-based swaps on a
narrow-based security index, and swaps covering the same underlying instrument. In relation
to options on foreign currencies, a related instrument within an option class also shall
include forward contracts on the same underlying currency.
(4) The term underlying instrument refers to long and short
positions, as appropriate, covering the same foreign currency, the same security, security
future, or security-based swap other than a security-based swap on a narrow-based security
index, or a security which is exchangeable for or convertible into the underlying security
within a period of 90 days. If the exchange or conversion requires the payment of money or
results in a loss upon conversion at the time when the security is deemed an underlying
instrument for purposes of this section, the broker or dealer will deduct from net worth the
full amount of the conversion loss. The term underlying instrument shall not be
deemed to include securities options, futures contracts, options on futures contracts,
security-based swaps on a narrow-based security index, qualified stock baskets, unlisted
instruments, or swaps.
(5) The term options class refers to all options contracts covering
the same underlying instrument.
(6) The term product group refers to two or more option classes,
related instruments, underlying instruments, and qualified stock baskets in the same
portfolio type (see paragraph (b)(1)(ii) of this section) for which it has been determined
that a percentage of offsetting profits may be applied to losses at the same valuation
point.
(b) The deduction under this Appendix A to § 240.15c3-1 shall equal the
sum of the deductions specified in paragraphs (b)(1)(v)(C) or (b)(2) of this section.
Theoretical Pricing Charges
(1)(i) Definitions. (A) The terms theoretical gains and
losses shall mean the gain and loss in the value of individual option series, the
value of underlying instruments, related instruments, and qualified stock baskets within
that option's class, at 10 equidistant intervals (valuation points) ranging from an
assumed movement (both up and down) in the current market value of the underlying
instrument equal to the percentage corresponding to the deductions otherwise required
under § 240.15c3-1 for the underlying instrument (See paragraph (a)(1)(iii) of this
section). Theoretical gains and losses shall be calculated using a theoretical options
pricing model that satisfies the criteria set forth in paragraph (a)(1)(i)(B) of this
section.
(B) The term theoretical options pricing model shall mean any
mathematical model, other than a broker-dealer proprietary model, approved by a Designated
Examining Authority. Such Designated Examining Authority shall submit the model to the
Commission, together with a description of its methods for approving models. Any such
model shall calculate theoretical gains and losses as described in paragraph (a)(1)(i)(A)
of this section for all series and issues of equity, index and foreign currency options
and related instruments, and shall be made available equally and on the same terms to all
registered brokers or dealers. Its procedures shall include the arrangement of the vendor
to supply accurate and timely data to each broker-dealer with respect to its services, and
the fees for distribution of the services. The data provided to brokers or dealers shall
also contain the minimum requirements set forth in paragraphs (b)(1)(v)(C) of this section
and the product group offsets set forth in paragraphs (b)(1)(v)(B) of this section. At a
minimum, the model shall consider the following factors in pricing the option:
(1) The current spot price of the underlying asset;
(2) The exercise price of the option;
(3) The remaining time until the option's expiration;
(4) The volatility of the underlying asset;
(5) Any cash flows associated with ownership of the underlying
asset that can reasonably be expected to occur during the remaining life of the option;
and
(6) The current term structure of interest rates.
(C) The term major market foreign currency shall mean the
currency of a sovereign nation for which there is a substantial inter-bank forward
currency market.
(D) The term qualified stock basket shall mean a set or basket of
stock positions which represents no less than 50% of the capitalization for a
high-capitalization or non-high-capitalization diversified market index, or, in the case
of a narrow-based index, no less than 95% of the capitalization for such narrow-based
index.
(ii) With respect to positions involving listed options in a single
specialist's market-maker account, and, separately, with respect to positions involving
listed option positions in its proprietary or other account, the broker or dealer shall
group long and short positions into the following portfolio types:
(A) Equity options on the same underlying instrument and positions in
that underlying instrument;
(B) Options on the same major market foreign currency, positions in that
major market foreign currency, and related instruments within those options' classes;
(C) High-capitalization diversified market index options, related
instruments within the option's class, and qualified stock baskets in the same index;
(D) Non-high-capitalization diversified index options, related
instruments within the index option's class, and qualified stock baskets in the same
index; and
(E) Narrow-based index options, related instruments within the index
option's class, and qualified stock baskets in the same index.
(iii) Before making the computation, each broker or dealer shall obtain
the theoretical gains and losses for each options series and for the related and
underlying instruments within those options' class in each specialist's market-maker
account guaranteed, endorsed, or carried by a broker or dealer, or in the proprietary or
other accounts of that broker or dealer. For each option series, the theoretical options
pricing model shall calculate theoretical prices at 10 equidistant valuation points within
a range consisting of an increase or a decrease of the following percentages of the daily
market price of the underlying instrument:
(A) +(−)15% for equity securities with a ready market, narrow-based
indexes, and non-high-capitalization diversified indexes;
(B) +(−)6% for major market foreign currencies;
(C) +(−) 20% for all other currencies; and
(D) +(−)10% for high-capitalization diversified indexes.
(iv) As to non-clearing option specialists and market-makers, the
percentages of the daily market price of the underlying instrument shall be:
(A) +(−) 41/2% for major market foreign currencies; and
(B) +6(−)8% for high-capitalization diversified indexes.
(C) +(−) 10% for a non-clearing market-maker, or specialist in non-high
capitalization diversified index product group.
(v)(A) The broker or dealer shall multiply the corresponding theoretical
gains and losses at each of the 10 equidistant valuation points by the number of positions
held in a particular options series, the related instruments and qualified stock baskets
within the option's class, and the positions in the same underlying instrument.
(B) In determining the aggregate profit or loss for each portfolio type,
the broker or dealer will be allowed the following offsets in the following order,
provided, that in the case of qualified stock baskets, the broker or dealer may elect to
net individual stocks between qualified stock baskets and take the appropriate deduction
on the remaining, if any, securities:
(1) First, a broker or dealer is allowed the following offsets
within an option's class:
(i) Between options on the same underlying instrument, positions
covering the same underlying instrument, and related instruments within the option's
class, 100% of a position's gain shall offset another position's loss at the same
valuation point;
(ii) Between index options, related instruments within the
option's class, and qualified stock baskets on the same index, 95%, or such other amount
as designated by the Commission, of gains shall offset losses at the same valuation
point;
(2) Second, a broker-dealer is allowed the following offsets
within an index product group:
(i) Among positions involving different high-capitalization
diversified index option classes within the same product group, 90% of the gain in a
high-capitalization diversified market index option, related instruments, and qualified
stock baskets within that index option's class shall offset the loss at the same valuation
point in a different high-capitalization diversified market index option, related
instruments, and qualified stock baskets within that index option's class;
(ii) Among positions involving different non-high-capitalization
diversified index option classes within the same product group, 75% of the gain in a
non-high-capitalization diversified market index option, related instruments, and
qualified stock baskets within that index option's class shall offset the loss at the same
valuation point in another non-high-capitalization diversified market index option,
related instruments, and qualified stock baskets within that index option's class or
product group;
(iii) Among positions involving different narrow-based index
option classes within the same product group, 90% of the gain in a narrow-based market
index option, related instruments, and qualified stock baskets within that index option's
class shall offset the loss at the same valuation point in another narrow-based market
index option, related instruments, and qualified stock baskets within that index option's
class or product group;
(iv) No qualified stock basket should offset another qualified
stock basket; and
(3) Third, a broker-dealer is allowed the following offsets
between product groups: Among positions involving different diversified index product
groups within the same market group, 50% of the gain in a diversified market index option,
a related instrument, or a qualified stock basket within that index option's product group
shall offset the loss at the same valuation point in another product group;
(C) For each portfolio type, the total deduction shall be the larger
of:
(1) The amount for any of the 10 equidistant valuation points
representing the largest theoretical loss after applying the offsets provided in paragraph
(b)(1)(v)(B) if this section; or
(2) A minimum charge equal to 25% times the multiplier for each
equity and index option contract and each related instrument within the option's class or
product group, or $25 for each option on a major market foreign currency with the minimum
charge for futures contracts and options on futures contracts adjusted for contract size
differentials, not to exceed market value in the case of long positions in options and
options on futures contracts; plus
(3) In the case of portfolio types involving index options and
related instruments offset by a qualified stock basket, there will be a minimum charge of
5 percent of the market value of the qualified stock basket for high-capitalization
diversified and narrow-based indexes;
(4) In the case of portfolio types involving index options and
related instruments offset by a qualified stock basket, there will be a minimum charge of
7 1/2 percent of the market value of the qualified stock basket for
non-high-capitalization diversified indexes; and
(5) In the case of portfolio types involving security futures and
equity options on the same underlying instrument and positions in that underlying
instrument, there will be a minimum charge of 25 percent times the multiplier for each
security future and equity option.
Alternative Strategy Based Method
(2) A broker or dealer may elect to apply the alternative strategy based
method in accordance with the provisions of this paragraph (b)(2).
(i) Definitions. (A) The term intrinsic value or
in-the-money amount shall mean the amount by which the exercise value, in the
case of a call, is less than the current market value of the underlying instrument, and,
in the case of a put, is greater than the current market value of the underlying
instrument.
(B) The term out-of-the-money amount shall mean the amount by
which the exercise value, in the case of a call, is greater than the current market value
of the underlying instrument, and, in the case of a put, is less than the current market
value of the underlying instrument.
(C) The term time value shall mean the current market value of an
option contract that is in excess of its intrinsic value.
(ii) Every broker or dealer electing to calculate adjustments to net
worth in accordance with the provisions of this paragraph (b)(2) must make the following
adjustments to net worth:
(A) Add the time value of a short position in a listed option; and
(B) Deduct the time value of a long position in a listed option, which
relates to a position in the same underlying instrument or in a related instrument within
the option class or product group as recognized in the strategies enumerated in paragraph
(b)(2)(iii)(D) of this section; and
(C) Add the net short market value or deduct the long market value of
listed options as recognized in the strategies enumerated in paragraphs
(b)(2)(iii)(E)(1) and (2) of this section.
(iii) In computing net capital after the adjustments provided for in
paragraph (b)(2)(ii) of this section, every broker or dealer shall deduct the percentages
specified in this paragraph (b)(2)(iii) for all listed option positions, positions
covering the same underlying instrument and related instruments within the options' class
or product group.
Uncovered Calls
(A) Where a broker or dealer is short a call, deducting the percentage
required by paragraphs (c)(2)(vi) (A) through (K) of § 240.15c3-1 of the current market
value of the underlying instrument for such option reduced by its out-of-the-money amount,
to the extent that such reduction does not operate to increase net capital. In no event
shall this deduction be less than the greater of $250 for each short call option contract
for 100 shares or 50% of the aforementioned percentage.
Uncovered Puts
(B) Where a broker or dealer is short a put, deducting the percentage
required by paragraphs (c)(2)(vi) (A) through (K) of § 240.15c3-1 of the current market
value of the underlying instrument for such option reduced by its out-of-the-money amount,
to the extent that such reduction does not operate to increase net capital. In no event
shall the deduction provided by this paragraph be less than the greater of $250 for each
short put option contract for 100 shares or 50% of the aforementioned percentage.
Long Positions
(C) Where a broker or dealer is long puts or calls, deducting 50 percent
of the market value of the net long put and call positions in the same options series.
Certain Security Positions With Offsetting Options
(D)(1) Where a broker or dealer is long a put for which it has an
offsetting long position in the same number of units of the same underlying instrument,
deducting the percentage required by paragraphs (c)(2)(vi) (A) through (K) of § 240.15c3-1
of the current market value of the underlying instrument for the long offsetting position,
not to exceed the out-of-the-money amount of the option. In no event shall the deduction
provided by this paragraph be less than $25 for each option contract for 100 shares,
provided that the minimum charge need not exceed the intrinsic value of the option.
(2) Where a broker or dealer is long a call for which it has an
offsetting short position in the same number of units of the same underlying instrument,
deducting the percentage required by paragraphs (c)(2)(vi) (A) through (K) of § 240.15c3-1
of the current market value of the underlying instrument for the short offsetting
position, not to exceed the out-of-the-money amount of the option. In no event shall the
deduction provided by this paragraph be less than $25 for each option contract for 100
shares, provided that the minimum charge need not exceed the intrinsic value of the
option.
(3) Where a broker or dealer is short a call for which it has an
offsetting long position in the same number of units of the same underlying instrument,
deducting the percentage required by paragraphs (c)(2)(vi) (A) through (K) of § 240.15c3-1
of the current market value of the underlying instrument for the offsetting long position
reduced by the short call's intrinsic value. In no event shall the deduction provided by
this paragraph be less than $25 for each option contract for 100 shares.
Certain Spread Positions
(E)(1) Where a broker or dealer is short a listed call and is
also long a listed call in the same class of options contracts and the long option expires
on the same date as or subsequent to the short option, the deduction, after adjustments
required in paragraph (b) of this section, shall be the amount by which the exercise value
of the long call exceeds the exercise value of the short call. If the exercise value of
the long call is less than or equal to the exercise value of the short call, no deduction
is required.
(2) Where a broker or dealer is short a listed put and is also
long a listed put in the same class of options contracts and the long option expires on
the same date as or subsequent to the short option, the deduction, after the adjustments
required in paragraph (b) of this section, shall be the amount by which the exercise value
of the short put exceeds the exercise value of the long put. If the exercise value of the
long put is equal to or greater than the exercise value of the short put, no deduction is
required.
(c) With respect to transactions involving unlisted options, every
broker or dealer shall determine the value of unlisted option positions in accordance with
the provision of paragraph (c)(2)(i) of § 240.15c3-1, and shall deduct the percentages of
all securities positions or unlisted options in the proprietary or other accounts of the
broker or dealer specified in this paragraph (c). However, where computing the deduction
required for a security position as if the security position had no related unlisted
option position and positions in unlisted options as if uncovered would result in a lesser
deduction from net worth, the broker or dealer may compute such deductions separately.
Uncovered Calls
(1) Where a broker or dealer is short a call, deducting 15 percent (or
such other percentage required by paragraphs (c)(2)(vi) (A) through (K) of § 240.15c3-1)
of the current market value of the security underlying such option reduced by any excess
of the exercise value of the call over the current market value of the underlying
security. In no event shall the deduction provided by this paragraph be less than $250 for
each option contract for 100 shares.
Uncovered Puts
(2) Where a broker or dealer is short a put, deducting 15 percent (or
such other percentage required by paragraphs (c)(2)(vi) (A) through (K) of § 240.15c3-1)
of the current market value of the security underlying the option reduced by any excess of
the market value of the underlying security over the exercise value of the put. In no
event shall the deduction provided by this paragraph be less than $250 for each option
contract for 100 shares.
Covered Calls
(3) Where a broker or dealer is short a call and long equivalent units
of the underlying security, deducting 15 percent (or such other percentage required by
paragraphs (c)(2)(vi) (A) through (K) of § 240.15c3-1) of the current market value of the
underlying security reduced by any excess of the current market value of the underlying
security over the exercise value of the call. No reduction under this paragraph shall have
the effect of increasing net capital.
Covered Puts
(4) Where a broker or dealer is short a put and short equivalent units
of the underlying security, deducting 15 percent (or such other percentage required by
paragraphs (c)(2)(vi) (A) through (K) of § 240.15c3-1) of the current market value of the
underlying security reduced by any excess of the exercise value of the put over the market
value of the underlying security. No such reduction shall have the effect of increasing
net capital.
Conversion Accounts
(5) Where a broker or dealer is long equivalent units of the underlying
security, long a put written or endorsed by a broker or dealer and short a call in its
proprietary or other accounts, deducting 5 percent (or 50 percent of such other percentage
required by paragraphs (c)(2)(vi) (A) through (K) of § 240.15c3-1) of the current market
value of the underlying security.
(6) Where a broker or dealer is short equivalent units of the underlying
security, long a call written or endorsed by a broker or dealer and short a put in his
proprietary or other accounts, deducting 5 percent (or 50 percent of such other percentage
required by paragraphs (c)(2)(vi) (A) through (K) of § 240.15c3-1) of the market value of
the underlying security.
Long Options
(7) Where a broker or dealer is long a put or call endorsed or written
by a broker or dealer, deducting 15 percent (or such other percentage required by
paragraphs (c)(2)(vi) (A) through (K) of § 240.15c3-1) of the market value of the
underlying security, not to exceed any value attributed to such option in paragraph
(c)(2)(i) of § 240.15c3-1.
[62 FR 6481, Feb. 12, 1997; as amended at 78 FR
51823, Aug. 21, 2013; 79 FR 1521, Jan. 8, 2014; 84 FR 43872, Aug. 22, 2019]
240.15c3-1b — Adjustments to net worth and aggregate indebtedness for certain commodities transactions (appendix B to 17 CFR 240.15c3-1).
(a) Every broker or dealer in computing net capital pursuant to 17 CFR
240.15c3-1 shall comply with the following:
(1) Where a broker or dealer has an asset or liability which is treated or defined in paragraph (c) of 17 CFR 240.15c3-1, the inclusion or exclusion of all or part of such asset or liability for the computation of aggregate indebtedness and net capital shall be in accordance with paragraph (c) of 17 CFR 240.15c3-1, except as specifically provided
otherwise in this appendix B. Where a commodity related asset or liability is specifically
treated or defined in 17 CFR 1.17 and is not generally or specifically treated or defined in
17 CFR 240.15c3-1 or this appendix B, the inclusion or exclusion of all or part of such
asset or liability for the computation of aggregate indebtedness and net capital shall be in
accordance with 17 CFR 1.17.
Aggregate Indebtedness
(2) The term aggregate indebtedness as defined in paragraph
(c)(1) of this section shall exclude with respect to commodity-related transactions:
(i) Indebtedness arising in connection with an advance to a
non-proprietary account when such indebtedness is adequately collateralized by spot
commodities eligible for delivery on a contract market and when such spot commodities are
covered.
(ii) Advances received by the broker or dealer against bills of lading
issued in connection with the shipment of commodities sold by the broker or dealer;
and
(iii) Equity balances in the accounts of general partners.
Net Capital
(3) In computing net capital as defined in paragraph (c)(2) of this
section, the net worth of a broker or dealer shall be adjusted as follows with respect to
commodity-related transactions:
(i) Unrealized profit or loss for certain commodities
transactions. (A) Unrealized profits shall be added and unrealized losses shall be
deducted in the commodities accounts of the broker or dealer, including unrealized profits
and losses on fixed price commitments and forward contracts; and
(B) The value attributed to any commodity option which is not traded on
a contract market shall be the difference between the option's strike price and the market
value for the physical or futures contract which is the subject of the option. In the case
of a long call commodity option, if the market value for the physical or futures contract
which is the subject of the option is less than the strike price of the option, it shall
be given no value. In the case of a long put commodity option, if the market value for the
physical commodity or futures contract which is the subject of the option is more than the
striking price of the option, it shall be given no value.
(ii) Deduct any unsecured commodity futures or option account containing
a ledger balance and open trades, the combination of which liquidates to a deficit or
containing a debit ledger balance only: Provided, however, Deficits or debit ledger
balances in unsecured customers', non-customers' and proprietary accounts, which are the
subject of calls for margin or other required deposits need not be deducted until the
close of business on the business day following the date on which such deficit or debit
ledger balance originated;
(iii) Deduct all unsecured receivables, advances and loans except
for:
(A) Management fees receivable from commodity pools outstanding no
longer than thirty (30) days from the date they are due;
(B) Receivables from foreign clearing organizations;
(C) Receivables from registered futures commission merchants or brokers,
resulting from cleared swap transactions or, commodity futures or option transactions,
except those specifically excluded under paragraph (3)(ii) of this appendix B. In the case
of an introducing broker or an applicant for registration as an introducing broker,
include 50 percent of the value of a guarantee or security deposit with a futures
commission merchant which carries or intends to carry accounts for the customers of the
introducing broker.
(iv) Deduct all inventories (including work in process, finished goods,
raw materials and inventories held for resale) except for readily marketable spot
commodities; or spot commodities which adequately collateralize indebtedness under paragraph (c)(7) of 17 CFR 1.17;
(v) Guarantee deposits with commodities clearing organizations are not
required to be deducted from net worth;
(vi) Stock in commodities clearing organizations to the extent of its
margin value is not required to be deducted from net worth;
(vii) Deduct from net worth the amount by which any advances paid by the
broker or dealer on cash commodity contracts and used in computing net capital exceeds 95
percent of the market value of the commodities covered by such contracts.
(viii) Do not include equity in the commodity accounts of partners in
net worth.
(ix) In the case of all inventory, fixed price commitments and forward
contracts, except for inventory and forward contracts in the inter-bank market in those
foreign currencies which are purchased or sold for further delivery on or subject to the
rules of a contract market and covered by an open futures contract for which there will be
no charge, deduct the applicable percentage of the net position specified below:
(A) Inventory which is currently registered as deliverable on a contract
market and covered by an open futures contract or by a commodity option on a physical — No
charge.
(B) Inventory which is covered by an open futures contract or commodity
option — 5% of the market value.
(C) Inventory which is not covered — 20% of the market value.
(D) Fixed price commitments (open purchases and sales) and forward
contracts which are covered by an open futures contract or commodity option — 10% of the
market value.
(E) Fixed price commitments (open purchases and sales) and forward
contracts which are not covered by an open futures contract or commodity option — 20% of
the market value.
(x) Deduct 4% of the market value of commodity options granted (sold) by
option customers on or subject to the rules of a contract market.
(xi) [Reserved]
(xii) Deduct for undermargined customer commodity futures accounts the
amount of funds required in each such account to meet maintenance margin requirements of
the applicable board of trade or, if there are no such maintenance margin requirements,
clearing organization margin requirements applicable to such positions, after application
of calls for margin, or other required deposits which are outstanding three business days
or less. If there are no such maintenance margin requirements or clearing organization
margin requirements on such accounts, then deduct the amount of funds required to provide
margin equal to the amount necessary after application of calls for margin, or other
required deposits outstanding three days or less to restore original margin when the
original margin has been depleted by 50 percent or more. Provided, To the extent a
deficit is deducted from net worth in accordance with paragraph (a)(3)(ii) of this
appendix B, such amount shall not also be deducted under this paragraph (a)(3)(xii). In
the event that an owner of a customer account has deposited an asset other than cash to
margin, guarantee or secure his account, the value attributable to such asset for purposes
of this paragraph shall be the lesser of (A) the value attributable to such asset pursuant
to the margin rules of the applicable board of trade, or (B) the market value of such
asset after application of the percentage deductions specified in paragraph (a)(3)(ix) of
this appendix B or, where appropriate, specified in paragraph (c)(2)(vi) or (c)(2)(vii) of
§ 240.15c3-1 this chapter;
(xiii) Deduct for undermargined non-customer and omnibus commodity
futures accounts the amount of funds required in each such account to meet maintenance
margin requirements of the applicable board of trade or, if there are no such maintenance
margin requirements, clearing organization margin requirements applicable to such
positions, after application of calls for margin, or other required deposits which are
outstanding two business days or less. If there are no such maintenance margin
requirements or clearing organization margin requirements, then deduct the amount of funds
required to provide margin equal to the amount necessary after application of calls for
margin, or other required deposits outstanding two days or less to restore original margin
when the original margin has been depleted by 50 percent or more. Provided, To the
extent a deficit is deducted from net worth in accordance with paragraph (a)(3)(ii) of
this appendix B such amount shall not also be deducted under this paragraph (a)(3)(xiii).
In the event that an owner of a non-customer or omnibus account has deposited an asset
other than cash to margin, guarantee or secure his account, the value attributable to such
asset for purposes of this paragraph shall be the lesser of (A) the value attributable to
such asset pursuant to the margin rules of the applicable board of trade, or (B) the
market value of such asset after application of the percentage deductions specified in
paragraph (a)(3)(ix) of this appendix B or, where appropriate, specified in paragraph
(c)(2)(vi) or (c)(2)(vii) of § 240.15c3-1 of this chapter;
(xiv) In the case of open futures contracts and granted (sold) commodity
options held in proprietary accounts carried by the broker or dealer which are not covered
by a position held by the broker or dealer or which are not the result of a “changer trade
made in accordance with the rules of a contract market, deduct:
(A) For a broker or dealer which is a clearing member of a contract
market for the positions on such contract market cleared by such member, the applicable
margin requirement of the applicable clearing organization;
(B) For a broker or dealer which is a member of a self-regulatory
organization 150% of the applicable maintenance margin requirement of the applicable board
of trade or clearing organization, whichever is greater; or
(C) For all other brokers or dealers, 200% of the applicable maintenance
margin requirement of the applicable board of trade or clearing organization, whichever is
greater; or
(D) For open contracts or granted (sold) commodity options for which
there are no applicable maintenance margin requirements, 200% of the applicable initial
margin requirement;
Provided, the equity in any such proprietary account shall reduce the deduction
required by this paragraph (a)(3)(xiv) if such equity is not otherwise includable in net
capital.
(xv) In the case of a broker or dealer which is a purchaser of a
commodity option which is traded on a contract market the deduction shall be the same
safety factor as if the broker or dealer were the grantor of such option in accordance
with paragraph (a)(3)(xiv), but in no event shall the safety factor be greater than the
market value attributed to such option.
(xvi) In the case of a broker or dealer which is a purchaser of a
commodity option not traded on a contract market which has value and such value is used to
increase net capital, the deduction is ten percent of the market value of the physical or
futures contract which is the subject of such option but in no event more than the value
attributed to such option.
(xvii) Deduction 5% of all unsecured receivables includable under
paragraph (a)(3)(iii)(C) of this appendix B used by the broker or dealer in computing “net
capital” and which are not receivable from (A) a futures commission merchant registered as
such with the Commodity Futures Trading Commission, or (B) a broker or dealer which is
registered as such with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
(xviii) A loan or advance or any other form of receivable shall not be
considered “secured” for the purposes of paragraph (a)(3) of this Appendix B unless the
following conditions exist:
(A) The receivable is secured by readily marketable collateral which is
otherwise unencumbered and which can be readily converted into cash: Provided,
however, That the receivable will be considered secured only to the extent of the
market value of such collateral after application of the percentage deductions specified
in paragraph (a)(3)(ix) of this Appendix B; and
(B)(1) The readily marketable collateral is in the possession or
control of the broker or dealer; or
(2) The broker or dealer has a legally enforceable, written
security agreement, signed by the debtor, and has a perfected security interest in the
readily marketable collateral within the meaning of the laws of the State in which the
readily marketable collateral is located.
(xix) The term cover for purposes of this Appendix B shall mean
cover as defined in 17 CFR 1.17(j).
(xx) The term customer for purposes of this Appendix B shall mean
customer as defined in 17 CFR 1.17(b)(2). The term “non-customer” for purposes of this
Appendix B shall mean non-customer as defined in 17 CFR 1.17(b)(4).
(Secs. 15(c)(3), 17(a) and 23(a), 15 U.S.C. 78o(c)(3), 78q(a), and
78w(a))
(b) Every broker or dealer in computing net capital pursuant to
§ 240.15c3-1 must comply with the following:
(1) Cleared swaps. In the case of a cleared swap held in a
proprietary account of the broker or dealer, deducting the amount of the applicable margin
requirement of the derivatives clearing organization or, if the swap references an equity
security index, the broker or dealer may take a deduction using the method specified in
§ 240.15c3-1a.
(2) Non-cleared swaps—(i) Credit default swaps referencing
broad-based security indices. In the case of a non-cleared credit default swap for
which the deductions in § 240.15c3-1e do not apply:
(A) Short positions (selling protection). In the case of a
non-cleared swap that is a short credit default swap referencing a broad-based security
index, deducting the percentage of the notional amount based upon the current basis point
spread of the credit default swap and the maturity of the credit default swap in
accordance table 1 to § 240.15c3-1a(b)(2)(i)(A):
Table 1 to § 240.15c3-1a(b)(2)(i)(A)
Length of
time to maturity of credit default swap contract | Basis point spread | |||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
100 or less
(%) | 101-300 (%) | 301-400 (%) | 401-500 (%) | 501-699 (%) | 700 or more
(%) | |
Less than 12
months | 0.67 | 1.33 | 3.33 | 5.00 | 6.67 | 10.00 |
12 months but less than
24 months | 1.00 | 2.33 | 5.00 | 6.67 | 8.33 | 11.67 |
24 months but less than
36 months | 1.33 | 3.33 | 6.67 | 8.33 | 10.00 | 13.33 |
36 months but less than
48 months | 2.00 | 4.00 | 8.33 | 10.00 | 11.67 | 15.00 |
48 months but less than
60 months | 2.67 | 4.67 | 10.00 | 11.67 | 13.33 | 16.67 |
60 months but less than
72 months | 3.67 | 5.67 | 11.67 | 13.33 | 15.00 | 18.33 |
72 months but less than
84 months | 4.67 | 6.67 | 13.33 | 15.00 | 16.67 | 20.00 |
84 months but less than
120 months | 5.67 | 10.00 | 15.00 | 16.67 | 18.33 | 26.67 |
120 months and
longer | 6.67 | 13.33 | 16.67 | 18.33 | 20.00 | 33.33 |
(B) Long positions (purchasing protection). In the case of a
non-cleared swap that is a long credit default swap referencing a broad-based security
index, deducting 50 percent of the deduction that would be required by paragraph
(b)(2)(i)(A) of this section if the non-cleared swap was a short credit default swap, each
such deduction not to exceed the current market value of the long position.
(C) Long and short credit default swaps. In the case of
non-cleared swaps that are long and short credit default swaps referencing the same
broad-based security index, have the same credit events which would trigger payment by the
seller of protection, have the same basket of obligations which would determine the amount
of payment by the seller of protection upon the occurrence of a credit event, that are in
the same or adjacent spread category, and that are in the same or adjacent maturity
category and have a maturity date within three months of the other maturity category,
deducting the percentage of the notional amount specified in the higher maturity category
under paragraph (b)(2)(i)(A) or (B) of this section on the excess of the long or short
position.
(D) Long basket of obligors and long credit default swap. In the
case of a non-cleared swap that is a long credit default swap referencing a broad-based
security index and the broker or dealer is long a basket of debt securities comprising all
of the components of the security index, deducting 50 percent of the amount specified in
§ 240.15c3-1(c)(2)(vi) for the component securities, provided the broker or dealer can
deliver the component securities to satisfy the obligation of the broker or dealer on the
credit default swap.
(E) Short basket of obligors and short credit default swap. In
the case of a non-cleared swap that is a short credit default swap referencing a
broad-based security index and the broker or dealer is short a basket of debt securities
comprising all of the components of the security index, deducting the amount specified in
§ 240.15c3-1(c)(2)(vi) for the component securities.
(ii) All other swaps. (A) In the case of a non-cleared swap that
is not a credit default swap for which the deductions in § 240.15c3-1e do not apply,
deducting the amount calculated by multiplying the notional value of the swap by the
percentage specified in:
(1) Section 240.15c3-1 applicable to the reference asset if
§ 240.15c3-1 specifies a percentage deduction for the type of asset;
(2) 17 CFR 1.17 applicable to the reference asset if 17 CFR 1.17
specifies a percentage deduction for the type of asset and § 240.15c3-1 does not specify a
percentage deduction for the type of asset; or
(3) In the case of non-cleared interest rate swap,
§ 240.15c3-1(c)(2)(vi)(A) based on the maturity of the swap, provided that the percentage
deduction must be no less than one eighth of 1 percent of the amount of a long position
that is netted against a short position in the case of a non-cleared swap with a maturity
of three months or more.
(B) A broker or dealer may reduce the deduction under paragraph
(b)(2)(ii)(A) by an amount equal to any reduction recognized for a comparable long or
short position in the reference asset or interest rate under § 240.15c3-1 or 17 CFR
1.17.
[44 FR 34886, June 15, 1979, as amended at 46
FR 37041, July 17, 1981; 49 FR 31848, Aug. 9, 1984; 84 FR 43872, Aug. 22,
2019]
240.15c3-1c — Consolidated computations of net capital and aggregate indebtedness for certain subsidiaries and affiliates (appendix C to 17 CFR 240.15c3-1).
(a) Flow through capital benefits. Every broker or dealer in
computing its net capital and aggregate indebtedness pursuant to 17 CFR 240.15c3-1 shall,
subject to the provisions of paragraphs (b) and (d) of this appendix, consolidate in a
single computation assets and liabilities of any subsidiary or affiliate for which it
guarantees, endorses or assumes directly or indirectly the obligations or liabilities. The
assets and liabilities of a subsidiary or affiliate whose liabilities and obligations have
not been guaranteed, endorsed, or assumed directly or indirectly by the broker or dealer may
also be so consolidated if an opinion of counsel is obtained as provided for in paragraph
(b) of this section.
(b) Required counsel opinions.(1) If the consolidation, provided
for in paragraph (a) of this section, of any such subsidiary or affiliate results in the
increase of the broker's or dealers's net capital and/or the decrease of the broker's or
dealer's minimum net capital requirement under paragraph (a) of § 240.15c3-1 and an opinion
of counsel described in paragraph (b)(2) of this section has not been obtained, such
benefits shall not be recognized in the broker's or dealer's computation required by this
section.
(2) Except as provided for in paragraph (b)(1) of this section,
consolidation shall be permitted with respect to any subsidiaries or affiliates which are
majority owned and controlled by the broker or dealer for which the broker or dealer can
demonstrate to the satisfaction of the Commission, through the Examining Authority, by an
opinion of counsel that the net asset values, or the portion thereof related to the parent's
ownership interest in the subsidiary or affiliate may be caused by the broker or dealer or a
trustee appointed pursuant to the Securities Investor Protection Act of 1970 or otherwise,
to be distributed to the broker or dealer within 30 calendar days. Such opinion shall also
set forth the actions necessary to cause such a distribution to be made, identify the
parties having the authority to take such actions, identify and describe the rights of other
parties or classes of parties, including but not limited to customers, general creditors,
subordinated lenders, minority shareholders, employees, litigants and governmental or
regulatory authorities, who may delay or prevent such a distribution and such other
assurances as the Commission or the Examining Authority by rule or interpretation may
require. Such opinion shall be current and periodically renewed in connection with the
broker's or dealer's annual audit pursuant to 17 CFR 240.17a-5 under the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934 or upon any material change in circumstances.
(c) Principles of consolidation. In preparing a consolidated
computation of net capital and/or aggregate indebtedness pursuant to this section, the
following minimum and non-exclusive requirements shall be observed:
(1) Consolidated net worth shall be reduced by the estimated amount of any
tax reasonably anticipated to be incurred upon distribution of the assets of the subsidiary
or affiliate.
(2) Liabilities of a consolidated subsidiary or affiliate which are
subordinated to the claims of present and future creditors pursuant to a satisfactory
subordination agreement shall not be added to consolidated net worth unless such
subordination extends also to the claims of present or future creditors of the parent broker
or dealer and all consolidated subsidiaries.
(3) Subordinated liabilities of a consolidated subsidiary or affiliate
which are consolidated in accordance with paragraph (c)(2) of this section may not be
prepaid, repaid or accelerated if any of the entities included in such consolidation would
otherwise be unable to comply with the provisions of Appendix (D), 17 CFR 240.15c3-1d.
(4) Each broker or dealer included within the consolidation shall at all
times be in compliance with the net capital requirement to which it is subject.
(d) Certain precluded acts. No broker or dealer shall guarantee,
endorse or assume directly or indirectly any obligation or liability of a subsidiary or
affiliate unless the obligation or liability is reflected in the computation of net capital
and/or aggregate indebtedness pursuant to 17 CFR 240.15c3-1 or this Appendix (C), except as
provided in paragraph (b)(1) of this section.
[40 FR 29808, July 16, 1975, as amended at 57 FR
56988, Dec. 2, 1992]
240.15c3-1d — Satisfactory Subordination Agreements (Appendix D to 17 CFR 240.15c3-1).
(a) Introduction. (1) This appendix sets forth minimum and
non-exclusive requirements for satisfactory subordination agreements (hereinafter
“subordination agreement”). The Examining Authority may require or the broker or dealer may
include such other provisions as deemed necessary or appropriate to the extent such
provisions do not cause the subordination agreement to fail to meet the minimum requirements
of this appendix (D).
(2) Certain Definitions. For purposes of 17 CFR 240.15c3-1 and this
appendix (D):
(i) A subordination agreement may be either a subordinated loan agreement
or a secured demand note agreement.
(ii) The term subordinated loan agreement shall mean the agreement
or agreements evidencing or governing a subordinated borrowing of cash.
(iii) The term Collateral value of any securities pledged to secure
a secured demand note shall mean the market value of such securities after giving effect to
the percentage deductions set forth in paragraph (c)(2)(vi) of § 240.15c3-1 except for
paragraph (c)(2)(vi)(J). In lieu of the deduction under (c)(2)(vi)(J), the broker or dealer
shall reduce the market value of the securities pledged to secure the secured demand note by
30 percent.
(iv) The term Payment obligation shall mean the obligation of a
broker or dealer in respect to any subordination agreement (A) to repay cash loaned to the
broker or dealer pursuant to a subordinated loan agreement or (B) to return a secured demand
note contributed to the broker or dealer or reduce the unpaid principal amount thereof and
to return cash or securities pledged as collateral to secure the secured demand note and (C)
“Payment” shall mean the performance by a broker or dealer of a Payment Obligation.
(v)(A) The term secured demand note agreement shall mean an
agreement (including the related secured demand note) evidencing or governing the
contribution of a secured demand note to a broker or dealer and the pledge of securities
and/or cash with the broker or dealer as collateral to secure payment of such secured demand
note. The secured demand note agreement may provide that neither the lender, his heirs,
executors, administrators or assigns shall be personally liable on such note and that in the
event of default the broker or dealer shall look for payment of such note solely to the
collateral then pledged to secure the same.
(B) The secured demand note shall be a promissory note executed by the
lender and shall be payable on the demand of the broker or dealer to which it is
contributed; provided, however, that the making of such demand may be conditioned upon the
occurrence of any of certain events which are acceptable to the Commission and to the
Examining Authority for such broker or dealer.
(C) If such note is not paid upon presentment and demand as provided for
therein, the broker or dealer shall have the right to liquidate all or any part of the
securities then pledged as collateral to secure payment of the same and to apply the net
proceeds of such liquidation, together with any cash then included in the collateral, in
payment of such note. Subject to the prior rights of the broker or dealer as pledgee, the
lender, as defined herein, may retain ownership of the collateral and have the benefit of
any increases and bear the risks of any decreases in the value of the collateral and may
retain the right to vote securities contained within the collateral and any right to income
therefrom or distributions thereon, except the broker or dealer shall have the right to
receive and hold as pledgee all dividends payable in securities and all partial and complete
liquidating dividends.
(D) Subject to the prior rights of the broker or dealer as pledgee, the
lender may have the right to direct the sale of any securities included in the collateral,
to direct the purchases of securities with any cash included therein, to withdraw excess
collateral or to substitute cash or other securities as collateral, provided that the net
proceeds of any such sale and the cash so substituted and the securities so purchased or
substituted are held by the broker or dealer, as pledgee, and are included within the
collateral to secure payment of the secured demand note, and provided further that no such
transaction shall be permitted if, after giving effect thereto, the sum of the amount of any
cash, plus the Collateral Value of the securities, then pledged as collateral to secure the
secured demand note would be less than the unpaid principal amount of the secured demand
note.
(E) Upon payment by the lender, as distinguished from a reduction by the
lender which is provided for in (b)(6)(iii) or reduction by the broker or dealer as provided
for in subparagraph (b)(7) of this appendix (D), of all or any part of the unpaid principal
amount of the secured demand note, a broker or dealer shall issue to the lender a
subordinated loan agreement in the amount of such payment (or in the case of a broker or
dealer that is a partnership credit a capital account of the lender) or issue preferred or
common stock of the broker or dealer in the amount of such payment, or any combination of
the foregoing, as provided for in the secured demand note agreement.
(F) The term lender shall mean the person who lends cash to a
broker or dealer pursuant to a subordinated loan agreement and the person who contributes a
secured demand note to a broker or dealer pursuant to a secured demand note agreement.
(b) Minimum requirements for subordination agreements. (1) Subject
to paragraph (a) of this section, a subordination agreement shall mean a written agreement
between the broker or dealer and the lender, which (i) has a minimum term of one year,
except for temporary subordination agreements provided for in paragraph (c)(5) of this
appendix (D), and (ii) is a valid and binding obligation enforceable in accordance with its
terms (subject as to enforcement to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization,
moratorium and other similar laws) against the broker or dealer and the lender and their
respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.
(2) Specific amount. All subordination agreements shall be for a
specific dollar amount which shall not be reduced for the duration of the agreement except
by installments as specifically provided for therein and except as otherwise provided in
this appendix (D).
(3) Effective subordination. The subordination agreement shall
effectively subordinate any right of the lender to receive any Payment with respect thereto,
together with accrued interest or compensation, to the prior payment or provision for
payment in full of all claims of all present and future creditors of the broker or dealer
arising out of any matter occurring prior to the date on which the related Payment
Obligation matures consistent with the provisions of 17 CFR 240.15c3-1 and 240.15c3-1d,
except for claims which are the subject of subordination agreements which rank on the same
priority as or junior to the claim of the lender under such subordination agreements.
(4) Proceeds of subordinated loan agreements. The subordinated loan
agreement shall provide that the cash proceeds thereof shall be used and dealt with by the
broker or dealer as part of its capital and shall be subject to the risks of the
business.
(5) Certain rights of the broker or dealer. The subordination
agreement shall provide that the broker or dealer shall have the right to:
(i) Deposit any cash proceeds of a subordinated loan agreement and any
cash pledged as collateral to secure a secured demand note in an account or accounts in its
own name in any bank or trust company;
(ii) Pledge, repledge, hypothecate and rehypothecate, any or all of the
securities pledged as collateral to secure a secured demand note, without notice, separately
or in common with other securities or property for the purpose of securing any indebtedness
of the broker or dealer; and
(iii) Lend to itself or others any or all of the securities and cash
pledged as collateral to secure a secured demand note.
(6) Collateral for secured demand notes. Only cash and securities
which are fully paid for and which may be publicly offered or sold without registration
under the Securities Act of 1933, and the offer, sale and transfer of which are not
otherwise restricted, may be pledged as collateral to secure a secured demand note. The
secured demand note agreement shall provide that if at any time the sum of the amount of any
cash, plus the Collateral Value of any securities, then pledged as collateral to secure the
secured demand note is less than the unpaid principal amount of the secured demand note, the
broker or dealer must immediately transmit written notice to that effect to the lender and
the Examining Authority for such broker or dealer. The secured demand note agreement shall
also require that following such transmittal:
(i) The lender, prior to noon of the business day next succeeding the
transmittal of such notice, may pledge as collateral additional cash or securities
sufficient, after giving effect to such pledge, to bring the sum of the amount of any cash
plus the Collateral Value of any securities, then pledged as collateral to secure the
secured demand note, up to an amount not less than the unpaid principal amount of the
secured demand note; and
(ii) Unless additional cash or securities are pledged by the lender as
provided in paragraph (b)(6)(i) of this section, the broker or dealer at noon on the
business day next succeeding the transmittal of notice to the lender must commence sale, for
the account of the lender, of such of the securities then pledged as collateral to secure
the secured demand note and apply so much of the net proceeds thereof, together with such of
the cash then pledged as collateral to secure the secured demand note as may be necessary to
eliminate the unpaid principal amount of the secured demand note; Provided, however,
That the unpaid principal amount of the secured demand note need not be reduced below the
sum of the amount of any remaining cash, plus the Collateral Value of the remaining
securities, then pledged as collateral to secure the secured demand note. The broker or
dealer may not purchase for its own account any securities subject to such a sale.
(iii) The secured demand note agreement also may provide that, in lieu of
the procedures specified in the provisions required by paragraph (b)(6)(ii) of this section,
the lender with the prior written consent of the broker or dealer and the Examining
Authority for the broker or dealer may reduce the unpaid principal amount of the secured
demand note. After giving effect to such reduction, the aggregate indebtedness of the broker
or dealer may not exceed 1000 percent of its net capital or, in the case of a broker or
dealer operating pursuant to paragraph (a)(1)(ii) of § 240.15c3-1, net capital may not be
less than 5 percent of aggregate debit items computed in accordance with § 240.15c3-3a, or,
if registered as a futures commission merchant, 7 percent of the funds required to be
segregated pursuant to the Commodity Exchange Act and the regulations thereunder (less the
market value of commodity options purchased by option customers subject to the rules of a
contract market, each such deduction not to exceed the amount of funds in the option
customer's account), if greater. No single secured demand note shall be permitted to be
reduced by more than 15 percent of its original principal amount and after such reduction no
excess collateral may be withdrawn. No Examining Authority shall consent to a reduction of
the principal amount of a secured demand note if, after giving effect to such reduction, net
capital would be less than 120 percent of the minimum dollar amount required by §
240.15c3-1.
Permissive Prepayments
(7) A broker or dealer at its option but not at the option of the lender
may, if the subordination agreement so provides, make a Payment of all or any portion of
the Payment Obligation thereunder prior to the scheduled maturity date of such Payment
Obligation (hereinafter referred to as a “Prepayment”), but in no event may any Prepayment
be made before the expiration of one year from the date such subordination agreement
became effective. This restriction shall not apply to temporary subordination agreements
that comply with the provisions of paragraph (c)(5) of this section. No Prepayment shall
be made, if, after giving effect thereto (and to all Payments of Payment Obligations under
any other subordinated agreements then outstanding the maturity or accelerated maturities
of which are scheduled to fall due within six months after the date such Prepayment is to
occur pursuant to this provision or on or prior to the date on which the Payment
Obligation in respect of such Prepayment is scheduled to mature disregarding this
provision, whichever date is earlier) without reference to any projected profit or loss of
the broker or dealer, either aggregate indebtedness of the broker or dealer would exceed
1000 percent of its net capital or its net capital would be less than 120 percent of the
minimum dollar amount required by § 240.15c3-1 or, in the case of a broker or dealer
operating pursuant to § 240.15c3-1(a)(1)(ii), its net capital would be less than 5 percent
of its aggregate debit items computed in accordance with § 240.15c3-3a, or if registered
as a futures commission merchant, 7 percent of the funds required to be segregated
pursuant to the Commodity Exchange Act and the regulations thereunder (less the market
value of commodity options purchased by option customers subject to the rules of a
contract market, each such deduction not to exceed the amount of funds in the option
customer's account), if greater, or its net capital would be less than 120 percent of the
minimum dollar amount required by § 240.15c3-1(a)(1)(ii), or if, in the case of a broker
or dealer operating pursuant to § 240.15c3-1(a)(10), its net capital would be less than
120 percent of its minimum requirement.
Suspended Repayment
(8)(i) The Payment Obligation of the broker or dealer in respect of any
subordination agreement shall be suspended and shall not mature if, after giving effect to
Payment of such Payment Obligation (and to all Payments of Payment Obligations of such
broker or dealer under any other subordination agreement(s) then outstanding that are
scheduled to mature on or before such Payment Obligation) either:
(A) The aggregate indebtedness of the broker or dealer would exceed 1200
percent of its net capital, or in the case of a broker or dealer operating pursuant to
§ 240.15c3-1(a)(1)(ii), its net capital would be less than 5 percent of aggregate debit
items computed in accordance with § 240.15c3-3a or, if registered as a futures commission
merchant, 6 percent of the funds required to be segregated pursuant to the Commodity
Exchange Act and the regulations thereunder (less the market value of commodity options
purchased by option customers on or subject to the rules of a contract market, each such
deduction not to exceed the amount of funds in the option customer's account), if greater,
or, in the case of a broker or dealer operating pursuant to § 240.15c3-1(a)(10), its net
capital would be less than 120 percent of its minimum requirement; or
(B) Its net capital would be less than 120 percent of the minimum dollar
amount required by § 240.15c3-1 including paragraph (a)(1)(ii), if applicable. The
subordination agreement may provide that if the Payment Obligation of the broker or dealer
thereunder does not mature and is suspended as a result of the requirement of this
paragraph (b)(8) for a period of not less than six months, the broker or dealer shall
thereupon commence the rapid and orderly liquidation of its business, but the right of the
lender to receive Payment, together with accrued interest or compensation, shall remain
subordinate as required by the provisions of §§ 240.15c3-1 and 240.15c3-1d.
(ii) [Reserved]
(9) Accelerated maturity-obligation to repay to remain
subordinate. (i) Subject to the provisions of paragraph (b)(8) of this appendix, a
subordination agreement may provide that the lender may, upon prior written notice to the
broker or dealer and the Examining Authority given not earlier than six months after the
effective date of such subordination agreement, accelerate the date on which the Payment
Obligation of the broker or dealer, together with accrued interest or compensation, is
scheduled to mature to a date not earlier than six months after the giving of such notice,
but the right of the lender to receive Payment, together with accrued interest or
compensation, shall remain subordinate as required by the provisions of 17 CFR 240.15c3-1
and 240.15c3-1d.
(ii) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (b)(8) of this
appendix, the Payment Obligation of the broker or dealer with respect to a subordination
agreement, together with accrued interest and compensation, shall mature in the event of
any receivership, insolvency, liquidation pursuant to the Securities Investor Protection
Act of 1970 or otherwise, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors,
reorganization whether or not pursuant to the bankruptcy laws, or any other marshalling of
the assets and liabilities of the broker or dealer but the right of the lender to receive
Payment, together with accrued interest or compensation, shall remain subordinate as
required by the provisions of 17 CFR 240.15c3-1 and 240.15c3-1d.
(10)(i) Accelerated maturity of subordination agreements on event of
default and event of acceleration — Obligation to repay to remain subordinate. A
subordination agreement may provide that the lender may, upon prior written notice to the
broker or dealer and the Examining Authority of the broker or dealer of the occurrence of
any Event of Acceleration (as hereinafter defined) given no sooner than six months after
the effective date of such subordination agreement, accelerate the date on which the
Payment Obligation of the broker or dealer, together with accrued interest or
compensation, is scheduled to mature, to the last business day of a calendar month which
is not less than six months after notice of acceleration is received by the broker or
dealer and the Examining Authority for the broker or dealer. Any subordination agreement
containing such Events of Acceleration may also provide, that if upon such accelerated
maturity date the Payment Obligation of the broker or dealer is suspended as required by
paragraph (b)(8) of this appendix (D) and liquidation of the broker or dealer has not
commenced on or prior to such accelerated maturity date, then notwithstanding paragraph
(b)(8) of this appendix the Payment Obligation of the broker or dealer with respect to
such subordination agreement shall mature on the day immediately following such
accelerated maturity date and in any such event the Payment Obligations of the broker or
dealer with respect to all other subordination agreements then outstanding shall also
mature at the same time but the rights of the respective lenders to receive Payment,
together with accrued interest or compensation, shall remain subordinate as required by
the provisions of this Appendix (D). Events of Acceleration which may be included in a
subordination agreement complying with this paragraph (b)(10) shall be limited to:
(A) Failure to pay interest or any installment of principal on a
subordination agreement as scheduled;
(B) Failure to pay when due other money obligations of a specified
material amount;
(C) Discovery that any material, specified representation or warranty of
the broker or dealer which is included in the subordination agreement and on which the
subordination agreement was based or continued was inaccurate in a material respect at the
time made;
(D) Any specified and clearly measurable event which is included in the
subordination agreement and which the lender and the broker or dealer agree (1) is
a significant indication that the financial position of the broker or dealer has changed
materially and adversely from agreed upon specified norms or (2) could materially
and adversely affect the ability of the broker or dealer to conduct its business as
conducted on the date the subordination agreement was made; or (3) is a significant
change in the senior management of the broker or dealer or in the general business
conducted by the broker or dealer from that which obtained on the date the subordination
agreement became effective;
(E) Any continued failure to perform agreed covenants included in the
subordination agreement relating to the conduct of the business of the broker or dealer or
relating to the maintenance and reporting of its financial position; and
(ii) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (b)(8) of this
appendix, a subordination agreement may provide that, if liquidation of the business of
the broker or dealer has not already commenced, the Payment Obligation of the broker or
dealer shall mature, together with accrued interest or compensation, upon the occurrence
of an Event of Default (as hereinafter defined). Such agreement may also provide that, if
liquidation of the business of the broker or dealer has not already commenced, the rapid
and orderly liquidation of the business of the broker or dealer shall then commence upon
the happening of an Event of Default. Any subordination agreement which so provides for
maturity of the Payment Obligation upon the occurrence of an Event of Default shall also
provide that the date on which such Event of Default occurs shall, if liquidation of the
broker or dealer has not already commenced, be the date on which the Payment Obligations
of the broker or dealer with respect to all other subordination agreements then
outstanding shall mature but the rights of the respective lenders to receive Payment,
together with accrued interest or compensation, shall remain subordinate as required by
the provisions of this Appendix (D). Events of Default which may be included in a
subordination agreement shall be limited to:
(A) The making of an application by the Securities Investor Protection
Corporation for a decree adjudicating that customers of the broker or dealer are in need
of protection under the Securities Investor Protection Act of 1970 and the failure of the
broker or dealer to obtain the dismissal of such application within 30 days;
(B) The aggregate indebtedness of the broker or dealer exceeding 1500
percent of its net capital or, in the case of a broker or dealer that has elected to
operate under § 240.15c3-1(a)(1)(ii), its net capital computed in accordance therewith is
less than two percent of its aggregate debit items computed in accordance with
§ 240.15c3-3a or, if registered as a futures commission merchant, four percent of the
funds required to be segregated pursuant to the Commodity Exchange Act and the regulations
thereunder (less the market value of commodity options purchased by option customers on or
subject to the rules of a contract market, each such deduction not to exceed the amount of
funds in the option customer's account), if greater, or, in the case of a broker or dealer
operating pursuant to § 240.15c3-1(a)(10), its net capital is less than its minimum
requirement, throughout a period of 15 consecutive business days, commencing on the day
the broker or dealer first determines and notifies the Examining Authority for the broker
or dealer, or the Examining Authority or the Commission first determines and notifies the
broker or dealer of such fact;
(C) The Commission shall revoke the registration of the broker or
dealer;
(D) The Examining Authority shall suspend (and not reinstate within 10
days) or revoke the broker's or dealer's status as a member thereof;
(E) Any receivership, insolvency, liquidation pursuant to the Securities
Investor Protection Act of 1970 or otherwise, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of
creditors, reorganization whether or not pursuant to bankruptcy laws, or any other
marshalling of the assets and liabilities of the broker or dealer.
A subordination agreement which contains any of the
provisions permitted by this paragraph (b)(10) shall not contain the provision otherwise
permitted by clause (i) of paragraph (b)(9).
Brokers and Dealers Carrying the Accounts of Specialists and Market Makers in Listed Options
(11) A subordination agreement which becomes effective on or after
August 1, 1977 in favor of a broker or dealer who guarantees, endorses, carries or
clears specialist or market maker transactions in options listed on a national
securities exchange or facility of a national securities association shall provide that
reduction, prepayment or repayment of the unpaid principal amount thereof, pursuant to
those terms of the agreement required or permitted by paragraphs (b)(6)(iii), (b)(7), or
(b)(8)(i) of this section, shall not occur in contravention of paragraphs (a)(6)(v),
(a)(7)(iv), or (c)(2)(x)(B)(1) of § 240.15c3-1 insofar as they apply to such
broker or dealer.
(c) Miscellaneous Provisions — (1) Prohibited
Cancellation. The subordination agreement shall not be subject to cancellation by
either party; no Payment shall be made with respect thereto and the agreement shall not
be terminated, rescinded or modified by mutual consent or otherwise if the effect
thereof would be inconsistent with the requirements of 17 CFR 240.15c3-1 and
240.15c3-1d.
(2) Every broker or dealer shall immediately notify the Examining
Authority for such broker or dealer if, after giving effect to all Payments of Payment
Obligations under subordination agreements then outstanding that are then due or mature
within the following six months without reference to any projected profit or loss of the
broker or dealer either the aggregate indebtedness of the broker or dealer would exceed
1200 percent of its net capital or its net capital would be less than 120 percent of the
minimum dollar amount required by § 240.15c3-1, or, in the case of a broker or dealer
operating pursuant to § 240.15c3-1(a)(1)(ii), its net capital would be less than 5
percent of aggregate debit items computed in accordance with § 240.15c3-3a, or, if
registered as a futures commission merchant, 6 percent of the funds required to be
segregated pursuant to the Commodity Exchange Act and the regulations thereunder (less
the market value of commodity options purchased by option customers on or subject to the
rules of a contract market, each such deduction not to exceed the amount of funds in the
option customer's account), if greater, or less than 120 percent of the minimum dollar
amount required by § 240.15c3-1(a)(1)(ii), or, in the case of a broker or dealer
operating pursuant to § 240.15c3-1(a)(10), its net capital would be less than 120
percent of its minimum requirement.
(3) Certain legends. If all the provisions of a satisfactory
subordination agreement do not appear in a single instrument, then the debenture or
other evidence of indebtedness shall bear on its face an appropriate legend stating that
it is issued subject to the provisions of a satisfactory subordination agreement which
shall be adequately referred to and incorporated by reference.
(4) Legal title to securities. All securities pledged as
collateral to secure a secured demand note must be in bearer form, or registered in the
name of the broker or dealer or the name of its nominee or custodian.
Temporary and Revolving Subordination Agreements
(5)(i) For the purpose of enabling a broker or dealer to participate
as an underwriter of securities or other extraordinary activities in compliance with
the net capital requirements of § 240.15c3-1, a broker or dealer shall be permitted,
on no more than three occasions in any 12 month period, to enter into a subordination
agreement on a temporary basis that has a stated term of no more than 45 days from the
date such subordination agreement became effective. This temporary relief shall not
apply to a broker or dealer if, within the preceding thirty calendar days, it has
given notice pursuant to § 240.17a-11, or if immediately prior to entering into such
subordination agreement, either:
(A) The aggregate indebtedness of the broker or dealer exceeds 1000
percent of its net capital or its net capital is less than 120 percent of the minimum
dollar amount required by § 240.15c3-1, or
(B) In the case of a broker or dealer operating pursuant to
§ 240.15c3-1(a)(1)(ii), its net capital is less than 5 percent of aggregate debits
computed in accordance with § 240.15c3-1, or, if registered as a futures commission
merchant, less than 7 percent of the funds required to be segregated pursuant to the
Commodity Exchange Act and the regulations thereunder (less the market value of
commodity options purchased by option customers on or subject to the rules of a
contract market, each such deduction not to exceed the amount of funds in the option
customer's account), if greater, or less than 120 percent of the minimum dollar amount
required by paragraph (a)(1)(ii) of this section, or, in the case of a broker or
dealer operating pursuant to § 240.15c3-1(a)(10), its net capital would be less than
120 percent of its minimum requirement, or
(C) The amount of its then outstanding subordination agreements
exceeds the limits specified in paragraph (d) of § 240.15c3-1. Such temporary
subordination agreement shall be subject to all other provisions of this appendix
D.
(ii) A broker or dealer shall be permitted to enter into a revolving
subordinated loan agreement which provides for prepayment within less than one year of
all or any portion of the Payment Obligation thereunder at the option of the broker or
dealer upon the prior written approval of the Examining Authority for the broker or
dealer. The Examining Authority, however, shall not approve any prepayment if:
(A) After giving effect thereto (and to all Payments of Payment
Obligations under any other subordinated agreements then outstanding, the maturity or
accelerated maturities of which are scheduled to fall due within six months after the
date such prepayment is to occur pursuant to this provision or on or prior to the date
on which the Payment Obligation in respect of such prepayment is scheduled to mature
disregarding this provision, whichever date is earlier) without reference to any
projected profit or loss of the broker or dealer, either aggregate indebtedness of the
broker or dealer would exceed 900 percent of its net capital or its net capital would
be less than 200 percent of the minimum dollar amount required by § 240.15c3-1 or, in
the case of a broker or dealer operating pursuant to paragraph (a)(1)(ii) of §
240.15c3-1, its net capital would be less than 6 percent of aggregate debit items
computed in accordance with § 240.15c3-3a, or, if registered as a futures commission
merchant, 10 percent of the funds required to be segregated pursuant to the Commodity
Exchange Act and the regulations thereunder (less the market value of commodity
options purchased by option customers on or subject to the rules of a contract market,
each such deduction not to exceed the amount of funds in the option customer's
account), if greater, or its net capital would be less than 200 percent of the minimum
dollar amount required by paragraph (a)(1)(ii) of this section or
(B) Pre-tax losses during the latest three-month period equalled
more than 15% of current excess net capital.
Any subordination agreement entered into
pursuant to this paragraph (c)(5)(ii) shall be subject to all the other provisions of
this Appendix D. Any such subordination agreement shall not be considered equity for
purposes of subsection (d) of section 15c3-1, despite the length of the initial term
of the loan.
(6)(i) Filing. Two copies of any proposed subordination
agreement (including nonconforming subordination agreements) shall be filed at least
10 days prior to the proposed execution date of the agreement with the Commission's
Regional Office for the region in which the broker or dealer maintains its principal
place of business or at such other time as the Regional Office for good cause shall
accept such filing. Copies of the proposed agreement shall also be filed with the
Examining Authority in such quantities and at such time as the Examining Authority may
require. The broker or dealer shall also file with said parties a statement setting
forth the name and address of the lender, the business relationship of the lender to
the broker or dealer, and whether the broker or dealer carried funds or securities for
the lender at or about the time the proposed agreement was so filed. All agreements
shall be examined by the Commission's Regional Office or the Examining Authority with
whom such agreement is required to be filed prior to their becoming effective. No
proposed agreement shall be a satisfactory subordination agreement for the purposes of
this section unless and until the Examining Authority has found the agreement
acceptable and such agreement has become effective in the form found acceptable.
(ii) The broker or dealer need not file with the Regional Office for
the region in which the broker or dealer maintains its principal place of business (if
a Regional Office is not its Examining Authority) copies of any proposed subordination
agreement or the statement described above if the Examining Authority for that broker
or dealer has consented to file with the Commission periodic reports (not less than
monthly) summarizing for the period, on a firm-by-firm basis, the subordination
agreements it has approved for that period. Such reports should include at the
minimum, the amount of the loan and its duration, the name of the lender and the
business relationship of the lender to the broker or dealer.
(7) Subordination agreements in effect prior to adoption. Any
subordination agreement which has been entered into prior to December 20, 1978 and
which has been deemed to be satisfactorily subordinated pursuant to 17 CFR 240.15c3-1
as in effect prior to December 20, 1978, shall continue to be deemed a satisfactory
subordination agreement until the maturity of such agreement. Provided, That no
renewal of an agreement which provides for automatic or optional renewal by the broker
or dealer or lender shall be deemed to be a satisfactory subordination agreement
unless such renewed agreement meets the requirements of this Appendix within 6 months
from December 20, 1978. Provided, further, That all subordination agreements
must meet the requirements of this Appendix within 5 years of December 20, 1978.
[40 FR 29808, July 16, 1975, as amended at
42 FR 31778, June 23, 1977; 44 FR 34887, June 15, 1979; 46 FR 35635, July 10, 1981;
47 FR 21775, May 20, 1982; 49 FR 31848, Aug. 9, 1984; 57 FR 56988, Dec. 2, 1992; 58
FR 37657, July 13, 1993; 59 FR 5945, Feb. 9, 1994; 73 FR 32228, June 5, 2008; 84 FR
43872, Aug. 22, 2019]
240.15c3-1e — Deductions for market and credit risk for certain brokers or dealers (Appendix E to 17 CFR 240.15c3-1).
Application
Sections 240.15c3-1e and 240.15c3-1g set forth a program that allows a
broker or dealer to use an alternative approach to computing net capital deductions,
subject to the conditions described in §§ 240.15c3-1e and 240.15c3-1g, including
supervision of the broker's or dealer's ultimate holding company under the program. The
program is designed to reduce the likelihood that financial and operational weakness in
the holding company will destabilize the broker or dealer, or the broader financial
system. The focus of this supervision of the ultimate holding company is its financial and
operational condition and its risk management controls and methodologies.
(a) A broker or dealer may apply to the Commission for authorization to
compute deductions for market risk pursuant to this section in lieu of computing
deductions pursuant to §§ 240.15c3-1(c)(2)(vi) and (vii) and 240.15c3-1b, and to compute
deductions for credit risk pursuant to this section on credit exposures arising from
transactions in derivatives instruments (if this section is used to calculate deductions
for market risk on these instruments) in lieu of computing deductions pursuant to
§ 240.15c3-1(c)(2)(iv) and (c)(2)(xv)(A) and (B):
(1) A broker-dealer shall submit the following information to the
Commission with its application:
(i) An executive summary of the information provided to the Commission
with its application and an identification of the ultimate holding company of the broker
or dealer;
(ii) A comprehensive description of the internal risk management control
system of the broker or dealer and how that system satisfies the requirements set forth in
§ 240.15c3-4;
(iii) A list of the categories of positions that the broker or dealer
holds in its proprietary accounts and a brief description of the methods that the broker
or dealer will use to calculate deductions for market and credit risk on those categories
of positions;
(iv) A description of the mathematical models to be used to price
positions and to compute deductions for market risk, including those portions of the
deductions attributable to specific risk, if applicable, and deductions for credit risk; a
description of the creation, use, and maintenance of the mathematical models; a
description of the broker's or dealer's internal risk management controls over those
models, including a description of each category of persons who may input data into the
models; if a mathematical model incorporates empirical correlations across risk
categories, a description of the process for measuring correlations; a description of the
backtesting procedures the broker or dealer will use to backtest the mathematical model
used to calculate maximum potential exposure; a description of how each mathematical model
satisfies the applicable qualitative and quantitative requirements set forth in paragraph
(d) of this appendix E; and a statement describing the extent to which each mathematical
model used to compute deductions for market and credit risk will be used as part of the
risk analyses and reports presented to senior management;
(v) If the broker or dealer is applying to the Commission for approval
to use scenario analysis to calculate deductions for market risk for certain positions, a
list of those types of positions, a description of how those deductions will be calculated
using scenario analysis, and an explanation of why each scenario analysis is appropriate
to calculate deductions for market risk on those types of positions;
(vi) A description of how the broker or dealer will calculate current
exposure;
(vii) A description of how the broker or dealer will determine internal
credit ratings of counterparties and internal credit risk weights of counterparties, if
applicable;
(viii) A written undertaking by the ultimate holding company of the
broker or dealer, if it is not an ultimate holding company that has a principal regulator,
in a form acceptable to the Commission, signed by a duly authorized person at the ultimate
holding company, to the effect that, as a condition of Commission approval of the
application of the broker or dealer to compute deductions for market and credit risk
pursuant to this appendix E, the ultimate holding company agrees to:
(A) Comply with all applicable provisions of this appendix E;
(B) Comply with all applicable provisions of § 240.15c3-1g;
(C) Comply with the provisions of § 240.15c3-4 with respect to an
internal risk management control system for the affiliate group as though it were an OTC
derivatives dealer with respect to all of its business activities, except that paragraphs
(c)(5)(xiii), (c)(5)(xiv), (d)(8), and (d)(9) of § 240.15c3-4 shall not apply;
(D) As part of the internal risk management control system for the
affiliate group, establish, document, and maintain procedures for the detection and
prevention of money laundering and terrorist financing;
(E) Permit the Commission to examine the books and records of the
ultimate holding company and any of its affiliates, if the affiliate is not an entity that
has a principal regulator;
(F) If the disclosure to the Commission of any information required as a
condition for the broker or dealer to compute deductions for market and credit risk
pursuant to this appendix E could be prohibited by law or otherwise, cooperate with the
Commission, to the extent permissible, including by describing any secrecy laws or other
impediments that could restrict the ability of material affiliates to provide information
on their operations or activities and by discussing the manner in which the ultimate
holding company and the broker or dealer propose to provide the Commission with adequate
information or assurances of access to information;
(G) Make available to the Commission information about the ultimate
holding company or any of its material affiliates that the Commission finds is necessary
to evaluate the financial and operational risk within the ultimate holding company and its
material affiliates and to evaluate compliance with the conditions of eligibility of the
broker or dealer to compute deductions to net capital under the alternative method of this
appendix E;
(H) Make available examination reports of principal regulators for those
affiliates of the ultimate holding company that are not subject to Commission examination;
and
(I) Acknowledge that, if the ultimate holding company fails to comply in
a material manner with any provision of its undertaking, the Commission may, in addition
to any other conditions necessary or appropriate in the public interest or for the
protection of investors, increase the multiplication factors the ultimate holding company
uses to calculate allowances for market and credit risk, as defined in § 240.15c3-1g(a)(2)
and (a)(3) or impose any condition with respect to the broker or dealer listed in
paragraph (e) of this appendix E; and
(ix) A written undertaking by the ultimate holding company of the broker
or dealer, if the ultimate holding company has a principal regulator, in a form acceptable
to the Commission, signed by a duly authorized person at the ultimate holding company, to
the effect that, as a condition of Commission approval of the application of the broker or
dealer to compute deductions for market and credit risk pursuant to this appendix E, the
ultimate holding company agrees to:
(A) Comply with all applicable provisions of this appendix E;
(B) Comply with all applicable provisions of § 240.15c3-1g;
(C) Make available to the Commission information about the ultimate
holding company that the Commission finds is necessary to evaluate the financial and
operational risk within the ultimate holding company and to evaluate compliance with the
conditions of eligibility of the broker or dealer to compute net capital under the
alternative method of this appendix E; and
(D) Acknowledge that if the ultimate holding company fails to comply in
a material manner with any provision of its undertaking, the Commission may, in addition
to any other conditions necessary or appropriate in the public interest or for the
protection of investors, impose any condition with respect to the broker or dealer listed
in paragraph (e) of this appendix E;
(2) As a condition of Commission approval, the ultimate holding company
of the broker or dealer, if it is not an ultimate holding company that has a principal
regulator, shall include the following information with the application:
(i) A narrative description of the business and organization of the
ultimate holding company;
(ii) An alphabetical list of the affiliates of the ultimate holding
company (referred to as the “affiliate group,” which shall include the ultimate holding
company), with an identification of the financial regulator, if any, that regulates the
affiliate, and a designation of the members of the affiliate group that are material to
the ultimate holding company (“material affiliates”);
(iii) An organizational chart that identifies the ultimate holding
company, the broker or dealer, and the material affiliates;
(iv) Consolidated and consolidating financial statements of the ultimate
holding company as of the end of the quarter preceding the filing of the application;
(v) Sample computations for the ultimate holding company of allowable
capital and allowances for market risk, credit risk, and operational risk, determined
pursuant to § 240.15c3-1g(a)(1)-(a)(4);
(vi) A list of the categories of positions that the affiliate group
holds in its proprietary accounts and a brief description of the method that the ultimate
holding company proposes to use to calculate allowances for market and credit risk,
pursuant to § 240.15c3-1g(a)(2) and (a)(3), on those categories of positions;
(vii) A description of the mathematical models to be used to price
positions and to compute the allowance for market risk, including those portions of the
allowance attributable to specific risk, if applicable, and the allowance for credit risk;
a description of the creation, use, and maintenance of the mathematical models; a
description of the ultimate holding company's internal risk management controls over those
models, including a description of each category of persons who may input data into the
models; if a mathematical model incorporates empirical correlations across risk
categories, a description of the process for measuring correlations; a description of the
backtesting procedures the ultimate holding company will use to backtest the mathematical
model used to calculate maximum potential exposure; a description of how each mathematical
model satisfies the applicable qualitative and quantitative requirements set forth in
paragraph (d) of this appendix E; a statement describing the extent to which each
mathematical model used to compute allowances for market and credit risk is used as part
of the risk analyses and reports presented to senior management; and a description of any
positions for which the ultimate holding company proposes to use a method other than VaR
to compute an allowance for market risk and a description of how that allowance would be
determined;
(viii) A description of how the ultimate holding company will calculate
current exposure;
(ix) A description of how the ultimate holding company will determine
the credit risk weights of counterparties and internal credit ratings of counterparties,
if applicable;
(x) A description of how the ultimate holding company will calculate an
allowance for operational risk under § 240.15c3-1g(a)(4);
(xi) For each instance in which a mathematical model used by the broker
or dealer to calculate a deduction for market risk or to calculate maximum potential
exposure for a particular product or counterparty differs from the mathematical model used
by the ultimate holding company to calculate an allowance for market risk or to calculate
maximum potential exposure for that same product or counterparty, a description of the
difference(s) between the mathematical models;
(xii) A comprehensive description of the risk management control system
for the affiliate group that the ultimate holding company has established to manage
affiliate group-wide risk, including market, credit, liquidity and funding, legal and
compliance, and operational risks, and how that system satisfies the requirements of §
240.15c3-4; and
(xiii) Sample risk reports that are provided to the persons at the
ultimate holding company who are responsible for managing group-wide risk and that will be
provided to the Commission pursuant to § 240.15c3-1g(b)(1)(i)(H);
(3) As a condition of Commission approval, the ultimate holding company
of the broker or dealer, if the ultimate holding company has a principal regulator, shall
include the following information with the broker's or dealer's application:
(i) A narrative description of the business and organization of the
ultimate holding company;
(ii) An alphabetical list of the affiliates of the ultimate holding
company (referred to as the “affiliate group,” which shall include the ultimate holding
company), with an identification of the financial regulator, if any, that regulates the
affiliate, and a designation of those affiliates that are material to the ultimate holding
company (“material affiliates”);
(iii) An organizational chart that identifies the ultimate holding
company, the broker or dealer, and the material affiliates;
(iv) Consolidated and consolidating financial statements of the ultimate
holding company as of the end of the quarter preceding the filing of the application;
(v) The most recent capital measurements of the ultimate holding
company, as reported to its principal regulator, calculated in accordance with the
standards published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision, as amended from time to
time;
(vi) For each instance in which a mathematical model to be used by the
broker or dealer to calculate a deduction for market risk or to calculate maximum
potential exposure for a particular product or counterparty differs from the mathematical
model used by the ultimate holding company to calculate an allowance for market risk or to
calculate maximum potential exposure for that same product or counterparty, a description
of the difference(s) between the mathematical models; and
(vii) Sample risk reports that are provided to the persons at the
ultimate holding company who are responsible for managing group-wide risk and that will be
provided to the Commission under § 240.15c3-1g(b)(1)(i)(H);
(4) The application of the broker or dealer shall be supplemented by
other information relating to the internal risk management control system, mathematical
models, and financial position of the broker or dealer or the ultimate holding company of
the broker or dealer that the Commission may request to complete its review of the
application;
(5) The application shall be considered filed when received at the
Commission's principal office in Washington, DC. A person who files an application
pursuant to this section for which it seeks confidential treatment may clearly mark each
page or segregable portion of each page with the words “Confidential Treatment Requested.”
All information submitted in connection with the application will be accorded confidential
treatment, to the extent permitted by law;
(6) If any of the information filed with the Commission as part of the
application of the broker or dealer is found to be or becomes inaccurate before the
Commission approves the application, the broker or dealer must notify the Commission
promptly and provide the Commission with a description of the circumstances in which the
information was found to be or has become inaccurate along with updated, accurate
information;
(7)(i) The Commission may approve the application or an amendment to the
application, in whole or in part, subject to any conditions or limitations the Commission
may require, if the Commission finds the approval to be necessary or appropriate in the
public interest or for the protection of investors, after determining, among other things,
whether the broker or dealer has met the requirements of this appendix E and is in
compliance with other applicable rules promulgated under the Act and by self-regulatory
organizations, and whether the ultimate holding company of the broker or dealer is in
compliance with the terms of its undertakings, as provided to the Commission;
(ii) The Commission may approve the temporary use of a provisional model
in whole or in part, subject to any conditions or limitations the Commission may require,
if:
(A) The broker or dealer has a complete application pending under this
section;
(B) The use of the provisional model has been approved by:
(1) A prudential regulator;
(2) The Commodity Futures Trading Commission or a futures
association registered with the Commodity Futures Trading Commission under section 17 of
the Commodity Exchange Act;
(3) A foreign financial regulatory authority that administers a
foreign financial regulatory system with capital requirements that the Commission has
found are eligible for substituted compliance under § 240.3a71-6 if the provisional model
is used for the purposes of calculating net capital;
(4) A foreign financial regulatory authority that administers a
foreign financial regulatory system with margin requirements that the Commission has found
are eligible for substituted compliance under § 240.3a71-6 if the provisional model is
used for the purposes of calculating initial margin pursuant to § 240.18a-3; or
(5) Any other foreign supervisory authority that the Commission
finds has approved and monitored the use of the provisional model through a process
comparable to the process set forth in this section.
(8) A broker or dealer shall amend its application to calculate certain
deductions for market and credit risk under this appendix E and submit the amendment to
the Commission for approval before it may change materially a mathematical model used to
calculate market or credit risk or before it may change materially its internal risk
management control system;
(9) As a condition to the broker's or dealer's calculation of deductions
for market and credit risk under this appendix E, an ultimate holding company that does
not have a principal regulator shall submit to the Commission, as an amendment to the
broker's or dealer's application, any material changes to a mathematical model or other
methods used to calculate allowances for market, credit, and operational risk, and any
material changes to the internal risk management control system for the affiliate group.
The ultimate holding company must submit these material changes to the Commission before
making them;
(10) As a condition for the broker or dealer to compute deductions for
market and credit risk under this appendix E, the broker or dealer agrees that:
(i) It will notify the Commission 45 days before it ceases to compute
deductions for market and credit risk under this appendix E; and
(ii) The Commission may determine by order that the notice will become
effective after a shorter or longer period of time if the broker or dealer consents or if
the Commission determines that a shorter or longer period of time is necessary or
appropriate in the public interest or for the protection of investors; and
(11) Notwithstanding paragraph (a)(10) of this section, the Commission,
by order, may revoke a broker's or dealer's exemption that allows it to use the market
risk standards of this appendix E to calculate deductions for market risk, instead of the
provisions of § 240.15c3-1(c)(2)(vi) and (c)(2)(vii), and the exemption to use the credit
risk standards of this Appendix E to calculate deductions for credit risk on certain
credit exposures arising from transactions in derivatives instruments, instead of the
provisions of § 240.15c3-1(c)(2)(iv), if the Commission finds that such exemption is no
longer necessary or appropriate in the public interest or for the protection of investors.
In making its finding, the Commission will consider the compliance history of the broker
or dealer related to its use of models, the financial and operational strength of the
broker or dealer and its ultimate holding company, the broker's or dealer's compliance
with its internal risk management controls, and the ultimate holding company's compliance
with its undertakings.
Market Risk
(b) A broker or dealer whose application, including amendments, has been
approved under paragraph (a) of this appendix E shall compute a deduction for market risk
in an amount equal to the sum of the following:
(1) For positions for which the Commission has approved the broker's or
dealer's use of value-at risk (“VaR”) models, the VaR of the positions multiplied by the
appropriate multiplication factor determined according to paragraph (d)(1)(iii) of this
appendix E, except that the initial multiplication factor shall be three, unless the
Commission determines, based on a review of the broker's or dealer's application or an
amendment to the application under paragraph (a) of this appendix E, including a review of
its internal risk management control system and practices and VaR models, that another
multiplication factor is appropriate;
(2) For positions for which the VaR model does not incorporate specific
risk, a deduction for specific risk to be determined by the Commission based on a review
of the broker's or dealer's application or an amendment to the application under paragraph
(a) of this appendix E and the positions involved;
(3) For positions for which the Commission has approved the broker's or
dealer's application to use scenario analysis, the greatest loss resulting from a range of
adverse movements in relevant risk factors, prices, or spreads designed to represent a
negative movement greater than, or equal to, the worst ten-day movement over the four
years preceding calculation of the greatest loss, or some multiple of the greatest loss
based on the liquidity of the positions subject to scenario analysis. If historical data
is insufficient, the deduction shall be the largest loss within a three standard deviation
movement in those risk factors, prices, or spreads over a ten-day period, multiplied by an
appropriate liquidity adjustment factor. Irrespective of the deduction otherwise indicated
under scenario analysis, the resulting deduction for market risk must be at least $25 per
100 share equivalent contract for equity positions, or one-half of one percent of the face
value of the contract for all other types of contracts, even if the scenario analysis
indicates a lower amount. A qualifying scenario must include the following:
(i) A set of pricing equations for the positions based on, for example,
arbitrage relations, statistical analysis, historic relationships, merger evaluation, or
fundamental valuation of an offering of securities;
(ii) Auxiliary relationships mapping risk factors to prices; and
(iii) Data demonstrating the effectiveness of the scenario in capturing
market risk, including specific risk; and
(4) For all remaining positions, the deductions specified in §§
240.15c3-1(c)(2)(vi), (c)(2)(vii), and applicable appendices to § 240.15c3-1.
Credit Risk
(c) A broker or dealer whose application, including amendments, has been
approved under paragraph (a) of this appendix E shall compute a deduction for credit risk
on transactions in derivative instruments (if this appendix E is used to calculate a
deduction for market risk on those instruments) in an amount equal to the sum of the
following:
(1) A counterparty exposure charge in an amount equal to the sum of the
following:
(i) The net replacement value in the account of each counterparty that
is insolvent, or in bankruptcy, or that has senior unsecured long-term debt in default;
and
(ii) For a counterparty not otherwise described in paragraph (c)(1)(i)
of this appendix E, the credit equivalent amount of the broker's or dealer's exposure to
the counterparty, as defined in paragraph (c)(4)(i) of this Appendix E, multiplied by the
credit risk weight of the counterparty, as defined in paragraph (c)(4)(vi) of this
appendix E, multiplied by 8%;
(2) A concentration charge by counterparty in an amount equal to the sum
of the following:
(i) For each counterparty with a credit risk weight of 20% or less, 5%
of the amount of the current exposure to the counterparty in excess of 5% of the tentative
net capital of the broker or dealer;
(ii) For each counterparty with a credit risk weight of greater than 20%
but less than 50%, 20% of the amount of the current exposure to the counterparty in excess
of 5% of the tentative net capital of the broker or dealer; and
(iii) For each counterparty with a credit risk weight of greater than
50%, 50% of the amount of the current exposure to the counterparty in excess of 5% of the
tentative net capital of the broker or dealer; and
(3) A portfolio concentration charge of 100 percent of the amount of the
broker's or dealer's aggregate current exposure for all counterparties in excess of 10
percent of the tentative net capital of the broker or dealer;
(4) Terms. (i) The credit equivalent amount of the
broker's or dealer's exposure to a counterparty is the sum of the broker's or dealer's
maximum potential exposure to the counterparty, as defined in paragraph (c)(4)(ii) of this
appendix E, multiplied by the appropriate multiplication factor, and the broker's or
dealer's current exposure to the counterparty, as defined in paragraph (c)(4)(iii) of this
appendix E. The broker or dealer must use the multiplication factor determined according
to paragraph (d)(1)(v) of this appendix E, except that the initial multiplication factor
shall be one, unless the Commission determines, based on a review of the broker's or
dealer's application or an amendment to the application approved under paragraph (a) of
this appendix E, including a review of its internal risk management control system and
practices and VaR models, that another multiplication factor is appropriate;
(ii) The maximum potential exposure is the VaR of the
counterparty's positions with the broker or dealer, after applying netting agreements with
the counterparty meeting the requirements of paragraph (c)(4)(iv) of this appendix E,
taking into account the value of collateral from the counterparty held by the broker or
dealer in accordance with paragraph (c)(4)(v) of this appendix E, and taking into account
the current replacement value of the counterparty's positions with the broker or
dealer;
(iii) The current exposure of the broker or dealer to a
counterparty is the current replacement value of the counterparty's positions with the
broker or dealer, after applying netting agreements with the counterparty meeting the
requirements of paragraph (c)(4)(iv) of this appendix E and taking into account the value
of collateral from the counterparty held by the broker or dealer in accordance with
paragraph (c)(4)(v) of this Appendix E;
(iv) Netting agreements. A broker or dealer may include the
effect of a netting agreement that allows the broker or dealer to net gross receivables
from and gross payables to a counterparty upon default of the counterparty if:
(A) The netting agreement is legally enforceable in each relevant
jurisdiction, including in insolvency proceedings;
(B) The gross receivables and gross payables that are subject to the
netting agreement with a counterparty can be determined at any time; and
(C) For internal risk management purposes, the broker-dealer monitors
and controls its exposure to the counterparty on a net basis;
(v) Collateral. When calculating maximum potential exposure and
current exposure to a counterparty, the fair market value of collateral pledged and held
may be taken into account provided:
(A) The collateral is marked to market each day and is subject to a
daily margin maintenance requirement;
(B) The collateral is subject to the broker's or dealer's physical
possession or control;
(1) The collateral is subject to the broker's or dealer's
physical possession or control and may be liquidated promptly by the firm without
intervention by any other party; or
(2) The collateral is held by an independent third-party
custodian that is a bank as defined in section 3(a)(6) of the Act or a registered U.S.
clearing organization or depository that is not affiliated with the counterparty or, if
the collateral consists of foreign securities or currencies, a supervised foreign bank,
clearing organization, or depository that is not affiliated with the counterparty and that
customarily maintains custody of such foreign securities or currencies;
(C) The collateral is liquid and transferable;
(D) The collateral may be liquidated promptly by the firm without
intervention by any other party;
(E) The collateral agreement is legally enforceable by the broker or
dealer against the counterparty and any other parties to the agreement;
(F) The collateral does not consist of securities issued by the
counterparty or a party related to the broker or dealer or to the counterparty;
(G) The Commission has approved the broker's or dealer's use of a VaR
model to calculate deductions for market risk for the type of collateral in accordance
with this Appendix E; and
(H) The collateral is not used in determining the credit rating of the
counterparty;
(vi) Credit risk weights of counterparties. A broker or dealer
that computes its deductions for credit risk pursuant to this Appendix E shall apply a
credit risk weight for transactions with a counterparty of either 20%, 50%, or 150% based
on an internal credit rating the broker or dealer determines for the counterparty.
(A) As part of its initial application or in an amendment, the broker or
dealer may request Commission approval to apply a credit risk weight of either 20%, 50%,
or 150% based on internal calculations of credit ratings, including internal estimates of
the maturity adjustment. Based on the strength of the broker’s or dealer’s internal credit
risk management system, the Commission may approve the application. The broker or dealer
must make and keep current a record of the basis for the credit rating of each
counterparty;
(B) For the portion of a current exposure covered by a written guarantee
where that guarantee is an unconditional and irrevocable guarantee of the due and punctual
payment and performance of the obligation and the broker or dealer can demand immediate
payment from the guarantor after any payment is missed without having to make collection
efforts, the broker or dealer may substitute the credit risk weight of the guarantor for
the credit risk weight of the counterparty; and
(C) As part of its initial application or in an amendment, the broker or
dealer may request Commission approval to reduce deductions for credit risk through the
use of credit derivatives.
VaR Models
(d) To be approved, each VaR model must meet the following minimum
qualitative and quantitative requirements:
(1) Qualitative requirements. (i) The VaR model used to calculate
market or credit risk for a position must be integrated into the daily internal risk
management system of the broker or dealer;
(ii) The VaR model must be reviewed both periodically and annually. The
periodic review may be conducted by the broker's or dealer's internal audit staff, but the
annual review must be conducted by a registered public accounting firm, as that term is
defined in section 2(a)(12) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (15 U.S.C. 7201 et seq.);
and
(iii) For purposes of computing market risk, the broker or dealer must
determine the appropriate multiplication factor as follows:
(A) Beginning three months after the broker or dealer begins using the
VaR model to calculate market risk, the broker or dealer must conduct backtesting of the
model by comparing its actual daily net trading profit or loss with the corresponding VaR
measure generated by the VaR model, using a 99 percent, one-tailed confidence level with
price changes equivalent to a one business-day movement in rates and prices, for each of
the past 250 business days, or other period as may be appropriate for the first year of
its use;
(B) On the last business day of each quarter, the broker or dealer must
identify the number of backtesting exceptions of the VaR model, that is, the number of
business days in the past 250 business days, or other period as may be appropriate for the
first year of its use, for which the actual net trading loss, if any, exceeds the
corresponding VaR measure; and
(C) The broker or dealer must use the multiplication factor indicated in
Table 1 of this Appendix E in determining its market risk until it obtains the next
quarter's backtesting results;
Number of exceptions | Multiplication factor |
---|---|
4 or fewer | 3.00 |
5 | 3.40 |
6 | 3.50 |
7 | 3.65 |
8 | 3.75 |
9 | 3.85 |
10 or more | 4.00 |
(iv) For purposes of incorporating specific risk into a VaR model, a
broker or dealer must demonstrate that it has methodologies in place to capture liquidity,
event, and default risk adequately for each position. Furthermore, the models used to
calculate deductions for specific risk must:
(A) Explain the historical price variation in the portfolio;
(B) Capture concentration (magnitude and changes in composition);
(C) Be robust to an adverse environment; and
(D) Be validated through backtesting; and
(v) For purposes of computing the credit equivalent amount of the
broker's or dealer's exposures to a counterparty, the broker or dealer must determine the
appropriate multiplication factor as follows:
(A) Beginning three months after it begins using the VaR model to
calculate maximum potential exposure, the broker or dealer must conduct backtesting of the
model by comparing, for at least 80 counterparties with widely varying types and sizes of
positions with the firm, the ten-business day change in its current exposure to the
counterparty based on its positions held at the beginning of the ten-business day period
with the corresponding ten-business day maximum potential exposure for the counterparty
generated by the VaR model;
(B) As of the last business day of each quarter, the broker or dealer
must identify the number of backtesting exceptions of the VaR model, that is, the number
of ten-business day periods in the past 250 business days, or other period as may be
appropriate for the first year of its use, for which the change in current exposure to a
counterparty exceeds the corresponding maximum potential exposure; and
(C) The broker or dealer will propose, as part of its application, a
schedule of multiplication factors, which must be approved by the Commission based on the
number of backtesting exceptions of the VaR model. The broker or dealer must use the
multiplication factor indicated in the approved schedule in determining the credit
equivalent amount of its exposures to a counterparty until it obtains the next quarter's
backtesting results, unless the Commission determines, based on, among other relevant
factors, a review of the broker's or dealer's internal risk management control system,
including a review of the VaR model, that a different adjustment or other action is
appropriate;
(2) Quantitative requirements. (i) For purposes of determining
market risk, the VaR model must use a 99 percent, one-tailed confidence level with price
changes equivalent to a ten business-day movement in rates and prices;
(ii) For purposes of determining maximum potential exposure, the VaR
model must use a 99 percent, one-tailed confidence level with price changes equivalent to
a one-year movement in rates and prices; or based on a review of the broker's or dealer's
procedures for managing collateral and if the collateral is marked to market daily and the
broker or dealer has the ability to call for additional collateral daily, the Commission
may approve a time horizon of not less than ten business days;
(iii) The VaR model must use an effective historical observation period
of at least one year. The broker or dealer must consider the effects of market stress in
its construction of the model. Historical data sets must be updated at least monthly and
reassessed whenever market prices or volatilities change significantly; and
(iv) The VaR model must take into account and incorporate all
significant, identifiable market risk factors applicable to positions in the accounts of
the broker or dealer, including:
(A) Risks arising from the non-linear price characteristics of
derivatives and the sensitivity of the market value of those positions to changes in the
volatility of the derivatives' underlying rates and prices;
(B) Empirical correlations with and across risk factors or,
alternatively, risk factors sufficient to cover all the market risk inherent in the
positions in the proprietary or other trading accounts of the broker or dealer, including
interest rate risk, equity price risk, foreign exchange risk, and commodity price risk;
(C) Spread risk, where applicable, and segments of the yield curve
sufficient to capture differences in volatility and imperfect correlation of rates along
the yield curve for securities and derivatives that are sensitive to different interest
rates; and
(D) Specific risk for individual positions.
Additional Conditions
(e) As a condition for the broker or dealer to use this Appendix E to
calculate certain of its capital charges, the Commission may impose additional conditions
on the broker or dealer, which may include, but are not limited to restricting the
broker's or dealer's business on a product-specific, category-specific, or general basis;
submitting to the Commission a plan to increase the broker's or dealer's net capital or
tentative net capital; filing more frequent reports with the Commission; modifying the
broker's or dealer's internal risk management control procedures; or computing the
broker's or dealer's deductions for market and credit risk in accordance with §
240.15c3-1(c)(2)(vi), (c)(2)(vii), and (c)(2)(iv), as appropriate. If it is not an
ultimate holding company that has a principal regulator, the Commission also may require,
as a condition of continuation of the exemption, the ultimate holding company of the
broker or dealer to file more frequent reports or to modify its group-wide internal risk
management control procedures. If the Commission finds it is necessary or appropriate in
the public interest or for the protection of investors, the Commission may impose
additional conditions on either the broker-dealer, or the ultimate holding company, if it
is an ultimate holding company that does not have a principal regulator, if:
(1) The broker or dealer is required by § 240.15c3-1(a)(7)(ii) to
provide notice to the Commission that the broker's or dealer's tentative net capital is
less than $6 billion;
(2) The broker or dealer or the ultimate holding company of the broker
or dealer fails to meet the reporting requirements set forth in § 240.17a-5 or
240.15c3-1g(b), as applicable;
(3) Any event specified in § 240.17a-11 occurs;
(4) There is a material deficiency in the internal risk management
control system or in the mathematical models used to price securities or to calculate
deductions for market and credit risk or allowances for market and credit risk, as
applicable, of the broker or dealer or the ultimate holding company of the broker or
dealer;
(5) The ultimate holding company of the broker or dealer fails to comply
with its undertakings that the broker or dealer has filed with its application pursuant to
paragraph (a)(1)(viii) or (a)(1)(ix) of this Appendix E;
(6) The broker or dealer fails to comply with this Appendix E; or
(7) The Commission finds that imposition of other conditions is
necessary or appropriate in the public interest or for the protection of investors.
[69 FR 34462, June 21, 2004; 79 FR 1521, Jan.
8, 2014; 84 FR 43872, Aug. 22, 2019]
240.15c3-1f — Optional market and credit risk requirements for OTC derivatives dealers (Appendix F to 17 CFR 240.15c3-1).
Application Requirements
(a) An OTC derivatives dealer may apply to the Commission for
authorization to compute capital charges for market and credit risk pursuant to this
Appendix F in lieu of computing securities haircuts pursuant to §
240.15c3-1(c)(2)(vi).
(1) An OTC derivatives dealer's application shall contain the following
information:
(i) Executive summary. An OTC derivatives dealer shall include in
its application an Executive Summary of information provided to the Commission.
(ii) Description of methods for computing market risk charges. An
OTC derivatives dealer shall provide a description of all statistical models used for
pricing OTC derivative instruments and for computing value-at-risk (“VAR”), a description
of the applicant's controls over those models, and a statement regarding whether the firm
has developed its own internal VAR models. If the OTC derivatives dealer's VAR model
incorporates empirical correlations across risk categories, the dealer shall describe its
process for measuring correlations and describe the qualitative and quantitative aspects
of the model which at a minimum must adhere to the criteria set forth in paragraph (e) of
this appendix F. The application shall further state whether the OTC derivatives dealer
intends to use an alternative method for computing its market risk charge for equity
instruments and, if applicable, a description of how its own theoretical pricing model
contains the minimum pricing factors set forth in appendix A (§ 240.15c3-1a). The
application shall also describe any category of securities having no ready market or any
category of debt securities which are below investment grade for which the OTC derivatives
dealer wishes to use its VAR model to calculate its market risk charge or for which it
wishes to use an alternative method for computing this charge and a description of how
those charges would be determined.
(iii) Internal risk management control systems. An OTC
derivatives dealer shall provide a comprehensive description of its internal risk
management control systems and how those systems adhere to the requirements set forth in §
240.15c3-4(a) through (d).
(2) The Commission may approve the application after reviewing the
application to determine whether the OTC derivatives dealer:
(i) Has adopted internal risk management control systems that meet the
requirements set forth in § 240.15c3-4; and
(ii) Has adopted a VAR model that meets the requirements set forth in
paragraphs (e)(1) and (e)(2) of this appendix F.
(3) If the OTC derivatives dealer materially amends its VAR model or
internal risk management control systems as described in its application, including any
material change in the categories of non-marketable securities that it wishes to include
in its VAR model, the dealer shall file an application describing the changes which must
be approved by the Commission before the changes may be implemented. After reviewing the
application for changes to the dealer's VAR model or internal risk management control
systems to determine whether, with the changes, the OTC derivatives dealer's VAR model and
internal risk management control systems would meet the requirements set forth in this
appendix F and § 240.15c3-4, the Commission may approve the application.
(4) The applications provided for in this paragraph (a) shall be
considered filed when received at the Commission's principal office in Washington, DC. All
applications filed pursuant to this paragraph (a) shall be deemed to be confidential.
Compliance With § 240.15c3-4
(b) An OTC derivatives dealer must be in compliance in all material
respects with § 240.15c3-4 regarding its internal risk management control systems in order
to be in compliance with § 240.15c3-1.
Market Risk
(c) An OTC derivatives dealer electing to apply this appendix F shall
compute a capital charge for market risk which shall be the aggregate of the charges
computed below:
(1) Value-at-Risk. An OTC derivatives dealer shall deduct from
net worth an amount for market risk for eligible OTC derivative instruments and other
positions in its proprietary or other accounts equal to the VAR of these positions
obtained from its proprietary VAR model, multiplied by the appropriate multiplication
factor in paragraph (e)(1)(iv)(C) of this Appendix F. The OTC derivatives dealer may not
elect to calculate its capital charges under this paragraph (c)(1) until its application
to use the VAR model has been approved by the Commission.
(2) Alternative method for equities. An OTC derivatives dealer
may elect to use this alternative method to calculate its market risk for equity
instruments, including OTC options, upon approval by the Commission on application by the
dealer. Under this alternative method, the deduction for market risk must be the amount
computed pursuant to appendix A to Rule 15c3-1
(§ 240.15c3-1a). In this computation, the OTC
derivatives dealer may use its own theoretical pricing model provided that it contains the
minimum pricing factors set forth in Appendix A.
(3) Non-marketable securities. An OTC derivatives dealer may not
use a VAR model to determine a capital charge for any category of securities having no
ready market or any category of debt securities which are below investment grade or any
derivative instrument based on the value of these categories of securities, unless the
Commission has granted, pursuant to paragraph (a)(1) of this appendix F, its application
to use its VAR model for any such category of securities. The dealer in any event may
apply, pursuant to paragraph (a)(1) of this appendix F, for an alternative treatment for
any such category of securities, rather than calculate the market risk capital charge for
such category of securities under § 240.15c3-1(c)(2)(vi) and (vii).
(4) Residual positions. To the extent that a position has not
been included in the calculation of the market risk charge in paragraphs (c)(1) through
(c)(3) of this section, the market risk charge for the position shall be computed under §
240.15c3-1(c)(2)(vi).
Credit Risk
(d) The capital charge for credit risk arising from an OTC derivatives
dealer's transactions in eligible OTC derivative instruments shall be:
(1) The net replacement value in the account of a counterparty
(including the effect of legally enforceable netting agreements and the application of
liquid collateral) that is insolvent, or in bankruptcy, or that has senior unsecured
long-term debt in default;
(2) As to a counterparty not otherwise described in paragraph (d)(1) of
this section, the net replacement value in the account of the counterparty (including the
effect of legally enforceable netting agreements and the application of liquid collateral)
multiplied by 8%, and further multiplied by a counterparty factor of 20%, 50%, or 100%
based on an internal credit rating the OTC derivatives dealer determines for the
counterparty; and
(3) A concentration charge where the net replacement value in the
account of any one counterparty (other than a counterparty described in paragraph (d)(1)
of this section) exceeds 25% of the OTC derivatives dealer's tentative net capital,
calculated as follows:
(i) For counterparties for which an OTC derivatives dealer assigns an
internal rating for senior unsecured long-term debt or commercial paper that would apply a
20% counterparty factor under paragraph (d)(2) of this section, 5% of the amount of the
net replacement value in excess of 25% of the OTC derivatives dealer’s tentative net
capital;
(ii) For counterparties for which an OTC derivatives dealer assigns an
internal rating for senior unsecured long-term debt that would apply a 50% counterparty
factor under paragraph (d)(2) of this section, 20% of the amount of the net replacement
value in excess of 25% of the OTC derivatives dealer’s tentative net capital;
(iii) For counterparties for which an OTC derivatives dealer assigns an
internal rating for senior unsecured long-term debt that would apply a 100% counterparty
factor under paragraph (d)(2) of this section, 50% of the amount of the net replacement
value in excess of 25% of the OTC derivatives dealer’s tentative net capital.
(4) Counterparties may be rated by the OTC derivatives dealer, or by an
affiliated bank or affiliated broker-dealer of the OTC derivatives dealer, upon approval
by the Commission on application by the OTC derivatives dealer. Based on the strength of
the OTC derivatives dealer’s internal credit risk management system, the Commission may
approve the application. The OTC derivatives dealer must make and keep current a record of
the basis for the credit rating for each counterparty.
VAR Models
(e) An OTC derivatives dealer's VAR model must meet the following
qualitative and quantitative requirements:
(1) Qualitative requirements. An OTC derivatives dealerapplying
this Appendix F must have a VAR model that meets the following minimum qualitative
requirements:
(i) The OTC derivatives dealer's VAR model must be integrated into the
firm's daily risk management process;
(ii) The OTC derivatives dealer must conduct appropriate stress tests of
the VAR model, and develop appropriate procedures to follow in response to the results of
such tests;
(iii) The OTC derivatives dealer must conduct periodic reviews (which
may be performed by internal audit staff) of its VAR model. The OTC derivatives dealer's
VAR model also must be subject to annual reviews conducted by independent public
accountants; and
(iv) The OTC derivatives dealer must conduct backtesting of the VAR
model pursuant to the following procedures:
(A) Beginning one year after the OTC derivatives dealer begins using its
VAR model to calculate its net capital, the OTC derivatives dealer must conduct
backtesting by comparing each of its most recent 250 business days' actual net trading
profit or loss with the corresponding daily VAR measures generated for determining market
risk capital charges and calibrated to a one-day holding period and a 99 percent,
one-tailed confidence level;
(B) Once each quarter, the OTC derivatives dealer must identify the
number of exceptions, that is, the number of business days for which the actual daily net
trading loss, if any, exceeded the corresponding daily VAR measure; and
(C) An OTC derivatives dealer must use the multiplication factor
indicated in Table 1 of this appendix F in determining its capital charge for market risk
until it obtains the next quarter's backtesting results, unless the Commission determines
that a different adjustment or other action is appropriate.
Number of exceptions | Multiplication factor |
---|---|
4 or fewer | 3.00 |
5 | 3.40 |
6 | 3.50 |
7 | 3.65 |
8 | 3.75 |
9 | 3.85 |
10 or more | 4.00 |
(2) Quantitative requirements. An OTC derivatives dealer applying
this appendix F must have a VAR model that meets the following minimum quantitative
requirements:
(i) The VAR measures must be calculated on a daily basis using a 99
percent, one-tailed confidence level with a price change equivalent to a ten-business day
movement in rates and prices;
(ii) The effective historical observation period for VAR measures must
be at least one year, and the weighted average time lag of the individual observations
cannot be less than six months. Historical data sets must be updated at least every three
months and reassessed whenever market prices or volatilities are subject to large
changes;
(iii) The VAR measures must include the risks arising from the
non-linear price characteristics of options positions and the sensitivity of the market
value of the positions to changes in the volatility of the underlying rates or prices. An
OTC derivatives dealer must measure the volatility of options positions by different
maturities;
(iv) The VAR measures may incorporate empirical correlations within and
across risk categories, provided that the OTC derivatives dealer has described its process
for measuring correlations in its application to apply this appendix F and the Commission
has approved its application. In the event that the VAR measures do not incorporate
empirical correlations across risk categories, the OTC derivatives dealer must add the
separate VAR measures for the four major risk categories in paragraph (e)(2)(v) of this
appendix F to determine its aggregate VAR measure; and
(v) The OTC derivatives dealer's VAR model must use risk factors
sufficient to measure the market risk inherent in all covered positions. The risk factors
must address, at a minimum, the following major risk categories: interest rate risk,
equity price risk, foreign exchange rate risk, and commodity price risk. For material
exposures in the major currencies and markets, modeling techniques must capture, at a
minimum, spread risk and must incorporate enough segments of the yield curve to capture
differences in volatility and less-than-perfect correlation of rates along the yield
curve. An OTC derivatives dealer must provide the Commission with evidence that the OTC
derivatives dealer's VAR model takes account of specific risk in positions, including
specific equity risk, if the OTC derivatives dealer intends to utilize its VAR model to
compute capital charges for equity price risk.
[63 FR 59398, Nov. 3, 1998; 79 FR 1521, Jan. 8,
2014]
240.15c3-1g — Conditions for ultimate holding companies of certain brokers or dealers (Appendix G to 17 CFR 240.15c3-1).
As a condition for a broker or dealer to compute certain of its deductions
to capital in accordance with § 240.15c3-1e, pursuant to its undertaking, the ultimate
holding company of the broker or dealer shall:
Conditions Regarding Computation of Allowable Capital and Risk Allowances
(a) If it is not an ultimate holding company that has a principal
regulator, as that term is defined in § 240.15c3-1(c)(13), calculate allowable capital and
allowances for market, credit, and operational risk on a consolidated basis as
follows:
(1) Allowable capital. The ultimate holding company must compute
allowable capital as the sum of:
(i) Common shareholders' equity on the consolidated balance sheet of the
holding company less:
(A) Goodwill;
(B) Deferred tax assets, except those permitted for inclusion in Tier 1
capital by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (“Federal Reserve”) (12
CFR 225, appendix A);
(C) Other intangible assets; and
(D) Other deductions from common stockholders' equity as required by the
Federal Reserve in calculating Tier 1 capital (as defined in 12 CFR 225, appendix A);
(ii) Cumulative and non-cumulative preferred stock, except that the
amount of cumulative preferred stock may not exceed 33% of the items included in allowable
capital pursuant to paragraph (a)(1)(i) of this appendix G, excluding cumulative preferred
stock, provided that:
(A) The stock does not have a maturity date;
(B) The stock cannot be redeemed at the option of the holder of the
instrument;
(C) The stock has no other provisions that will require future
redemption of the issue; and
(D) The issuer of the stock can defer or eliminate dividends;
(iii) The sum of the following items on the consolidated balance sheet,
to the extent that the sum does not exceed the sum of the items included in allowable
capital pursuant to paragraphs (a)(1)(i) and (ii) of this Appendix G:
(A) Cumulative preferred stock in excess of the 33% limit specified in
paragraph (a)(1)(ii) of this appendix G and subject to the conditions of paragraphs
(a)(1)(ii)(A) through (D) of this appendix G;
(B) Subordinated debt if the original weighted average maturity of the
subordinated debt is at least five years; each subordinated debt instrument states clearly
on its face that repayment of the debt is not protected by any Federal agency or the
Securities Investor Protection Corporation; the subordinated debt is unsecured and
subordinated in right of payment to all senior indebtedness of the ultimate holding
company; and the subordinated debt instrument permits acceleration only in the event of
bankruptcy or reorganization of the ultimate holding company under Chapters 7
(liquidation) and 11 (reorganization) of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code; and
(C) As part of the broker's or dealer's application to calculate
deductions for market and credit risk under § 240.15c3-1e, an ultimate holding company may
request to include, for a period of three years after adoption of this appendix G,
long-term debt that has an original weighted average maturity of at least five years and
that cannot be accelerated, except upon the occurrence of certain events as the Commission
may approve. As part of a subsequent amendment to the broker's or dealer's application,
the broker or dealer may request permission for the ultimate holding company to include
long-term debt that meets these criteria in allowable capital for up to an additional two
years; and
(iv) Hybrid capital instruments that are permitted for inclusion in Tier
2 capital by the Federal Reserve (as defined in 12 CFR 225, appendix A);
(2) Allowance for market risk. The ultimate holding company shall
compute an allowance for market risk for all proprietary positions, including debt
instruments, equity instruments, commodity instruments, foreign exchange contracts, and
derivative contracts, as the aggregate of the following:
(i) Value at risk. The VaR of its positions, multiplied by the
appropriate multiplication factor as set forth in § 240.15c3-1e(d). The VaR of the
positions must be obtained using approved VaR models meeting the applicable qualitative
and quantitative requirements of § 240.15c3-1e(d); and
(ii) Alternative method. For positions for which there does not
exist adequate historical data to support a VaR model, the ultimate holding company must
propose a model that produces a suitable allowance for market risk for those
positions;
(3) Allowance for credit risk. The ultimate holding company shall
compute an allowance for credit risk for certain assets on the consolidated balance sheet
and certain off-balance sheet items, including loans and loan commitments, exposures due
to derivatives contracts, structured financial products, and other extensions of credit,
and credit substitutes as follows:
(i) By multiplying the credit equivalent amount of the ultimate holding
company's exposure to the counterparty, as defined in paragraphs (a)(3)(i)(A), (B) and (C)
of this appendix G, by the appropriate credit risk weight, as defined in paragraph
(a)(3)(i)(F) of this appendix G, of the asset, off-balance sheet item, or counterparty,
then multiplying that product by 8%, in accordance with the following:
(A) For certain loans and loan commitments, the credit equivalent amount
is determined by multiplying the nominal amount of the contract by the following credit
conversion factors:
(1) 0% credit conversion factor for loan commitments that:
(i) May be unconditionally cancelled by the lender; or
(ii) May be cancelled by the lender due to credit deterioration
of the borrower;
(2) 20% credit conversion factor for:
(i) Loan commitments of less than one year; or
(ii) Short-term self-liquidating trade related contingencies,
including letters of credit;
(3) 50% credit conversion factor for loan commitments with an
original maturity of greater than one year that contain transaction contingencies,
including performance bonds, revolving underwriting facilities, note issuance facilities
and bid bonds; and
(4) 100% credit conversion factor for bankers' acceptances,
stand-by letters of credit, and forward purchases of assets, and similar direct credit
substitutes;
(B) For derivatives contracts and for repurchase agreements, reverse
repurchase agreements, stock lending and borrowing, and similar collateralized
transactions, the credit equivalent amount is the sum of the ultimate holding company's
maximum potential exposure to the counterparty, as defined in paragraph (a)(3)(i)(E) of
this appendix G, multiplied by the appropriate multiplication factor, and the ultimate
holding company's current exposure to the counterparty, as defined in paragraph
(a)(3)(i)(D) of this appendix G. The ultimate holding company must use the multiplication
factor determined according to § 240.15c3-1e(d)(1)(v), except that the initial
multiplication factor shall be one, unless the Commission determines, based on a review of
the group-wide internal risk management control system and practices, including a review
of the VaR models, that another multiplication factor is appropriate;
(C) The credit equivalent amount for other assets shall be the asset's
book value on the ultimate holding company's consolidated balance sheet or other amount as
determined according to the standards published by the Basel Committee on Banking
Supervision, as amended from time to time;
(D) The current exposure is the current replacement value of a
counterparty's positions, after applying netting agreements with that counterparty meeting
the requirements of § 240.15c3-1e(c)(4)(iv) and taking into account the value of
collateral from the counterparty in accordance with § 240.15c3-1e(c)(4)(v);
(E) The maximum potential exposure is the VaR of the
counterparty's positions with the member of the affiliate group, after applying netting
agreements with the counterparty meeting the requirements of paragraph (c)(4)(iv) of §
240.15c3-1e, taking into account the value of collateral from the counterparty held by the
member of the affiliate in accordance with paragraph (c)(4)(v) of § 240.15c3-1e, and
taking into account the current replacement value of the counterparty's positions with the
member of the affiliate group, except that for repurchase agreements, reverse repurchase
agreements, stock lending and borrowing, and similar collateralized transactions, maximum
potential exposure must be calculated using a time horizon of not less than five days;
(F) Credit ratings and credit risk weights shall be determined according
to the provisions of paragraphs (c)(4)(vi)(A) and (c)(4)(vi)(B) of § 240.15c3-1e,
respectively;
(G) As part of the broker's or dealer's initial application or in an
amendment, the ultimate holding company may request Commission approval to reduce
allowances for credit risk through the use of credit derivatives;
(H) For the portion of a current exposure covered by a written
guarantee, where that guarantee is an unconditional and irrevocable guarantee of the due
and punctual payment and performance of the obligation and the ultimate holding company or
member of the affiliate group can demand payment after any payment is missed without
having to make collection efforts, the ultimate holding company or member of the affiliate
group may substitute the credit risk weight of the guarantor for the credit risk weight of
the counterparty; or
(ii) As part of the broker's or dealer's initial application or in an
amendment to the application, the ultimate holding company may request Commission approval
to use a method of calculating credit risk that is consistent with standards published by
the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in International Convergence of Capital
Measurement and Capital Standards (July 1988), as amended from time to time; and
(4) Allowance for operational risk. The ultimate holding company
shall compute an allowance for operational risk in accordance with the standards published
by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision, as amended from time to time.
Conditions Regarding Reporting Requirements
(b) File reports with the Commission in accordance with the
following:
(1) If it is not an ultimate holding company that has a principal
regulator, as that term is defined in § 240.15c3-1(c)(13), the ultimate holding company
shall file with the Commission:
(i) A report as of the end of each month, filed not later than 30
calendar days after the end of the month. A monthly report need not be filed for a
month-end that coincides with a fiscal quarter-end. The monthly report shall include:
(A) A consolidated balance sheet and income statement (including notes
to the financial statements) for the ultimate holding company and statements of allowable
capital and allowances for market, credit, and operational risk computed pursuant to
paragraph (a) of this appendix G, except that the consolidated balance sheet and
income statement for the first month of the fiscal year may be filed at a later time to
which the Commission agrees (when reviewing the affiliated broker's or dealer's
application under § 240.15c3-1e(a)). A statement of comprehensive income (as defined in
§ 210.1-02 of Regulation S-X of this chapter) shall be included in place of an income
statement, if required by the applicable generally accepted accounting principles.
(B) A graph reflecting, for each business line, the daily intra-month
VaR;
(C) Consolidated credit risk information, including aggregate current
exposure and current exposures (including commitments) listed by counterparty for the 15
largest exposures;
(D) The 10 largest commitments listed by counterparty;
(E) Maximum potential exposure listed by counterparty for the 15 largest
exposures;
(F) The aggregate maximum potential exposure;
(G) A summary report reflecting the geographic distribution of the
ultimate holding company's exposures on a consolidated basis for each of the top ten
countries to which it is exposed (by residence of the main operating group of the
counterparty); and
(H) Certain regular risk reports provided to the persons responsible for
managing group-wide risk as the Commission may request from time to time;
(ii) A quarterly report as of the end of each fiscal quarter, filed not
later than 35 calendar days after the end of the quarter. The quarterly report shall
include, in addition to the information contained in the monthly report as required by
paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this appendix G, the following:
(A) Consolidating balance sheets and income statements for the ultimate
holding company. The consolidating balance sheet must provide information regarding each
material affiliate of the ultimate holding company in a separate column, but may aggregate
information regarding members of the affiliate group that are not material affiliates into
one column. Statements of comprehensive income (as defined in § 210.1-02 of Regulation
S-X) shall be included in place of an income statement, if required by the applicable
generally accepted accounting principles;
(B) The results of backtesting of all internal models used to compute
allowable capital and allowances for market and credit risk indicating, for each model,
the number of backtesting exceptions;
(C) A description of all material pending legal or arbitration
proceedings, involving either the ultimate holding company or any of its affiliates, that
are required to be disclosed by the ultimate holding company under generally accepted
accounting principles;
(D) The aggregate amount of unsecured borrowings and lines of credit,
segregated into categories, scheduled to mature within twelve months from the most recent
fiscal quarter as to each material affiliate; and
(E) For a quarter-end that coincides with the ultimate holding company's
fiscal year-end, the ultimate holding company need not include consolidated and
consolidating balance sheets and income statements (or statements of comprehensive income,
as applicable) in its quarterly reports. The consolidating balance sheet and income
statement (or statement of comprehensive income, as applicable) for the quarter-end that
coincides with the fiscal year-end may be filed at a later time to which the Commission
agrees (when reviewing the affiliated broker's or dealer's application under
§ 240.15c3-1e(a));
(iii) An annual audited report as of the end of the ultimate holding
company's fiscal year, filed not later than 65 calendar days after the end of the fiscal
year. The annual report shall include:
(A) Consolidated financial statements for the ultimate holding company
audited by a registered public accounting firm, as that term is defined in section
2(a)(12) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (15 U.S.C. 7201 et seq.). The audit shall be
made in accordance with the rules promulgated by the Public Company Accounting Oversight
Board. The audited financial statements must include a supporting schedule containing
statements of allowable capital and allowances for market, credit, and operational risk
computed pursuant to paragraph (a) of this appendix G; and
(B) A supplemental report entitled “Accountant's Report on Internal Risk
Management Control System” prepared by a registered public accounting firm, as that term
is defined in section 2(a)(12) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (15 U.S.C. 7201 et seq.),
indicating the results of the registered public accounting firm's review of the ultimate
holding company's compliance with § 240.15c3-4. The procedures are to be performed and the
report is to be prepared in accordance with procedures agreed upon by the ultimate holding
company and the registered public accounting firm conducting the review. The agreed-upon
procedures are to be performed and the report is to be prepared in accordance with rules
promulgated by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board. The ultimate holding company
must file, before commencement of the initial review, the procedures agreed upon by the
ultimate holding company and the registered public accounting firm with the Division of
Market Regulation, Office of Financial Responsibility, at Commission's principal office in
Washington, DC. Before commencement of each subsequent review, the ultimate holding
company must notify the Commission of any changes in the procedures;
(iv) An organizational chart, as of the ultimate holding company's
fiscal year-end, concurrently with its quarterly report for the quarter-end that coincides
with its fiscal year-end. The ultimate holding company must provide quarterly updates of
the organizational chart if a material change in the information provided to the
Commission has occurred;
(2) If the ultimate holding company is an entity that has a principal
regulator, as that term is defined in § 240.15c3-1(c)(13), the ultimate holding company
must file with the Commission:
(i) A quarterly report as of the end of each fiscal quarter, filed not
later than 35 calendar days after the end of the quarter, or a later time to which the
Commission may agree upon application. The quarterly report shall include:
(A) Consolidated (including notes to the financial statements) and
consolidating balance sheets and income statements for the ultimate holding company.
Statements of comprehensive income (as defined in § 210.1-02 of Regulation S-X) shall be
included in place of income statements, if required by the applicable generally accepted
accounting principles;
(B) Its most recent capital measurements computed in accordance with the
standards published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision, as amended from time to
time, as reported to its principal regulator;
(C) Certain regular risk reports provided to the persons responsible for
managing group-wide risk as the Commission may request from time to time; and
(D) For a quarter-end that coincides with the ultimate holding company's
fiscal year-end, the ultimate holding company need not include consolidated and
consolidating balance sheets and income statements (or statements of comprehensive income,
as applicable) in its quarterly reports. The consolidating balance sheet and income
statement (or statement of comprehensive income, as applicable) for the quarter-end that
coincides with the fiscal year-end may be filed at a later time to which the Commission
agrees (when reviewing the affiliated broker's or dealer's application under
§ 240.15c3-1e(a)).
(ii) An annual audited report as of the end of the ultimate holding
company's fiscal year, filed with the Commission when required to be filed by any
regulator;
(3) The reports that the ultimate holding company must file in
accordance with paragraph (b) of this appendix G will be considered filed when two copies
are received at the Commission's principal office in Washington, DC. A person who files
reports pursuant to this section for which he or she seeks confidential treatment may
clearly mark each page or segregable portion of each page with the words “Confidential
Treatment Requested.” The copies shall be addressed to the Division of Market Regulation,
Risk Assessment Group; and
(4) The reports that the ultimate holding company must file with the
Commission in accordance with paragraph (b) of this Appendix G will be accorded
confidential treatment to the extent permitted by law.
Conditions Regarding Records To Be Made
(c) If it is not an ultimate holding company that has a principal
regulator, make and keep current the following records:
(1) A record of the results of funding and liquidity stress tests that
the ultimate holding company has conducted in response to the following events at least
once each quarter and a record of the contingency plan to respond to each of these
events:
(i) A credit rating downgrade of the ultimate holding company;
(ii) An inability of the ultimate holding company to access capital
markets for unsecured short-term funding;
(iii) An inability of the ultimate holding company to access liquid
assets in regulated entities across international borders when the events described in
paragraphs (c)(1)(i) or (ii) of this appendix G occur; and
(iv) An inability of the ultimate holding company to access credit or
assets held at a particular institution when the events described in paragraphs (c)(1)(i)
or (ii) of this appendix G occur;
(2) A record of the basis for the determination of credit risk weights
for each counterparty;
(3) A record of the basis for the determination of internal credit
ratings for each counterparty; and
(4) A record of the calculations of allowable capital and allowances for
market, credit and operational risk computed currently at least once per month on a
consolidated basis.
Conditions Regarding Preservation of Records
(d)(1) Must preserve the following information, documents, and reports
for a period of not less than three years in an easily accessible place using any media
acceptable under § 240.17a-4(f):
(i) The documents created in accordance with paragraph (c) of this
Appendix G;
(ii) Any application or documents filed with the Commission pursuant to
§ 240.15c3-1e and this appendix G and any written responses received from the
Commission;
(iii) All reports and notices filed with the Commission pursuant to §
240.15c3-1e and this appendix G; and
(iv) If the ultimate holding company does not have a principal
regulator, all written policies and procedures concerning the group-wide internal risk
management control system established pursuant to § 240.15c3-1e(a)(1)(viii)(C); and
(2) The ultimate holding company may maintain the records referred to in
paragraph (d)(1) of this appendix G either at the ultimate holding company, at an
affiliate, or at a records storage facility, provided that the records are located within
the United States. If the records are maintained by an entity other than the ultimate
holding company, the ultimate holding company shall obtain and file with the Commission a
written undertaking by the entity maintaining the records, in a form acceptable to the
Commission, signed by a duly authorized person at the entity maintaining the records, to
the effect that the records will be treated as if the ultimate holding company were
maintaining the records pursuant to this section and that the entity maintaining the
records will permit examination of such records at any time or from time to time during
business hours by representatives or designees of the Commission and will promptly furnish
the Commission or its designee a true, legible, complete, and current paper copy of any or
all or any part of such records. The election to operate pursuant to the provisions of
this paragraph shall not relieve the ultimate holding company that is required to maintain
and preserve such records from any of its reporting or recordkeeping responsibilities
under this section.
Conditions Regarding Notification
(e) The ultimate holding company of a broker or dealer that computes
certain of its capital charges in accordance with § 240.15c3-1e shall:
(1) Send notice promptly (but within 24 hours) after the occurrence of
the following events:
(i) The early warning indications of low capital as the Commission may
agree;
(ii) The ultimate holding company files a Form 8-K (17 CFR 249.308) with
the Commission; and
(iii) A material affiliate declares bankruptcy or otherwise becomes
insolvent; and
(2) If it is not an ultimate holding company that has a principal
regulator, as defined in § 240.15c3-1(c)(13), send notice promptly (but within 24 hours)
after the occurrence of the following events:
(i) The ultimate holding company becomes aware that an NRSRO has
determined to reduce materially its assessment of the creditworthiness of a material
affiliate or the credit rating(s) assigned to one or more outstanding short or long-term
obligations of a material affiliate;
(ii) The ultimate holding company becomes aware that any financial
regulatory agency or self-regulatory organization has taken significant enforcement or
regulatory action against a material affiliate; and
(iii) The occurrence of any backtesting exception under §
240.15c3-1e(d)(1)(iii) or (iv) that would require that the ultimate holding company use a
higher multiplication factor in the calculation of its allowances for market or credit
risk;
(3) Every notice given or transmitted by paragraph (e) of this appendix
G will be given or transmitted to the Division of Market Regulation, Office of Financial
Responsibility, at the principal office of the Commission in Washington, DC. A person who
files notification pursuant to this section for which he or she seeks confidential
treatment may clearly mark each page or segregable portion of each page with the words
“Confidential Treatment Request.” For the purposes of this appendix G, “notice” shall be
given or transmitted by telegraphic notice or facsimile transmission. The notice described
by paragraph (e)(2) of this appendix G may be transmitted by overnight delivery. Notices
filed pursuant to this paragraph will be accorded confidential treatment to the extent
permitted by law; and
(4) Upon the written request of the ultimate holding company, or upon
its own motion, the Commission may grant an extension of time or an exemption from any of
the requirements of this paragraph (e) either unconditionally or on specified terms and
conditions as are necessary or appropriate in the public interest or for the protection of
investors.
[69 FR 34467, June 21, 2004; 79 FR 1521, Jan.
8, 2014; as amended at 83 FR 50148, Oct. 4, 2018]
240.15c3-2 — Reserved
[29 FR 7240, June 3, 1964; as amended at 78 FR
51823, Aug. 21, 2013]
240.15c3-3 — Customer protection — reserves and custody of securities.
Except where otherwise noted, § 240.15c3-3 applies to a broker or dealer
registered under section 15(b) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o(b)), including a broker or dealer
also registered as a security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant
under section 15F(b) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o-10(b)). A security-based swap dealer or major
security-based swap participant registered under section 15F(b) of the Act that is not also
registered as a broker or dealer under section 15(b) of the Act is subject to the
requirements under § 240.18a-4.
(a) Definitions. For the purpose of this section:
(1) The term customer shall mean any person from whom or on whose
behalf a broker or dealer has received or acquired or holds funds or securities for the
account of that person. The term shall not include a broker or dealer, a municipal
securities dealer, or a government securities broker or government securities dealer. The
term shall, however, include another broker or dealer to the extent that broker or dealer
maintains an omnibus account for the account of customers with the broker or dealer in
compliance with Regulation T (12 CFR 220.1 through 220.12). The term shall not include a
general partner or director or principal officer of the broker or dealer or any other person
to the extent that person has a claim for property or funds which by contract, agreement or
understanding, or by operation of law, is part of the capital of the broker or dealer or is
subordinated to the claims of creditors of the broker or dealer. In addition, the term shall
not include a person to the extent that the person has a claim for security futures products
held in a futures account, or any security futures product and any futures product held in a
“proprietary account” as defined by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission in § 1.3(y) of
this chapter. The term also shall not include a counterparty who has delivered collateral to
an OTC derivatives dealer pursuant to a transaction in an eligible OTC derivative
instrument, or pursuant to the OTC derivatives dealer's cash management securities
activities or ancillary portfolio management securities activities, and who has received a
prominent written notice from the OTC derivatives dealer that:
(i) Except as otherwise agreed in writing by the OTC derivatives dealer
and the counterparty, the dealer may repledge or otherwise use the collateral in its
business;
(ii) In the event of the OTC derivatives dealer's failure, the
counterparty will likely be considered an unsecured creditor of the dealer as to that
collateral;
(iii) The Securities Investor Protection Act of 1970 (15 U.S.C. 78aaa
et seq.) (SIPA) does not protect the counterparty; and
(iv) The collateral will not be subject to the requirements of § 240.8c-1,
§ 240.15c2-1, § 240.15c3-2, or § 240.15c3-3.
(2) The term securities carried for the account of a customer
(hereinafter also “customer securities”) shall mean:
(i) Securities received by or on behalf of a broker or dealer for the
account of any customer and securities carried long by a broker or dealer for the account of
any customer; and
(ii) Securities sold to, or bought for, a customer by a broker or
dealer.
(3) The term fully paid securities means all securities carried for
the account of a customer in a cash account as defined in Regulation T (12 CFR 220.1 et
seq.), as well as securities carried for the account of a customer in a margin account
or any special account under Regulation T that have no loan value for margin purposes, and
all margin equity securities in such accounts if they are fully paid: Provided,
however, that the term fully paid securities does not apply to any securities
purchased in transactions for which the customer has not made full payment.
(4) The term margin securities means those securities carried for
the account of a customer in a margin account as defined in section 4 of Regulation T (12
CFR 220.4), as well as securities carried in any other account (such accounts hereinafter
referred to as “margin accounts”) other than the securities referred to in paragraph (a)(3)
of this section.
(5) The term excess margin securities shall mean those securities
referred to in paragraph (a)(4) of this section carried for the account of a customer having
a market value in excess of 140 percent of the total of the debit balances in the customer's
account or accounts encompassed by paragraph (a)(4) of this section which the broker or
dealer identifies as not constituting margin securities.
(6) The term qualified security shall mean a security issued by the
United States or a security in respect of which the principal and interest are guaranteed by
the United States.
(7) The term bank means a bank as defined in section 3(a)(6) of the
Act and will also mean any building and loan, savings and loan or similar banking
institution subject to supervision by a Federal banking authority. With respect to a broker
or dealer that maintains its principal place of business in Canada, the term “bank” also
means a Canadian bank subject to supervision by a Canadian authority.
(8) The term free credit balances means liabilities of a broker or
dealer to customers which are subject to immediate cash payment to customers on demand,
whether resulting from sales of securities, dividends, interest, deposits or otherwise,
excluding, however, funds in commodity accounts which are segregated in accordance with the
Commodity Exchange Act or in a similar manner, or which are funds carried in a proprietary
account as that term is defined in regulations under the Commodity Exchange Act. The term
“free credit balances” also includes, if subject to immediate cash payment to customers on
demand, funds carried in a securities account pursuant to a self-regulatory organization
portfolio margining rule approved by the Commission under section 19(b) of the Act (15
U.S.C. 78s(b)) (“SRO portfolio margining rule”), including variation margin or initial
margin, marks to market, and proceeds resulting from margin paid or released in connection
with closing out, settling or exercising futures contracts and options thereon.
(9) The term other credit balances means cash liabilities of a
broker or dealer to customers other than free credit balances and funds in commodity
accounts which are segregated in accordance with the Commodity Exchange Act or in a similar
manner, or funds carried in a proprietary account as that term is defined in regulations
under the Commodity Exchange Act. The term “other credit balances” also includes funds that
are cash liabilities of a broker or dealer to customers other than free credit balances and
are carried in a securities account pursuant to an SRO portfolio margining rule, including
variation margin or initial margin, marks to market, and proceeds resulting from margin paid
or released in connection with closing out, settling or exercising futures contracts and
options thereon.
(10) The term funds carried for the account of any customer
(hereinafter also “customer funds”) shall mean all free credit and other credit balances
carried for the account of the customer.
(11) The term principal officer shall mean the president, executive
vice president, treasurer, secretary or any other person performing a similar function with
the broker or dealer.
(12) The term household members and other persons related to
principals includes husbands or wives, children, sons-in-law or daughters-in-law and
any household relative to whose support a principal contributes directly or indirectly. For
purposes of this paragraph (a)(12), a principal shall be deemed to be a director, general
partner, or principal officer of the broker or dealer.
(13) The term affiliated person includes any person who directly or
indirectly controls a broker or dealer or any person who is directly or indirectly
controlled by or under common control with the broker or dealer. Ownership of 10% or more of
the common stock of the relevant entity will be deemed prima facie control of that entity
for purposes of this paragraph.
(14) The term securities account shall mean an account that is
maintained in accordance with the requirements of section 15(c)(3) of the Act (15 U.S.C.
78o(c)(3)) and § 240.15c3-3.
(15) The term futures account (also referred to as “commodity
account”) shall mean an account that is maintained in accordance with the segregation
requirements of section 4d of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 6d) and the rules
thereunder.
(16) The term PAB account means a proprietary securities account of
a broker or dealer (which includes a foreign broker or dealer, or a foreign bank acting as a
broker or dealer) other than a delivery-versus-payment account or a receipt-versus-payment
account. The term does not include an account that has been subordinated to the claims of
creditors of the carrying broker or dealer.
(17) The term Sweep Program means a service provided by a broker or
dealer where it offers to its customer the option to automatically transfer free credit
balances in the securities account of the customer to either a money market mutual fund
product as described in § 270.2a-7 of this chapter or an account at a bank whose deposits
are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.
(b) Physical possession or control of securities. (1) A broker or
dealer shall promptly obtain and shall thereafter maintain the physical possession or
control of all fully-paid securities and excess margin securities carried by a broker or
dealer for the account of customers.
(2) A broker or dealer shall not be deemed to be in violation of the
provisions of paragraph (b)(1) of this section regarding physical possession or control of
customers' securities if, solely as the result of normal business operations, temporary lags
occur between the time when a security is required to be in the possession or control of the
broker or dealer and the time that it is placed in the broker’s or dealer’s physical
possession or under its control, provided that the broker or dealer takes timely steps in
good faith to establish prompt physical possession or control. The burden of proof shall be
on the broker or dealer to establish that the failure to obtain physical possession or
control of securities carried for the account of customers as required by paragraph (b)(1)
of this section is merely temporary and solely the result of normal business operations
including same day receipt and redelivery (turnaround), and to establish that it has taken
timely steps in good faith to place them in its physical possession or control.
(3) A broker or dealer shall not be deemed to be in violation of the
provisions of paragraph (b)(1) of this section regarding physical possession or control of
fully-paid or excess margin securities borrowed from any person, provided that the broker or
dealer and the lender, at or before the time of the loan, enter into a written agreement
that, at a minimum;
(i) Sets forth in a separate schedule or schedules the basis of
compensation for any loan and generally the rights and liabilities of the parties as to the
borrowed securities;
(ii) Provides that the lender will be given a schedule of the securities
actually borrowed at the time of the borrowing of the securities;
(iii) Specifies that the broker or dealer:
(A) Must provide to the lender, upon the execution of the agreement or by
the close of the business day of the loan if the loan occurs subsequent to the execution of
the agreement, collateral, which fully secures the loan of securities, consisting
exclusively of cash or United States Treasury bills and Treasury notes or an irrevocable
letter of credit issued by a bank as defined in section 3(a)(6)(A)-(C) of the Act (15 U.S.C.
78c(a)(6)(A)-(C)) or such other collateral as the Commission designates as permissible by
order as necessary or appropriate in the public interest and consistent with the protection
of investors after giving consideration to the collateral's liquidity, volatility, market
depth and location, and the issuer's creditworthiness; and
(B) Must mark the loan to the market not less than daily and, in the event
that the market value of all the outstanding securities loaned at the close of trading at
the end of the business day exceeds 100 percent of the collateral then held by the lender,
the borrowing broker or dealer must provide additional collateral of the type described in
paragraph (b)(3)(iii)(A) of this section to the lender by the close of the next business day
as necessary to equal, together with the collateral then held by the lender, not less than
100 percent of the market value of the securities loaned; and
(iv) Contains a prominent notice that the provisions of SIPA may not
protect the lender with respect to the securities loan transaction and that, therefore, the
collateral delivered to the lender may constitute the only source of satisfaction of the
broker's or dealer's obligation in the event the broker or dealer fails to return the
securities.
(4)(i) Notwithstanding paragraph (k)(2)(i) of this section, a broker or
dealer that retains custody of securities that are the subject of a repurchase agreement
between the broker or dealer and a counterparty shall:
(A) Obtain the repurchase agreement in writing;
(B) Confirm in writing the specific securities that are the subject of a
repurchase transaction pursuant to such agreement at the end of the trading day on which the
transaction is intitiated and at the end of any other day during which other securities are
substituted if the substitution results in a change to issuer, maturity date, par amount or
coupon rate as specified in the previous confirmation;
(C) Advise the counterparty in the repurchase agreement that the
Securities Investor Protection Corporation has taken the position that the provisions of
SIPA do not protect the counterparty with respect to the repurchase agreement; and,
(D) Maintain possession or control of securities that are the subject of
the agreement.
(ii) For purpose of this paragraph (b)(4), securities are in the broker's
or dealer's control only if they are in the control of the broker or dealer within the
meaning of § 240.15c3-3 (c)(1), (c)(3), (c)(5) or (c)(6) of this title.
(iii) A broker or dealer shall not be in violation of the requirement to
maintain possession or control pursuant to paragraph (b)(4)(i)(D) during the trading day
if:
(A) In the written repurchase agreement, the counterparty grants the
broker or dealer the right to substitute other securities for those subject to the
agreement; and
(B) The provision in the written repurchase agreement governing the right,
if any, to substitute is immediately preceded by the following disclosure statement, which
must be prominently displayed:
Required Disclosure
The [seller] is not permitted to substitute other
securities for those subject to this agreement and therefore must keep the [buyer's]
securities segregated at all times, unless in this agreement the [buyer] grants the [seller]
the right to substitute other securities. If the [buyer] grants the right to substitute,
this means that the [buyer's] securities will likely be commingled with the [seller's] own
securities during the trading day. The [buyer] is advised that, during any trading day that
the [buyer's] securities are commingled with the [seller's] securities, they will be subject
to liens granted by the [seller] to its clearing bank and may be used by the [seller] for
deliveries on other securities transactions. Whenever the securities are commingled, the
[seller's] ability to resegregate substitute securities for the [buyer] will be subject to
the [seller's] ability to satisfy the clearing lien or to obtain substitute securities.
(iv) A confirmation issued in accordance with paragraph (b)(4)(i)(B) of
this section shall specify the issuer, maturity date, coupon rate, par amount and market
value of the security and shall further identify a CUSIP or mortgage-backed security pool
number, as appropriate, except that a CUSIP or a pool number is not required on the
confirmation if it is identified in internal records of the broker or dealer that designate
the specific security of the counterparty. For purposes of this paragraph (b)(4)(iv), the
market value of any security that is the subject of the repurchase transaction shall be the
most recently available bid price plus accrued interest, obtained by any reasonable and
consistent methodology.
(v) This paragraph (b)(4) shall not apply to a repurchase agreement
between the broker or dealer and another broker or dealer (including a government securities
broker or dealer), a registered municipal securities dealer, or a general partner or
director or principal officer of the broker or dealer or any person to the extent that the
person's claim is explicitly subordinated to the claims of creditors of the broker or
dealer.
(5) A broker or dealer is required to obtain and thereafter maintain the
physical possession or control of securities carried for a PAB account, unless the broker or
dealer has provided written notice to the account holder that the securities may be used in
the ordinary course of its securities business, and has provided an opportunity for the
account holder to object.
(c) Control of securities. Securities under the control of a broker
or dealer shall be deemed to be securities which:
(1) Are represented by one or more certificates in the custody or control
of a clearing corporation or other subsidiary organization of either national securities
exchanges or of a registered national securities association, or of a custodian bank in
accordance with a system for the central handling of securities complying with the
provisions of §§ 240.8c-1(g) and 240.15c2-1(g) the delivery of which certificates to the
broker or dealer does not require the payment of money or value, and if the books or records
of the broker or dealer identify the customers entitled to receive specified quantities or
units of the securities so held for such customers collectively; or
(2) Are carried for the account of any customer by a broker or dealer and
are carried in an omnibus credit account in the name of such broker or dealer with another
broker or dealer in compliance with the requirements of section 7(f) of Regulation T (12 CFR
220.7(f)), such securities being deemed to be under the control of such broker or dealer to
the extent that it has instructed such carrying broker or dealer to maintain physical
possession or control of them free of any charge, lien, or claim of any kind in favor of
such carrying broker or dealer or any persons claiming through such carrying broker or
dealer; or
(3) Are the subject of bona fide items of transfer; provided that
securities shall be deemed not to be the subject of bona fide items of transfer if, within
40 calendar days after they have been transmitted for transfer by the broker or dealer to
the issuer or its transfer agent, new certificates conforming to the instructions of the
broker or dealer have not been received by the broker or dealer, the broker or dealer has
not received a written statement by the issuer or its transfer agent acknowledging the
transfer instructions and the possession of the securities or the broker or dealer has not
obtained a revalidation of a window ticket from a transfer agent with respect to the
certificate delivered for transfer; or
(4) Are in the custody of a foreign depository, foreign clearing agency or
foreign custodian bank which the Commission upon application from a broker or dealer, a
registered national securities exchange or a registered national securities association, or
upon its own motion shall designate as a satisfactory control location for securities;
or
(5) Are in the custody or control of a bank as defined in section 3(a)(6)
of the Act, the delivery of which securities to the broker or dealer does not require the
payment of money or value and the bank having acknowledged in writing that the securities in
its custody or control are not subject to any right, charge, security interest, lien or
claim of any kind in favor of a bank or any person claiming through the bank; or
(6)(i) Are held in or are in transit between offices of the broker or
dealer; or (ii) are held by a corporate subsidiary if the broker or dealer owns and
exercises a majority of the voting rights of all of the voting securities of such
subsidiary, assumes or guarantees all of the subsidiary's obligations and liabilities,
operates the subsidiary as a branch office of the broker or dealer, and assumes full
responsibility for compliance by the subsidiary and all of its associated persons with the
provisions of the Federal securities laws as well as for all of the other acts of the
subsidiary and such associated persons; or
(7) Are held in such other locations as the Commission shall upon
application from a broker or dealer find and designate to be adequate for the protection of
customer securities.
(d) Requirement to reduce securities to possession or control. Not
later than the next business day, a broker or dealer, as of the close of the preceding
business day, shall determine from its books or records the quantity of fully paid
securities and excess margin securities in its possession or control and the quantity of
fully paid securities and excess margin securities not in its possession or control. In
making this daily determination inactive margin accounts (accounts having no activity by
reason of purchase or sale of securities, receipt or delivery of cash or securities or
similar type events) may be computed not less than once weekly. If such books or records
indicate, as of such close of the business day, that such broker or dealer has not obtained
physical possession or control of all fully paid and excess margin securities as required by
this section and there are securities of the same issue and class in any of the following
noncontrol locations:
(1) Securities subject to a lien securing moneys borrowed by the broker or
dealer or securities loaned to another broker or dealer or a clearing corporation, then the
broker or dealer shall, not later than the business day following the day on which such
determination is made, issue instructions for the release of such securities from the lien
or return of such loaned securities and shall obtain physical possession or control of such
securities within two business days following the date of issuance of the instructions in
the case of securities subject to lien securing borrowed moneys and within five business
days following the date of issuance of instructions in the case of securities loaned; or
(2) Securities included on the broker’s or dealer’s books or records as
failed to receive more than 30 calendar days, then the broker or dealer shall, not later
than the business day following the day on which such determination is made, take prompt
steps to obtain physical possession or control of securities so failed to receive through a
buy-in procedure or otherwise; or
(3) Securities receivable by the broker or dealer as a security dividend
receivable, stock split or similar distribution for more than 45 calendar days, then the
broker or dealer shall, not later than the business day following the day on which such
determination is made, take prompt steps to obtain physical possession or control of
securities so receivable through a buy-in procedure or otherwise; or
(4) Securities included on the broker’s or dealer’s books or records that
allocate to a short position of the broker or dealer or a short position for another person,
excluding positions covered by paragraph (m) of this section, for more than 30 calendar
days, then the broker or dealer must, not later than the business day following the day on
which the determination is made, take prompt steps to obtain physical possession or control
of such securities. For the purposes of this paragraph (d)(4), the 30 day time period will
not begin to run with respect to a syndicate short position established in connection with
an offering of securities until the completion of the underwriter’s participation in the
distribution as determined pursuant to § 242.100(b) of Regulation M of this chapter (17 CFR
242.100 through 242.105); or
(5) A broker or dealer which is subject to the requirements of §
240.15c3-3 with respect to physical possession or control of fully paid and excess margin
securities shall prepare and maintain a current and detailed description of the procedures
which it utilizes to comply with the possession or control requirements set forth in this
section. The records required herein shall be made available upon request to the Commission
and to the designated examining authority for such broker or dealer.
(e) Special reserve bank account for the exclusive benefit of customers
and PAB accounts. (1) Every broker or dealer must maintain with a bank or banks at all
times when deposits are required or hereinafter specified a “Special Reserve Bank Account
for the Exclusive Benefit of Customers” (hereinafter referred to as the Customer Reserve
Bank Account) and a “Special Reserve Bank Account for Brokers and Dealers”
(hereinafter referred to as the PAB Reserve Bank Account), each of which will be
separate from the other and from any other bank account of the broker or dealer. Such broker
or dealer must at all times maintain in the Customer Reserve Bank Account and the PAB
Reserve Bank Account, through deposits made therein, cash and/or qualified securities in
amounts computed in accordance with the formula attached as Exhibit A (17 CFR 240.15c3-3a),
as applied to customer and PAB accounts respectively.
(2) With respect to each computation required pursuant to paragraph (e)(1)
of this section, a broker or dealer must not accept or use any of the amounts under items
comprising Total Credits under the formula referred to in paragraph (e)(1) of this section
except for the specified purposes indicated under items comprising Total Debits under the
formula, and, to the extent Total Credits exceed Total Debits, at least the net amount
thereof must be maintained in the Customer Reserve Bank Account and PAB Reserve Bank Account
pursuant to paragraph (e)(1) of this section.
(3) Reserve Bank Account computations.
(i) Computations necessary to determine the amount required to be
deposited in the Customer Reserve Bank Account and PAB Reserve Bank Account as specified in
paragraph (e)(1) of this section must be made weekly, as of the close of the last business
day of the week, and the deposit so computed must be made no later than one hour after the
opening of banking business on the second following business day; provided, however,
a broker or dealer which has aggregate indebtedness not exceeding 800 percent of net capital
(as defined in § 240.15c3-1) and which carries aggregate customer funds (as defined in
paragraph (a)(10) of this section), as computed at the last required computation pursuant to
this section, not exceeding $1,000,000, may in the alternative make the Customer Reserve
Bank Account computation monthly, as of the close of the last business day of the month,
and, in such event, must deposit not less than 105 percent of the amount so computed no
later than one hour after the opening of banking business on the second following business
day.
(ii) If a broker or dealer, computing on a monthly basis, has, at the time
of any required computation, aggregate indebtedness in excess of 800 percent of net capital,
such broker or dealer must thereafter compute weekly as aforesaid until four successive
weekly Customer Reserve Bank Account computations are made, none of which were made at a
time when its aggregate indebtedness exceeded 800 percent of its net capital.
(iii) A broker or dealer that does not carry the accounts of a “customer”
as defined by this section or conduct a proprietary trading business may make the
computation to be performed with respect to PAB accounts under paragraph (e)(1) of this
section monthly rather than weekly. If a broker or dealer performing the computation with
respect to PAB accounts under paragraph (e)(1) of this section on a monthly basis is, at the
time of any required computation, required to deposit additional cash or qualified
securities in the PAB Reserve Bank Account, the broker or dealer must thereafter perform the
computation required with respect to PAB accounts under paragraph (e)(1) of this section
weekly until four successive weekly computations are made, none of which is made at a time
when the broker or dealer was required to deposit additional cash or qualified securities in
the PAB Reserve Bank Account.
(iv) Computations in addition to the computations required in this
paragraph (e)(3), may be made as of the close of any business day, and the deposits so
computed must be made no later than one hour after the opening of banking business on the
second following business day.
(v) The broker or dealer must make and maintain a record of each such
computation made pursuant to this paragraph (e)(3) or otherwise and preserve each such
record in accordance with § 240.17a-4.
(4) If the computation performed under paragraph (e)(3) of this section
with respect to PAB accounts results in a deposit requirement, the requirement may be
satisfied to the extent of any excess debit in the computation performed under paragraph
(e)(3) of this section with respect to customer accounts of the same date. However, a
deposit requirement resulting from the computation performed under paragraph (e)(3) of this
section with respect to customer accounts cannot be satisfied with excess debits from the
computation performed under paragraph (e)(3) of this section with respect to PAB
accounts.
(5) In determining whether a broker or dealer maintains the minimum
deposits required under this section, the broker or dealer must exclude the total amount of
any cash deposited with an affiliated bank. The broker or dealer also must exclude cash
deposited with a non-affiliated bank to the extent that the amount of the deposit exceeds
15% of the bank’s equity capital as reported by the bank in its most recent Call Report or
any successor form the bank is required to file by its appropriate Federal banking agency
(as defined by section 3 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1813)).
(f) Notification of banks. A broker or dealer required to maintain
a Customer Reserve Bank Account and PAB Reserve Bank Account prescribed by paragraph (e)(1)
of this section or who maintains a Special Account referred to in paragraph (k) of this
section must obtain and preserve in accordance with § 240.17a-4 a written notification from
each bank with which it maintains a Customer Reserve Bank Account, a PAB Reserve Bank
Account, or a Special Account that the bank was informed that all cash and/or qualified
securities deposited therein are being held by the bank for the exclusive benefit of the
customers and account holders of the broker or dealer in accordance with the regulations of
the Commission, and are being kept separate from any other accounts maintained by the broker
or dealer with the bank, and the broker or dealer must have a written contract with the bank
which provides that the cash and/or qualified securities will at no time be used directly or
indirectly as security for a loan to the broker or dealer by the bank and will not be
subject to any right, charge, security interest, lien, or claim of any kind in favor of the
bank or any person claiming through the bank.
(g) Withdrawals from the reserve bank accounts. A broker or dealer
may make withdrawals from a Customer Reserve Bank Account and a PAB Reserve Bank Account if
and to the extent that at the time of the withdrawal the amount remaining in the Customer
Reserve Bank Account and PAB Reserve Bank Account is not less than the amount then required
by paragraph (e) of this section. A bank may presume that any request for withdrawal from a
reserve bank account is in conformity and compliance with this paragraph (g). On any
business day on which a withdrawal is made, the broker or dealer shall make a record of the
computation on the basis of which he makes such withdrawal, and he shall preserve such
computation in accordance with § 240.17a-4.
(h) Buy-in of short security differences. A broker or dealer shall
within 45 calendar days after the date of the examination, count, verification and
comparison of securities pursuant to § 240.17a-13 or otherwise or to the annual report of
financial condition in accordance with § 240.17a-5 or 240.17a-12, buy-in all short security
differences which are not resolved during the 45-day period.
(i) Notification in the event of failure to make a required
deposit. If a broker or dealer shall fail to make in its Customer Reserve Bank
Account, PAB Reserve Bank Account or special account a deposit, as required by this section,
the broker or dealer shall by telegram immediately notify the Commission and the regulatory
authority for the broker or dealer, which examines such broker or dealer as to financial
responsibility and shall promptly thereafter confirm such notification in writing.
(j) Treatment of free credit balances. (1) A broker or dealer must
not accept or use any free credit balance carried for the account of any customer of the
broker or dealer unless such broker or dealer has established adequate procedures pursuant
to which each customer for whom a free credit balance is carried will be given or sent,
together with or as part of the customer’s statement of account, whenever sent but not less
frequently than once every three months, a written statement informing the customer of the
amount due to the customer by the broker or dealer on the date of the statement, and that
the funds are payable on demand of the customer.
(2) A broker or dealer must not convert, invest, or transfer to another
account or institution, credit balances held in a customer’s account except as provided in
paragraphs (j)(2)(i) and (ii) of this section.
(i) A broker or dealer is permitted to invest or transfer to another
account or institution, free credit balances in a customer’s account only upon a specific
order, authorization, or draft from the customer, and only in the manner, and under the
terms and conditions, specified in the order, authorization, or draft.
(ii) A broker or dealer is permitted to transfer free credit balances held
in a customer’s securities account to a product in its Sweep Program or to transfer a
customer’s interest in one product in a Sweep Program to another product in a Sweep Program,
provided:
(A) For an account opened on or after the effective date of this paragraph
(j)(2)(ii), the customer gives prior written affirmative consent to having free credit
balances in the customer’s securities account included in the Sweep Program after being
notified:
(1) Of the general terms and conditions of the products available
through the Sweep Program; and
(2) That the broker or dealer may change the products available
under the Sweep Program.
(B) For any account:
(1) The broker or dealer provides the customer with the disclosures
and notices regarding the Sweep Program required by each self-regulatory organization of
which the broker or dealer is a member;
(2) The broker or dealer provides notice to the customer, as part
of the customer’s quarterly statement of account, that the balance in the bank deposit
account or shares of the money market mutual fund in which the customer has a beneficial
interest can be liquidated on the customer’s order and the proceeds returned to the
securities account or remitted to the customer; and
(3)(i) The broker or dealer provides the customer with
written notice at least 30 calendar days before:
(A) Making changes to the terms and conditions of the Sweep
Program;
(B) Making changes to the terms and conditions of a product
currently available through the Sweep Program;
(C) Changing, adding or deleting products available through the
Sweep Program; or
(D) Changing the customer’s investment through the Sweep Program
from one product to another.
(ii) The notice must describe the new terms and conditions of the
Sweep Program or product or the new product, and the options available to the customer if
the customer does not accept the new terms and conditions or product.
(k) Exemptions. (1) The provisions of this section shall not be
applicable to a broker or dealer meeting all of the following conditions:
(i) The broker’s or dealer’s transactions as dealer (as principal for its
own account) are limited to the purchase, sale, and redemption of redeemable securities of
registered investment companies or of interests or participations in an insurance company
separate account, whether or not registered as an investment company; except that a broker
or dealer transacting business as a sole proprietor may also effect occasional transactions
in other securities for Its own account with or through another registered broker or
dealer;
(ii) The broker’s or dealer’s transactions as broker (agent) are limited
to: (a) The sale and redemption of redeemable securities of registered investment
companies or of interests or participations in an insurance company separate account,
whether or not registered as an investment company; (b) the solicitation of share
accounts for savings and loan associations insured by an instrumentality of the United
States; and (c) the sale of securities for the account of a customer to obtain funds
for immediate reinvestment in redeemable securities of registered investment companies;
and
(iii) The broker or dealer promptly transmits all funds and delivers all
securities received in connection with its activities as a broker or dealer, and does not
otherwise hold funds or securities for, or owe money or securities to, customers.
(iv) Notwithstanding the foregoing, this section shall not apply to any
insurance company which is a registered broker-dealer, and which otherwise meets all of the
conditions in paragraphs (k)(1) (i), (ii), and (iii) of this section, solely by reason of
its participation in transactions that are a part of the business of insurance, including
the purchasing, selling, or holding of securities for or on behalf of such company's general
and separate accounts.
(2) The provisions of this section shall not be applicable to a broker or
dealer:
(i) Who carries no margin accounts, promptly transmits all customer funds
and delivers all securities received in connection with its activities as a broker or
dealer, does not otherwise hold funds or securities for, or owe money or securities to,
customers and effectuates all financial transactions between the broker or dealer and its
customers through one or more bank accounts, each to be designated as “Special Account for
the Exclusive Benefit of Customers of (name of the broker or dealer)”; or
(ii) Who, as an introducing broker or dealer, clears all transactions with
and for customers on a fully disclosed basis with a clearing broker or dealer, and who
promptly transmits all customer funds and securities to the clearing broker or dealer which
carries all of the accounts of such customers and maintains and preserves such books and
records pertaining thereto pursuant to the requirements of §§ 240.17a-3 and 240.17a-4 of
this chapter, as are customarily made and kept by a clearing broker or dealer.
(3) Upon written application by a broker or dealer, the Commission may
exempt such broker or dealer from the provisions of this section, either unconditionally or
on specified terms and conditions, if the Commission finds that the broker or dealer has
established safeguards for the protection of funds and securities of customers comparable
with those provided for by this section and that it is not necessary in the public interest
or for the protection of investors to subject the particular broker or dealer to the
provisions of this section.
(l) Delivery of securities. Nothing stated in this section shall be
construed as affecting the absolute right of a customer of a broker or dealer to receive in
the course of normal business operations following demand made on the broker or dealer, the
physical delivery of certificates for:
(1) Fully-paid securities to which he is entitled, and,
(2) Margin securities upon full payment by such customer to the broker or
dealer of the customer’s indebtedness to the broker or dealer; and, subject to the right of
the broker or dealer under Regulation T (12 CFR 220) to retain collateral for its own
protection beyond the requirements of Regulation T, excess margin securities not reasonably
required to collateralize such customer’s indebtedness to the broker or dealer.
(m) Completion of sell orders on behalf of customers. If a broker
or dealer executes a sell order of a customer (other than an order to execute a sale of
securities which the seller does not own) and if for any reason whatever the broker or
dealer has not obtained possession of the securities from the customer within 10 business
days after the settlement date, the broker or dealer shall immediately thereafter close the
transaction with the customer by purchasing securities of like kind and quantity:
Provided, however, The term customer for the purpose of this paragraph (m)
shall not include a broker or dealer who maintains an omnibus credit account with another
broker or dealer in compliance with section 7(f) of Regulation T (12 CFR 220.7(f)).
Note to paragraph (m):
See 38 FR 12103, May 9, 1973 for an order suspending
indefinitely the operation of paragraph (m) as to sell orders for exempted
securities (e.g., U.S. Government and municipal obligations).
|
(n) Extensions of time. If a registered national securities
exchange or a registered national securities association is satisfied that a broker or
dealer is acting in good faith in making the application and that exceptional circumstances
warrant such action, such exchange or association, on application of the broker or dealer,
may extend any period specified in paragraphs (d)(2), (3) and (4), (h) and (m) of this
section, relating to the requirement that such broker or dealer take action within a
designated period of time to buy-in a security, for one or more limited periods commensurate
with the circumstances. Each such exchange or association shall make and preserve for a
period of not less than 3 years a record of each extension granted pursuant to paragraph (n)
of this section which shall contain a summary of the justification for the granting of the
extension.
(o) Security futures products — (1) Where security futures
products shall be held. A broker or dealer registered with the Commission pursuant to
section 15(b)(1) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o(b)(1)) that is also a futures commission
merchant registered with the Commodity Futures Trading Commission pursuant to section
4f(a)(1) of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 6f(a)(1)):
(i) Shall hold a customer's security futures products in either a
securities account or a futures account; and
(ii) Shall establish written policies or procedures for determining
whether customer security futures products will be placed in a securities account or a
futures account and, if applicable, the process by which a customer may elect the type or
types of account in which security futures products will be held (including the procedure to
be followed if a customer fails to make an election of account type).
(2) Disclosure and record requirements. — (i) Except as provided in
paragraph (o)(2)(ii), before a broker or dealer registered with the Commission pursuant to
section 15(b)(1) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o(b)(1)) accepts the first order for a security
futures product from or on behalf of a customer, the broker or dealer shall furnish the
customer with a disclosure document containing the following information:
(A) A description of the protections provided by the requirements set
forth under this section and SIPA applicable to a securities account;
(B) A description of the protections provided by the requirements set
forth under section 4d of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 6d) applicable to a futures
account;
(C) A statement indicating whether the customer's security futures
products will be held in a securities account or a futures account, or whether the firm
permits customers to make or change an election of account type; and
(D) A statement that, with respect to holding the customer's security
futures products in a securities account or a futures account, the alternative regulatory
scheme is not available to the customer with relation to that account.
(ii) Where a customer account containing an open security futures product
position is transferred to a broker or dealer registered with the Commission pursuant to
section 15(b)(1) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o(b)(1)), that broker or dealer may instead provide
the statements described in paragraphs (o)(2)(i)(C) and (o)(2)(i)(D) of this section no
later than ten business days after the date the account is received.
(3) Changes in account type. A broker or dealer registered with the
Commission pursuant to section 15(b)(1) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o(b)(1)) that is also
a futures commission merchant registered pursuant to section 4f(a)(1) of the Commodity
Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 6f(a)(1)) may change the type of account in which a customer's
security futures products will be held; provided that:
(i) The broker or dealer creates a record of each change in account type,
including the name of the customer, the account number, the date the broker or dealer
received the customer's request to change the account type, if applicable, and the date the
change in account type became effective; and
(ii) The broker or dealer, at least ten days before the customer's account
type is changed:
(A) Notifies the customer in writing of the date that the change will
become effective; and
(B) Provides the customer with the disclosures described in paragraph
(o)(2)(i) of this section.
(p) Segregation requirements for security-based swaps. The
following requirements apply to the security-based swap activities of a broker or dealer.
(1) Definitions. For the purposes of this paragraph:
(i) The term cleared security-based swap means a security-based
swap that is, directly or indirectly, submitted to and cleared by a clearing agency
registered with the Commission pursuant to section 17A of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78q-1);
(ii) The term excess securities collateral means securities and
money market instruments carried for the account of a security-based swap customer that have
a market value in excess of the current exposure of the broker or dealer (after reducing the
current exposure by the amount of cash in the account) to the security-based swap customer,
excluding:
(A) Securities and money market instruments held in a qualified clearing
agency account but only to the extent the securities and money market instruments are being
used to meet a margin requirement of the clearing agency resulting from a security-based
swap transaction of the security-based swap customer; and
(B) Securities and money market instruments held in a qualified registered
security-based swap dealer account or in a third-party custodial account but only to the
extent the securities and money market instruments are being used to meet a regulatory
margin requirement of a security-based swap dealer resulting from the broker or dealer
entering into a non-cleared security-based swap transaction with the security-based swap
dealer to offset the risk of a non-cleared security-based swap transaction between the
broker or dealer and the security-based swap customer;
(iii) The term qualified clearing agency account means an account
of a broker or dealer at a clearing agency registered with the Commission pursuant to
section 17A of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78q-1) that holds funds and other property in order to
margin, guarantee, or secure cleared security-based swap transactions for the security-based
swap customers of the broker or dealer that meets the following conditions:
(A) The account is designated “Special Clearing Account for the Exclusive
Benefit of the Cleared Security-Based Swap Customers of [name of broker or dealer]”;
(B) The clearing agency has acknowledged in a written notice provided to
and retained by the broker or dealer that the funds and other property in the account are
being held by the clearing agency for the exclusive benefit of the security-based swap
customers of the broker or dealer in accordance with the regulations of the Commission and
are being kept separate from any other accounts maintained by the broker or dealer with the
clearing agency; and
(C) The account is subject to a written contract between the broker or
dealer and the clearing agency which provides that the funds and other property in the
account shall be subject to no right, charge, security interest, lien, or claim of any kind
in favor of the clearing agency or any person claiming through the clearing agency, except a
right, charge, security interest, lien, or claim resulting from a cleared security-based
swap transaction effected in the account.
(iv) The term qualified registered security-based swap dealer
account means an account at a security-based swap dealer that is registered with the
Commission pursuant to section 15F of the Act that meets the following conditions:
(A) The account is designated “Special Reserve Account for the Exclusive
Benefit of the Security-Based Swap Customers of [name of broker or dealer]”;
(B) The security-based swap dealer has acknowledged in a written notice
provided to and retained by the broker or dealer that the funds and other property held in
the account are being held by the security-based swap dealer for the exclusive benefit of
the security-based swap customers of the broker or dealer in accordance with the regulations
of the Commission and are being kept separate from any other accounts maintained by the
broker or dealer with the security-based swap dealer;
(C) The account is subject to a written contract between the broker or
dealer and the security-based swap dealer which provides that the funds and other property
in the account shall be subject to no right, charge, security interest, lien, or claim of
any kind in favor of the security-based swap dealer or any person claiming through the
security-based swap dealer, except a right, charge, security interest, lien, or claim
resulting from a non-cleared security-based swap transaction effected in the account;
and
(D) The account and the assets in the account are not subject to any type
of subordination agreement between the broker or dealer and the security-based swap dealer.
(v) The term qualified security means:
(A) Obligations of the United States;
(B) Obligations fully guaranteed as to principal and interest by the
United States; and
(C) General obligations of any State or a political subdivision of a
State that:
(1) Are not traded flat and are not in default;
(2) Were part of an initial offering of $500 million or greater;
and
(3) Were issued by an issuer that has published audited financial
statements within 120 days of its most recent fiscal year end.
(vi) The term security-based swap customer means any person from
whom or on whose behalf the broker or dealer has received or acquired or holds funds or
other property for the account of the person with respect to a cleared or non-cleared
security-based swap transaction. The term does not include a person to the extent that
person has a claim for funds or other property which by contract, agreement or
understanding, or by operation of law, is part of the capital of the broker or dealer or, in
the case of an affiliate of the broker or dealer, is subordinated to all claims of customers
(including PAB customers) and security-based swap customers of the broker or dealer.
(vii) The term special reserve account for the exclusive benefit of
security-based swap customers means an account at a bank that meets the following
conditions:
(A) The account is designated “Special Reserve Account for the Exclusive
Benefit of the Security-Based Swap Customers of [name of broker or dealer]”;
(B) The account is subject to a written acknowledgement by the bank
provided to and retained by the broker or dealer that the funds and other property held in
the account are being held by the bank for the exclusive benefit of the security-based swap
customers of the broker or dealer in accordance with the regulations of the Commission and
are being kept separate from any other accounts maintained by the broker or dealer with the
bank; and
(C) The account is subject to a written contract between the broker or
dealer and the bank which provides that the funds and other property in the account shall at
no time be used directly or indirectly as security for a loan or other extension of credit
to the broker or dealer by the bank and, shall be subject to no right, charge, security
interest, lien, or claim of any kind in favor of the bank or any person claiming through the
bank.
(viii) The term third-party custodial account means an account
carried by an independent third-party custodian that meets the following conditions:
(A) The account is established for the purposes of meeting regulatory
margin requirements of another security-based swap dealer;
(B) The account is carried by a bank as defined in section 3(a)(6) of the
Act or a registered U.S. clearing organization or depository or, if the collateral to be
held in the account consists of foreign securities or currencies, a supervised foreign bank,
clearing organization, or depository that customarily maintains custody of such foreign
securities or currencies;
(C) The account is designated for and on behalf of the broker or dealer
for the benefit of its security-based swap customers and the account is subject to a written
acknowledgement by the bank, clearing organization, or depository provided to and retained
by the broker or dealer that the funds and other property held in the account are being held
by the bank, clearing organization, or depository for the exclusive benefit of the
security-based swap customers of the broker or dealer and are being kept separate from any
other accounts maintained by the broker or dealer with the bank, clearing organization, or
depository; and
(D) The account is subject to a written contract between the broker or
dealer and the bank, clearing organization, or depository which provides that the funds and
other property in the account shall at no time be used directly or indirectly as security
for a loan or other extension of credit to the security-based swap dealer by the bank,
clearing organization, or depository and, shall be subject to no right, charge, security
interest, lien, or claim of any kind in favor of the bank, clearing organization, or
depository or any person claiming through the bank, clearing organization, or
depository.
(2) Physical possession or control of excess securities
collateral. (i) A broker or dealer must promptly obtain and thereafter maintain physical
possession or control of all excess securities collateral carried for the security-based
swap accounts of security-based swap customers.
(ii) A broker or dealer has control of excess securities collateral
only if the securities and money market instruments:
(A) Are represented by one or more certificates in the custody or control
of a clearing corporation or other subsidiary organization of either national securities
exchanges, or of a custodian bank in accordance with a system for the central handling of
securities complying with the provisions of §§ 240.8c-1(g) and 240.15c2-1(g) the delivery of
which certificates to the broker or dealer does not require the payment of money or value,
and if the books or records of the broker or dealer identify the security-based swap
customers entitled to receive specified quantities or units of the securities so held for
such security-based swap customers collectively;
(B) Are the subject of bona fide items of transfer; provided that
securities and money market instruments shall be deemed not to be the subject of bona fide
items of transfer if, within 40 calendar days after they have been transmitted for transfer
by the broker or dealer to the issuer or its transfer agent, new certificates conforming to
the instructions of the broker or dealer have not been received by the broker or dealer, the
broker or dealer has not received a written statement by the issuer or its transfer agent
acknowledging the transfer instructions and the possession of the securities or money market
instruments, or the broker or dealer has not obtained a revalidation of a window ticket from
a transfer agent with respect to the certificate delivered for transfer;
(C) Are in the custody or control of a bank as defined in section 3(a)(6)
of the Act, the delivery of which securities or money market instruments to the broker or
dealer does not require the payment of money or value and the bank having acknowledged in
writing that the securities and money market instruments in its custody or control are not
subject to any right, charge, security interest, lien or claim of any kind in favor of a
bank or any person claiming through the bank;
(D)(1) Are held in or are in transit between offices of the broker
or dealer; or
(2) Are held by a corporate subsidiary if the broker or dealer
owns and exercises a majority of the voting rights of all of the voting securities of such
subsidiary, assumes or guarantees all of the subsidiary's obligations and liabilities,
operates the subsidiary as a branch office of the broker or dealer, and assumes full
responsibility for compliance by the subsidiary and all of its associated persons with the
provisions of the Federal securities laws as well as for all of the other acts of the
subsidiary and such associated persons; or
(E) Are held in such other locations as the Commission shall upon
application from a broker or dealer find and designate to be adequate for the protection of
security-based swap customer securities.
(iii) Each business day the broker or dealer must determine from its
books and records the quantity of excess securities collateral in its possession or control
as of the close of the previous business day and the quantity of excess securities
collateral not in its possession or control as of the previous business day. If the broker
or dealer did not obtain possession or control of all excess securities collateral on the
previous business day as required by this section and there are securities or money market
instruments of the same issue and class in any of the following non-control locations:
(A) Securities or money market instruments subject to a lien securing an
obligation of the broker or dealer, then the broker or dealer, not later than the next
business day on which the determination is made, must issue instructions for the release of
the securities or money market instruments from the lien and must obtain physical possession
or control of the securities or money market instruments within two business days following
the date of the instructions;
(B) Securities or money market instruments held in a qualified clearing
agency account, then the broker or dealer, not later than the next business day on which the
determination is made, must issue instructions for the release of the securities or money
market instruments by the clearing agency and must obtain physical possession or control of
the securities or money market instruments within two business days following the date of
the instructions;
(C) Securities or money market instruments held in a qualified registered
security-based swap dealer account maintained by another security-based swap dealer or in a
third-party custodial account, then the broker or dealer, not later than the next business
day on which the determination is made, must issue instructions for the release of the
securities or money market instruments by the security-based swap dealer or the third-party
custodian and must obtain physical possession or control of the securities or money market
instruments within two business days following the date of the instructions;
(D) Securities or money market instruments loaned by the broker or dealer,
then the broker or dealer, not later than the next business day on which the determination
is made, must issue instructions for the return of the loaned securities or money market
instruments and must obtain physical possession or control of the securities or money market
instruments within five business days following the date of the instructions;
(E) Securities or money market instruments failed to receive more than 30
calendar days, then the broker or dealer, not later than the next business day on which the
determination is made, must take prompt steps to obtain physical possession or control of
the securities or money market instruments through a buy-in procedure or otherwise;
(F) Securities or money market instruments receivable by the broker or
dealer as a security dividend, stock split or similar distribution for more than 45 calendar
days, then the broker or dealer, not later than the next business day on which the
determination is made, must take prompt steps to obtain physical possession or control of
the securities or money market instruments through a buy-in procedure or otherwise; or
(G) Securities or money market instruments included on the broker's or
dealer's books or records that allocate to a short position of the broker or dealer or a
short position for another person, for more than 30 calendar days, then the broker or dealer
must, not later than the business day following the day on which the determination is made,
take prompt steps to obtain physical possession or control of such securities or money
market instruments.
(3) Deposit requirement for special reserve account for the exclusive
benefit of security-based swap customers. (i) A broker or dealer must maintain a
special reserve account for the exclusive benefit of security-based swap customers that is
separate from any other bank account of the broker or dealer. The broker or dealer must at
all times maintain in the special reserve account for the exclusive benefit of
security-based swap customers, through deposits into the account, cash and/or qualified
securities in amounts computed in accordance with the formula set forth in § 240.15c3-3b. In
determining the amount maintained in a special reserve account for the exclusive benefit of
security-based swap customers, the broker or dealer must deduct:
(A) The percentage of the value of a general obligation of a State or a
political subdivision of a State specified in § 240.15c3-1(c)(2)(vi);
(B) The aggregate value of general obligations of a State or a political
subdivision of a State to the extent the amount of the obligations of a single issuer (after
applying the deduction in paragraph (p)(3)(i)(A) of this section) exceeds two percent of the
amount required to be maintained in the special reserve account for the exclusive benefit of
security-based swap customers;
(C) The aggregate value of all general obligations of States or political
subdivisions of States to the extent the amount of the obligations (after applying the
deduction in paragraph (p)(3)(i)(A) of this section) exceeds 10 percent of the amount
required to be maintained in the special reserve account for the exclusive benefit of
security-based swap customers;
(D) The amount of cash deposited with a single non-affiliated bank to the
extent the amount exceeds 15 percent of the equity capital of the bank as reported by the
bank in its most recent Call Report or any successor form the bank is required to file by
its appropriate federal banking agency (as defined by section 3 of the Federal Deposit
Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1813)); and
(E) The total amount of cash deposited with an affiliated bank.
(ii) A broker or dealer must not accept or use credits identified in the
items of the formula set forth in § 240.15c3-3b except for the specified purposes indicated
under items comprising Total Debits under the formula, and, to the extent Total Credits
exceed Total Debits, at least the net amount thereof must be maintained in the Special
Reserve Account pursuant to paragraph (p)(3)(i) of this section.
(iii)(A) The computations necessary to determine the amount required to
be maintained in the special reserve account for the exclusive benefit of security-based
swap customers must be made weekly as of the close of the last business day of the week and
any deposit required to be made into the account must be made no later than one hour after
the opening of banking business on the second following business day. The broker or dealer
may make a withdrawal from the special reserve account for the exclusive benefit of
security-based swap customers only if the amount remaining in the account after the
withdrawal is equal to or exceeds the amount required to be maintained in the account
pursuant to paragraph (p)(3) of this section.
(B) Computations in addition to the computations required pursuant to
paragraph (p)(3)(iii)(A) of this section may be made as of the close of any business day,
and deposits so computed must be made no later than one hour after the open of banking
business on the second following business day.
(iv) A broker or dealer must promptly deposit into a special reserve
account for the exclusive benefit of security-based swap customers cash and/or qualified
securities of the broker or dealer if the amount of cash and/or qualified securities in one
or more special reserve accounts for the exclusive benefit of security-based swap customers
falls below the amount required to be maintained pursuant to this section.
(4) Requirements for non-cleared security-based swaps—(i)
Notice. A broker or dealer registered under section 15F(b) of the Act (15 U.S.C.
78o-10(b)) as a security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant must
provide the notice required pursuant to section 3E(f)(1)(A) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c-5(f))
in writing to a duly authorized individual prior to the execution of the first non-cleared
security-based swap transaction with the counterparty occurring after the compliance date of
this section.
(ii) Subordination—(A) Counterparty that elects to have
individual segregation at an independent third-party custodian. A broker or dealer
must obtain an agreement from a counterparty whose funds or other property to meet a margin
requirement of the broker or dealer are held at a third-party custodian in which the
counterparty agrees to subordinate its claims against the broker or dealer for the funds or
other property held at the third-party custodian to the claims of customers (including PAB
customers) and security-based swap customers of the broker or dealer but only to the extent
that funds or other property provided by the counterparty to the independent third-party
custodian are not treated as customer property as that term is defined in 11 U.S.C.
741 or customer property as defined in 15 U.S.C. 78 lll (4) in a liquidation
of the broker or dealer.
(B) Counterparty that elects to have no segregation. A broker or
dealer registered under section 15F(b) of the Act as a security-based swap dealer must
obtain an agreement from a counterparty that is an affiliate of the broker or dealer that
affirmatively chooses not to require segregation of funds or other property pursuant to
section 3E(f) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c-5(f)) in which the counterparty agrees to
subordinate all of its claims against the broker or dealer to the claims of customers
(including PAB customers) and security-based swap customers of the broker or dealer.
[37 FR 25226, Nov. 29, 1972; 38 FR 6277, Mar. 8,
1973, as amended at 42 FR 23790, May 10, 1977; 44 FR 1975, Jan. 9, 1979; 45 FR 37688, June
4, 1980; 47 FR 21775, May 20, 1982; 47 FR 23920, June 2, 1982; 50 FR 41340, Oct. 10, 1985;
52 FR 30333, Aug. 14, 1987; 63 FR 59400, Nov. 3, 1998; 67 FR 58299, Sept. 13, 2002; 68 FR
12783, Mar. 17, 2003; 78 FR 51823, Aug. 21, 2013; 84 FR 43872, Aug. 22, 2019]
240.15c3-3a — Exhibit A — Formula for determination of customer and PAB account reserve requirements of brokers and dealers under § 240.15c3-3.
Credits | Debits | |
---|---|---|
1. Free credit balances and other credit balances in customers' security accounts. (See Note A) | XXX | |
2. Monies borrowed collateralized by securities carried for the accounts of customers (See Note B) | XXX | |
3. Monies payable against customers' securities loaned (See Note C) | XXX | |
4. Customers' securities failed to receive (See Note D) | XXX | |
5. Credit balances in firm accounts which are attributable to principal sales to customers | XXX | |
6. Market value of stock dividends, stock splits and similar distributions receivable outstanding over 30 calendar days | XXX | |
7. Market value of short security count differences over 30 calendar days old | XXX | |
8. Market value of short securities and credits (not to be offset by longs or by debits) in all suspense accounts over 30 calendar days | XXX | |
9. Market value of securities which are in transfer in excess of 40 calendar days and have not been confirmed to be in transfer by the transfer agent or the issuer during the 40 days | XXX | |
10. Debit balances in customers' cash and margin accounts excluding unsecured accounts and accounts doubtful of collection. (See Note E) | XXX | |
11. Securities borrowed to effectuate short sales by customers and securities borrowed to make delivery on customers' securities failed to deliver | XXX | |
12. Failed to deliver of customers' securities not older than 30 calendar days | XXX | |
13. Margin required and on deposit with the Options Clearing Corporation for all option contracts written or purchased in customer accounts. (See Note F) | XXX | |
14. Margin required and on deposit with a clearing agency registered with the Commission under section 17A of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78q-1) or a derivatives clearing organization registered with the Commodity Futures Trading Commission under section 5b of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 7a-1) related to the following types of positions written, purchased or sold in customer accounts: (1) security futures products and (2) futures contracts (and options thereon) carried in a securities account pursuant to an SRO portfolio margining rule (See Note G) | XXX | |
15. Margin required and on deposit with a clearing agency registered with the Commission under section 17A of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78q–1) resulting from the following types of transactions in U.S. Treasury securities in customer accounts that have been cleared, settled, and novated by the clearing agency: (1) purchases and sales of U.S. Treasury securities; and (2) U.S. Treasury securities repurchase and reverse repurchase agreements (See Note H) | XXX | |
Total credits
| ||
Total debits
| ||
16. Excess of total credits (sum of items 1-9) over total debits (sum of items 10-15) required to be on deposit in the “Reserve Bank Account” (§ 240.15c3-3(e)). If the computation is made monthly as permitted by this section, the deposit must be not less than 105 percent of the excess of total credits over total debits | XXX | |
Notes Regarding the Customer Reserve Bank Account Computation | ||
Note A. Item 1 must include all outstanding drafts payable to customers which have been applied against free credit balances or other credit balances and must also include checks drawn in excess of bank balances per the records of the broker or dealer. | ||
Note B. Item 2 must include the amount of options-related or security futures product-related Letters of Credit obtained by a member of a registered clearing agency or a derivatives clearing organization which are collateralized by customers’ securities, to the extent of the member’s margin requirement at the registered clearing agency or derivatives clearing organization. Item 2 must also include the amount of Letters of Credit which are collateralized by customers’ securities and related to other futures contracts (and options thereon) carried in a securities account pursuant to an SRO portfolio margining rule. Item 2 must include the market value of customers' securities on deposit at a “qualified clearing agency” as defined in Note H below. | ||
Note C. Item 3 must include in addition to monies payable against customers’ securities loaned the amount by which the market value of securities loaned exceeds the collateral value received from the lending of such securities. | ||
Note D. Item 4 must include in addition to customers’ securities failed to receive the amount by which the market value of securities failed to receive and outstanding more than thirty (30) calendar days exceeds their contract value. | ||
Note E. (1) Debit balances in margin accounts must be reduced by the amount by which a specific security (other than an exempted security) which is collateral for margin accounts exceeds in aggregate value 15 percent of the aggregate value of all securities which collateralize all margin accounts receivable; provided, however, the required reduction must not be in excess of the amounts of the debit balance required to be excluded because of this concentration rule. A specified security is deemed to be collateral for a margin account only to the extent it represents in value not more than 140 percent of the customer debit balance in a margin account. | ||
(2) Debit balances in special omnibus accounts, maintained in compliance with the requirements of Section 7(f) of Regulation T (12 CFR 220.7(f)) or similar accounts carried on behalf of another broker or dealer, must be reduced by any deficits in such accounts (or if a credit, such credit must be increased) less any calls for margin, mark to the market, or other required deposits which are outstanding five business days or less. | ||
(3) Debit balances in customers’ cash and margin accounts included in the formula under Item 10 must be reduced by an amount equal to 1 percent of their aggregate value. | ||
(4) Debit balances in cash and margin accounts of household members and other persons related to principals of a broker or dealer and debit balances in cash and margin accounts of affiliated persons of a broker or dealer must be excluded from the Reserve Formula, unless the broker or dealer can demonstrate that such debit balances are directly related to credit items in the formula. | ||
(5) Debit balances in margin accounts (other than omnibus accounts) must be reduced by the amount by which any single customer’s debit balance exceeds 25 percent (to the extent such amount is greater than $50,000) of the broker-dealer’s tentative net capital (i.e., net capital prior to securities haircuts) unless the broker or dealer can demonstrate that the debit balance is directly related to credit items in the Reserve Formula. Related accounts (e.g., the separate accounts of an individual, accounts under common control or subject to cross guarantees) will be deemed to be a single customer’s accounts for purposes of this provision. | ||
If the registered national securities exchange or the registered national securities association having responsibility for examining the broker or dealer (“designated examining authority”) is satisfied, after taking into account the circumstances of the concentrated account including the quality, diversity, and marketability of the collateral securing the debit balances or margin accounts subject to this provision, that the concentration of debit balances is appropriate, then such designated examining authority may grant a partial or plenary exception from this provision. The debit balance may be included in the reserve formula computation for five business days from the day the request is made. | ||
(6) Debit balances in joint accounts, custodian accounts, participation in hedge funds or limited partnerships or similar type accounts or arrangements that include both assets of a person or persons who would be excluded from the definition of customer (“noncustomer”) and assets of a person or persons who would be included in the definition of customer must be included in the Reserve Formula in the following manner: if the percentage ownership of the non-customer is less than 5 percent then the entire debit balance shall be included in the formula; if such percentage ownership is between 5 percent and 50 percent then the portion of the debit balance attributable to the non-customer must be excluded from the formula unless the broker or dealer can demonstrate that the debit balance is directly related to credit items in the formula; or if such percentage ownership is greater than 50 percent, then the entire debit balance must be excluded from the formula unless the broker or dealer can demonstrate that the debit balance is directly related to credit items in the formula. | ||
Note F. Item 13 must include the amount of margin required and on deposit with the Options Clearing Corporation to the extent such margin is represented by cash, proprietary qualified securities and letters of credit collateralized by customers’ securities. | ||
Note G. (a) Item 14 must include the amount of margin required and on deposit with a clearing agency registered with the Commission under section 17A of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78q-1) or a derivatives clearing organization registered with the Commodity Futures Trading Commission under section 5b of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 7a-1) for customer accounts to the extent that the margin is represented by cash, proprietary qualified securities, and letters of credit collateralized by customers’ securities. | ||
(b) Item 14 will apply only if the broker or dealer has the margin related to security futures products, or futures (and options thereon) carried in a securities account pursuant to an approved SRO portfolio margining program on deposit with: | ||
(1) A registered clearing agency or derivatives clearing organization that: | ||
(i) Maintains security deposits from clearing members in connection with regulated options or futures transactions and assessment power over member firms that equal a combined total of at least $2 billion, at least $500 million of which must be in the form of security deposits. For the purposes of this Note G, the term “security deposits” refers to a general fund, other than margin deposits or their equivalent, that consists of cash or securities held by a registered clearing agency or derivative clearing organization; or | ||
(ii) Maintains at least $3 billion in margin deposits; or | ||
(iii) Does not meet the requirements of paragraphs (b)(1)(i) through (b)(1)(iii) of this Note G, if the Commission has determined, upon a written request for exemption by or for the benefit of the broker or dealer, that the broker or dealer may utilize such a registered clearing agency or derivatives clearing organization. The Commission may, in its sole discretion, grant such an exemption subject to such conditions as are appropriate under the circumstances, if the Commission determines that such conditional or unconditional exemption is necessary or appropriate in the public interest, and is consistent with the protection of investors; and | ||
(2) A registered clearing agency or derivatives clearing organization that, if it holds funds or securities deposited as margin for security futures products or futures in a portfolio margin account in a bank, as defined in section 3(a)(6) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(6)), obtains and preserves written notification from the bank at which it holds such funds and securities or at which such funds and securities are held on its behalf. The written notification will state that all funds and/or securities deposited with the bank as margin (including customer security futures products and futures in a portfolio margin account), or held by the bank and pledged to such registered clearing agency or derivatives clearing agency as margin, are being held by the bank for the exclusive benefit of clearing members of the registered clearing agency or derivatives clearing organization (subject to the interest of such registered clearing agency or derivatives clearing organization therein), and are being kept separate from any other accounts maintained by the registered clearing agency or derivatives clearing organization with the bank. The written notification also will provide that such funds and/or securities will at no time be used directly or indirectly as security for a loan to the registered clearing agency or derivatives clearing organization by the bank, and will be subject to no right, charge, security interest, lien, or claim of any kind in favor of the bank or any person claiming through the bank. This provision, however, will not prohibit a registered clearing agency or derivatives clearing organization from pledging customer funds or securities as collateral to a bank for any purpose that the rules of the Commission or the registered clearing agency or derivatives clearing organization otherwise permit; and | ||
(3) A registered clearing agency or derivatives clearing organization establishes, documents, and maintains: | ||
(i) Safeguards in the handling, transfer, and delivery of cash and securities; | ||
(ii) Fidelity bond coverage for its employees and agents who handle customer funds or securities. In the case of agents of a registered clearing agency or derivatives clearing organization, the agent may provide the fidelity bond coverage; and | ||
(iii) Provisions for periodic examination by independent public accountants; and | ||
(iv) A derivatives clearing organization that, if it is not otherwise registered with the Commission, has provided the Commission with a written undertaking, in a form acceptable to the Commission, executed by a duly authorized person at the derivatives clearing organization, to the effect that, with respect to the clearance and settlement of the customer security futures products and futures in a portfolio margin account of the broker or dealer, the derivatives clearing organization will permit the Commission to examine the books and records of the derivatives clearing organization for compliance with the requirements set forth in § 240.15c3-3a, Note G (b)(1) through (3). | ||
(c) Item 14 will apply only if a broker or dealer determines, at least annually, that the registered clearing agency or derivatives clearing organization with which the broker or dealer has on deposit margin related to securities future products or futures in a portfolio margin account meets the conditions of this Note G. | ||
Note H. (a) Item 15 must include the amount of margin required and on deposit with a clearing agency registered with the Commission under section 17A of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78q–1) that clears, settles, and novates transactions in U.S. Treasury securities (“qualified clearing agency”) to the extent that the margin is: | ||
(1) In the form of cash, U.S. Treasury securities, or qualified customer securities; and | ||
(2) Being used to margin U.S. Treasury securities positions of the customers of the broker or dealer that are cleared, settled, and novated by the qualified clearing agency. | ||
(b) Item 15 will apply only if the cash and securities required and on deposit at the qualified clearing agency: | ||
(1)(i) Are cash owed by the broker or dealer to the customer of the broker or dealer that was delivered by the broker or dealer to the qualified clearing agency to meet a margin requirement resulting from that customer's U.S. Treasury securities positions cleared, settled, and novated at the qualified clearing agency and not for any other customer's or the broker's or dealer's U.S. Treasury securities positions cleared, settled, and novated at the qualified clearing agency; | ||
(ii) U.S. Treasury securities or qualified customer securities held in custody by the broker or dealer for the customer of the broker or dealer that were delivered by the broker or dealer to the qualified clearing agency to meet a margin requirement resulting from that customer's U.S. Treasury securities positions cleared, settled, and novated at the qualified clearing agency and not for any other customer's or the broker's or dealer's U.S. Treasury securities positions cleared, settled, and novated at the qualified clearing agency; or | ||
(iii) U.S. Treasury securities owned by the broker or dealer that were delivered by the broker or dealer to the qualified clearing agency to meet a margin requirement resulting from a customer's U.S. Treasury securities positions cleared, settled, and novated at the qualified clearing agency under the following conditions: | ||
(A) The broker or dealer did not owe to the customer or hold in custody for the customer sufficient cash, U.S. Treasury securities, and/or qualified customer securities to meet a margin requirement resulting from that customer's U.S. Treasury securities positions cleared, settled, and novated at the qualified clearing agency at the time the margin requirement arose; | ||
(B) The broker or dealer calls for the customer to deliver a sufficient amount of cash, U.S. Treasury securities, and/or qualified customer securities to meet the margin requirement on the day the margin requirement arose; and | ||
(C) The broker or dealer receives a sufficient amount of cash, U.S. Treasury securities, and/or qualified customer securities to meet the margin requirement by the close of the next business day after the margin requirement arose. | ||
(2) Are treated in accordance with rules of the qualified clearing agency that impose the following requirements and the qualified clearing agency and broker or dealer are in compliance with the requirements of the rules (as applicable): | ||
(i) Rules requiring the qualified clearing agency to calculate a separate margin amount for each customer of the broker or dealer and the broker or dealer to deliver that amount of margin for each customer on a gross basis; | ||
(ii) Rules limiting the qualified clearing agency from investing cash delivered by the broker or dealer to margin U.S. Treasury security transactions of the customers of the broker or dealer or cash realized through using U.S. Treasury securities delivered by the broker or dealer for that purpose in any asset other than U.S. Treasury securities with a maturity of one year or less; | ||
(iii) Rules requiring that the cash, U.S. Treasury securities, and qualified customer securities used to margin the U.S. Treasury securities positions of the customers of the broker or dealer be held in an account of the broker or dealer at the qualified clearing agency that is segregated from any other account of the broker or dealer at the qualified clearing agency and that is: | ||
(A) Used exclusively to clear, settle, novate, and margin U.S. Treasury securities transactions of the customers of the broker or dealer; | ||
(B) Designated “Special Clearing Account for the Exclusive Benefit of the Customers of [name of broker or dealer]”; | ||
(C) Subject to a written notice of the qualified clearing agency provided to and retained by the broker or dealer that the cash, U.S. Treasury securities, and qualified customer securities in the account are being held by the qualified clearing agency for the exclusive benefit of the customers of the broker or dealer in accordance with the regulations of the Commission and are being kept separate from any other accounts maintained by the broker or dealer or any other clearing member at the qualified clearing agency; and | ||
(D) Subject to a written contract between the broker or dealer and the qualified clearing agency which provides that the cash, U.S. Treasury securities, and qualified customer securities in the account are not available to cover claims arising from the broker or dealer or any other clearing member defaulting on an obligation to the qualified clearing agency or subject to any other right, charge, security interest, lien, or claim of any kind in favor of the qualified clearing agency or any person claiming through the qualified clearing agency, except a right, charge, security interest, lien, or claim resulting from a cleared U.S. Treasury securities transaction of a customer of the broker or dealer effected in the account; | ||
(iv) Rules requiring the qualified clearing agency to hold the customer cash, U.S. Treasury securities, and qualified customer securities used to margin the U.S. Treasury securities positions of the customers of the broker or dealer itself or in an account of the clearing agency at a U.S. Federal Reserve Bank or a “bank,” as that term is defined in section 3(a)(6) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(6)), that is insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, and that the account at the U.S. Federal Reserve Bank or bank must be: | ||
(A) Segregated from any other account of the qualified clearing agency or any other person at the U.S. Federal Reserve Bank or bank and used exclusively to hold cash, U.S. Treasury securities, and qualified customer securities to meet current margin requirements of the qualified clearing agency resulting from positions in U.S. Treasury securities of the customers of the broker or dealer members of the qualified clearing agency; | ||
(B) Subject to a written notice of the U.S. Federal Reserve Bank or bank provided to and retained by the qualified clearing agency that the cash, U.S. Treasury securities, and qualified customer securities in the account are being held by the U.S. Federal Reserve Bank or bank pursuant to § 240.15c3–3 and are being kept separate from any other accounts maintained by the qualified clearing agency or any other person at the U.S. Federal Reserve Bank or bank; and | ||
(C) Subject to a written contract between the qualified clearing agency and the U.S. Federal Reserve Bank or bank which provides that the cash, U.S. Treasury securities, and qualified customer securities in the account are subject to no right, charge, security interest, lien, or claim of any kind in favor of the U.S. Federal Reserve Bank or bank or any person claiming through the U.S. Federal Reserve Bank or bank; and | ||
(v) Rules requiring systems, controls, policies, and procedures to return cash, U.S. Treasury securities, and qualified customer securities to the broker or dealer that are no longer needed to meet a current margin requirement resulting from positions in U.S. Treasury securities of the customers of the broker or dealer; and | ||
(3) The Commission has approved rules of the qualified clearing agency that meet the conditions of this Note H and has published (and not subsequently withdrawn) a notice that brokers or dealers may include a debit in the customer reserve formula when depositing cash, U.S. Treasury securities, and/or qualified customer securities to meet a margin requirement of the qualified clearing agency resulting from positions in U.S. Treasury securities of the customers of the broker or dealer. | ||
(c) As used in this Note H, the term “qualified customer securities” means the securities of a customer of the broker or dealer (other than U.S. Treasury securities) that are held in custody by the broker or dealer for the customer and that under the rules of the qualified clearing agency are eligible to be used to margin U.S. Treasury securities positions of the customer that are cleared, settled, and novated by the qualified clearing agency. | ||
Notes Regarding the PAB Reserve Bank Account Computation | ||
Note 1. Broker-dealers should use the formula in Exhibit A for the purposes of computing the PAB reserve requirement, except that references to “accounts,” “customer accounts, or “customers” will be treated as references to PAB accounts. | ||
Note 2. Any credit (including a credit applied to reduce a debit) that is included in the computation required by § 240.15c3-3 with respect to customer accounts (the “customer reserve computation”) may not be included as a credit in the computation required by § 240.15c3-3 with respect to PAB accounts (the “PAB reserve computation”). | ||
Note 3. Note E(1) to § 240.15c3-3a does not apply to the PAB reserve computation. | ||
Note 4. Note E(3) to § 240.15c3-3a which reduces debit balances by 1 percent does not apply to the PAB reserve computation. | ||
Note 5. Interest receivable, floor brokerage, and commissions receivable of another broker or dealer from the broker or dealer (excluding clearing deposits) that are otherwise allowable assets under § 240.15c3-1 need not be included in the PAB reserve computation, provided the amounts have been clearly identified as payables on the books of the broker or dealer. Commissions receivable and other receivables of another broker or dealer from the broker or dealer that are otherwise non-allowable assets under § 240.15c3-1 and clearing deposits of another broker or dealer may be included as “credit balances” for purposes of the PAB reserve computation, provided the commissions receivable and other receivables are subject to immediate cash payment to the other broker or dealer and the clearing deposit is subject to payment within 30 days. | ||
Note 6. Credits included in the PAB reserve computation that result from the use of securities held for a PAB account (“PAB securities”) that are pledged to meet intra-day margin calls in a cross-margin account established between the Options Clearing Corporation and any regulated derivatives clearing organization may be reduced to the extent that the excess margin held by the other clearing corporation in the cross-margin relationship is used the following business day to replace the PAB securities that were previously pledged. In addition, balances resulting from a portfolio margin account that are segregated pursuant to Commodity Futures Trading Commission regulations need not be included in the PAB Reserve Bank Account computation. | ||
Note 7. Deposits received prior to a transaction pending settlement which are $5 million or greater for any single transaction or $10 million in aggregate may be excluded as credits from the PAB reserve computation if such balances are placed and maintained in a separate PAB Reserve Bank Account by 12 p.m. Eastern Time on the following business day. Thereafter, the money representing any such deposits may be withdrawn to complete the related transactions without performing a new PAB reserve computation. | ||
Note 8. A credit balance resulting from a PAB reserve computation may be reduced by the amount that items representing such credits are swept into money market funds or mutual funds of an investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 on or prior to 10 a.m. Eastern Time on the deposit date provided that the credits swept into any such fund are not subject to any right, charge, security interest, lien, or claim of any kind in favor of the investment company or the broker or dealer. Any credits that have been swept into money market funds or mutual funds must be maintained in the name of a particular broker or for the benefit of another broker. | ||
Note 9. Clearing deposits required to be maintained at registered clearing agencies may be included as debits in the PAB reserve computation to the extent the percentage of the deposit, which is based upon the clearing agency’s aggregate deposit requirements (e.g., dollar trading volume), that relates to the proprietary business of other brokers and dealers can be identified. However, Note H to Item 15 of § 240.15c3–3a applies with respect to margin delivered to a U.S. Treasury securities clearing agency. | ||
Note 10. A broker or dealer that clears PAB accounts through an affiliate or third party clearing broker must include these PAB account balances and the omnibus PAB account balance in its PAB reserve computation. |
[42 FR 27224, May 27, 1977, as amended at 50 FR 41340, Oct. 10, 1985; 52 FR
30334, Aug. 14, 1987; 69 FR 54190, Sept. 7, 2004; 78 FR 51823, Aug. 21, 2013; 79 FR 1521,
Jan. 8, 2014; 89 FR 2714, Jan. 16, 2024]
240.15c3-3b — Exhibit B—Formula for determination of security-based swap customer reserve requirements of brokers and dealers under § 240.15c3-3.
Credits | Debits | |
---|---|---|
1. Free credit balances
and other credit balances in the accounts carried for security-based swap
customers (See Note A) | $___ | |
2. Monies borrowed
collateralized by securities in accounts carried for security-based swap
customers (See Note B) | $___ | |
3. Monies payable
against security-based swap customers' securities loaned (See Note
C) | $___ | |
4. Security-based swap
customers' securities failed to receive (See Note D) | $___ | |
5. Credit balances in
firm accounts which are attributable to principal sales to security-based swap
customers | $___ | |
6. Market value of
stock dividends, stock splits and similar distributions receivable outstanding
over 30 calendar days | $___ | |
7. Market value of
short security count differences over 30 calendar days old | $___ | |
8. Market value of
short securities and credits (not to be offset by longs or by debits) in all
suspense accounts over 30 calendar days | $___ | |
9. Market value of
securities which are in transfer in excess of 40 calendar days and have not
been confirmed to be in transfer by the transfer agent or the issuer during
the 40 days | $___ | |
10. Debit balances in
accounts carried for security-based swap customers, excluding unsecured
accounts and accounts doubtful of collection (See Note E) | $___ | |
11. Securities borrowed
to effectuate short sales by security-based swap customers and securities
borrowed to make delivery on security-based swap customers' securities failed
to deliver | $___ | |
12. Failed to deliver
of security-based swap customers' securities not older than 30 calendar
days | $___ | |
13. Margin required and
on deposit with the Options Clearing Corporation for all option contracts
written or purchased in accounts carried for security-based swap customers
(See Note F) | $___ | |
14. Margin related to
security futures products written, purchased or sold in accounts carried for
security-based swap customers required and on deposit in a qualified clearing
agency account at a clearing agency registered with the Commission under
section 17A of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78q-1) or a derivatives clearing
organization registered with the Commodity Futures Trading Commission under
section 5b of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 7a-1) (See Note
G) | $___ | |
15. Margin related to
cleared security-based swap transactions in accounts carried for
security-based swap customers required and on deposit in a qualified clearing
agency account at a clearing agency registered with the Commission pursuant to
section 17A of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78q-1) | $___ | |
16. Margin related to
non-cleared security-based swap transactions in accounts carried for
security-based swap customers required and held in a qualified registered
security-based swap dealer account at a security-based swap dealer or at a
third-party custodial account | ||
Total Credits
| $___ | |
Total
Debits | $___ | |
Excess of Credits over Debits
| $___ | |
Note A.
Item 1 must include all outstanding drafts payable to security-based swap
customers which have been applied against free credit balances or other credit
balances and must also include checks drawn in excess of bank balances per the
records of the broker or dealer. Note B. Item 2 must
include the amount of options-related or security futures product-related
Letters of Credit obtained by a member of a registered clearing agency or a
derivatives clearing organization which are collateralized by security-based
swap customers' securities, to the extent of the member's margin requirement
at the registered clearing agency or derivatives clearing organization. Note C. Item 3 must include in addition to monies payable
against security-based swap customers' securities loaned the amount by which
the market value of securities loaned exceeds the collateral value received
from the lending of such securities. Note D. Item 4
must include in addition to security-based swap customers' securities failed
to receive the amount by which the market value of securities failed to
receive and outstanding more than thirty (30) calendar days exceeds their
contract value. Note E. (1) Debit balances in accounts
carried for security-based swap customers must be reduced by the amount by
which a specific security (other than an exempted security) which is
collateral for margin requirements exceeds in aggregate value 15 percent of
the aggregate value of all securities which collateralize all accounts
receivable; provided, however, the required reduction must not be in excess of
the amount of the debit balance required to be excluded because of this
concentration rule. A specified security is deemed to be collateral for an
account only to the extent it is not an excess margin security. (2) Debit balances in special omnibus accounts, maintained in
compliance with the requirements of section 4(b) of Regulation T under the Act
(12 CFR 220.4(b)) or similar accounts carried on behalf of a security-based
swap dealer, must be reduced by any deficits in such accounts (or if a credit,
such credit must be increased) less any calls for margin, marks to the market,
or other required deposits which are outstanding 5 business days or
less. (3) Debit balances in security-based swap
customers' accounts included in the formula under item 10 must be reduced by
an amount equal to 1 percent of their aggregate value. (4) Debit balances in accounts of household members and other persons related
to principals of a broker or dealer and debit balances in accounts of
affiliated persons of a broker or dealer must be excluded from the reserve
formula, unless the broker or dealer can demonstrate that such debit balances
are directly related to credit items in the formula. (5) Debit balances in accounts (other than omnibus accounts) must be reduced
by the amount by which any single security-based swap customer's debit balance
exceeds 25 percent (to the extent such amount is greater than $50,000) of the
broker's or dealer's tentative net capital (i.e., net capital prior to
securities haircuts) unless the broker or dealer can demonstrate that the
debit balance is directly related to credit items in the Reserve Formula.
Related accounts (e.g., the separate accounts of an individual,
accounts under common control or subject to cross guarantees) will be deemed
to be a single security-based swap customer's account for purposes of this
provision. If the registered national securities
exchange or the registered national securities association having
responsibility for examining the broker or dealer (“designated examining
authority”) is satisfied, after taking into account the circumstances of the
concentrated account including the quality, diversity, and marketability of
the collateral securing the debit balances in accounts subject to this
provision, that the concentration of debit balances is appropriate, then such
designated examining authority may, by order, grant a partial or plenary
exception from this provision. The debit balance may be included in the
reserve formula computation for five business days from the day the request is
made. (6) Debit balances of joint accounts, custodian
accounts, participations in hedge funds or limited partnerships or similar
type accounts or arrangements that include both assets of a person who would
be excluded from the definition of security-based swap customer
(“non-security-based swap customer”) and assets of a person or persons
includible in the definition of security-based swap customer must be included
in the Reserve Formula in the following manner: if the percentage ownership of
the non-security-based swap customer is less than 5 percent then the entire
debit balance shall be included in the formula; if such percentage ownership
is between 5 percent and 50 percent then the portion of the debit balance
attributable to the non-security-based swap customer must be excluded from the
formula unless the broker or dealer can demonstrate that the debit balance is
directly related to credit items in the formula; if such percentage ownership
is greater than 50 percent, then the entire debit balance must be excluded
from the formula unless the broker or dealer can demonstrate that the debit
balance is directly related to credit items in the formula. Note F. Item 13 must include the amount of margin required
and on deposit with Options Clearing Corporation to the extent such margin is
represented by cash, proprietary qualified securities, and letters of credit
collateralized by security-based swap customers' securities. Note G. (a) Item 14 must include the amount of margin
required and on deposit with a clearing agency registered with the Commission
under section 17A of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78q-1) or a derivatives clearing
organization registered with the Commodity Futures Trading Commission under
section 5b of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 7a-1) for security-based
swap customer accounts to the extent that the margin is represented by cash,
proprietary qualified securities, and letters of credit collateralized by
security-based swap customers' securities. (b) Item 14
will apply only if the broker or dealer has the margin related to security
futures products on deposit with: (1) A registered
clearing agency or derivatives clearing organization that: (i) Maintains security deposits from clearing members in
connection with regulated options or futures transactions and assessment power
over member firms that equal a combined total of at least $2 billion, at least
$500 million of which must be in the form of security deposits. For purposes
of this Note G, the term “security deposits” refers to a general fund, other
than margin deposits or their equivalent, that consists of cash or securities
held by a registered clearing agency or derivative clearing organization;
(ii) Maintains at least $3 billion in margin deposits;
or (iii) Does not meet the requirements of paragraphs
(b)(1)(i) through (b)(1)(ii) of this Note G, if the Commission has determined,
upon a written request for exemption by or for the benefit of the broker or
dealer, that the broker or dealer may utilize such a registered clearing
agency or derivatives clearing organization. The Commission may, in its sole
discretion, grant such an exemption subject to such conditions as are
appropriate under the circumstances, if the Commission determines that such
conditional or unconditional exemption is necessary or appropriate in the
public interest, and is consistent with the protection of investors; and
(2) A registered clearing agency or derivatives
clearing organization that, if it holds funds or securities deposited as
margin for security futures products in a bank, as defined in section 3(a)(6)
of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(6)), obtains and preserves written notification
from the bank at which it holds such funds and securities or at which such
funds and securities are held on its behalf. The written notification will
state that all funds and/or securities deposited with the bank as margin
(including security-based swap customer security futures products margin), or
held by the bank and pledged to such registered clearing agency or derivatives
clearing agency as margin, are being held by the bank for the exclusive
benefit of clearing members of the registered clearing agency or derivatives
clearing organization (subject to the interest of such registered clearing
agency or derivatives clearing organization therein), and are being kept
separate from any other accounts maintained by the registered clearing agency
or derivatives clearing organization with the bank. The written notification
also will provide that such funds and/or securities will at no time be used
directly or indirectly as security for a loan to the registered clearing
agency or derivatives clearing organization by the bank, and will be subject
to no right, charge, security interest, lien, or claim of any kind in favor of
the bank or any person claiming through the bank. This provision, however,
will not prohibit a registered clearing agency or derivatives clearing
organization from pledging security-based swap customer funds or securities as
collateral to a bank for any purpose that the rules of the Commission or the
registered clearing agency or derivatives clearing organization otherwise
permit; and (3) A registered clearing agency or
derivatives clearing organization that establishes, documents, and maintains:
(i) Safeguards in the handling, transfer, and delivery
of cash and securities; (ii) Fidelity bond coverage for
its employees and agents who handle security-based swap customer funds or
securities. In the case of agents of a registered clearing agency or
derivatives clearing organization, the agent may provide the fidelity bond
coverage; and (iii) Provisions for periodic
examination by independent public accountants; and (4)
A derivatives clearing organization that, if it is not otherwise registered
with the Commission, has provided the Commission with a written undertaking,
in a form acceptable to the Commission, executed by a duly authorized person
at the derivatives clearing organization, to the effect that, with respect to
the clearance and settlement of the security-based swap customer security
futures products of the broker or dealer, the derivatives clearing
organization will permit the Commission to examine the books and records of
the derivatives clearing organization for compliance with the requirements set
forth in § 240.15c3-3a, Note G. (b)(1) through (3). (c) Item 14 will apply only if a broker or dealer determines, at least
annually, that the registered clearing agency or derivatives clearing
organization with which the broker or dealer has on deposit margin related to
security futures products meets the conditions of this Note G. |
[84 FR 43872, Aug. 22, 2019]
240.15c3-4 — Internal risk management control systems for OTC derivatives dealers.
(a) An OTC derivatives dealer shall establish, document, and maintain a
system of internal risk management controls to assist it in managing the risks associated
with its business activities, including market, credit, leverage, liquidity, legal, and
operational risks.
(b) An OTC derivatives dealer shall consider the following when adopting
its internal control system guidelines, policies, and procedures:
(1) The ownership and governance structure of the OTC derivatives
dealer;
(2) The composition of the governing body of the OTC derivatives
dealer;
(3) The management philosophy of the OTC derivatives dealer;
(4) The scope and nature of established risk management guidelines;
(5) The scope and nature of the permissible OTC derivatives
activities;
(6) The sophistication and experience of relevant trading, risk
management, and internal audit personnel;
(7) The sophistication and functionality of information and reporting
systems; and
(8) The scope and frequency of monitoring, reporting, and auditing
activities.
(c) An OTC derivatives dealer's internal risk management control system
shall include the following elements:
(1) A risk control unit that reports directly to senior management and is
independent from business trading units;
(2) Separation of duties between personnel responsible for entering into a
transaction and those responsible for recording the transaction in the books and records of
the OTC derivatives dealer;
(3) Periodic reviews (which may be performed by internal audit staff) and
annual reviews (which must be conducted by independent certified public accountants) of the
OTC derivatives dealer's risk management systems;
(4) Definitions of risk, risk monitoring, and risk management; and
(5) Written guidelines, approved by the OTC derivatives dealer's governing
body, that include and discuss the following:
(i) The OTC derivatives dealer's consideration of the elements in
paragraph (b) of this section;
(ii) The scope, and the procedures for determining the scope, of
authorized activities or any nonquantitative limitation on the scope of authorized
activities;
(iii) Quantitative guidelines for managing the OTC derivatives dealer's
overall risk exposure;
(iv) The type, scope, and frequency of reporting by management on risk
exposures;
(v) The procedures for and the timing of the governing body's periodic
review of the risk monitoring and risk management written guidelines, systems, and
processes;
(vi) The process for monitoring risk independent of the business or
trading units whose activities create the risks being monitored;
(vii) The performance of the risk management function by persons
independent from or senior to the business or trading units whose activities create the
risks;
(viii) The authority and resources of the groups or persons performing the
risk monitoring and risk management functions;
(ix) The appropriate response by management when internal risk management
guidelines have been exceeded;
(x) The procedures to monitor and address the risk that an OTC derivatives
transaction contract will be unenforceable;
(xi) The procedures requiring the documentation of the principal terms of
OTC derivatives transactions and other relevant information regarding such transactions;
(xii) The procedures authorizing specified employees to commit the OTC
derivatives dealer to particular types of transactions;
(xiii) The procedures to prevent the OTC derivatives dealer from engaging
in any securities transaction that is not permitted under § 240.15a-1; and
(xiv) The procedures to prevent the OTC derivatives dealer from improperly
relying on the exceptions to § 240.15a-1(c) and § 240.15a-1(d), including the procedures to
determine whether a counterparty is acting in the capacity of principal or agent.
(d) Management must periodically review, in accordance with written
procedures, the OTC derivatives dealer's business activities for consistency with risk
management guidelines including that:
(1) Risks arising from the OTC derivatives dealer's OTC derivatives
activities are consistent with prescribed guidelines;
(2) Risk exposure guidelines for each business unit are appropriate for
the business unit;
(3) The data necessary to conduct the risk monitoring and risk management
function as well as the valuation process over the OTC derivatives dealer's portfolio of
products is accessible on a timely basis and information systems are available to capture,
monitor, analyze, and report relevant data;
(4) Procedures are in place to enable management to take action when
internal risk management guidelines have been exceeded;
(5) Procedures are in place to monitor and address the risk that an OTC
derivatives transaction contract will be unenforceable;
(6) Procedures are in place to identify and address any deficiencies in
the operating systems and to contain the extent of losses arising from unidentified
deficiencies;
(7) Procedures are in place to authorize specified employees to commit the
OTC derivatives dealer to particular types of transactions, to specify any quantitative
limits on such authority, and to provide for the oversight of their exercise of such
authority;
(8) Procedures are in place to prevent the OTC derivatives dealer from
engaging in any securities transaction that is not permitted under § 240.15a-1;
(9) Procedures are in place to prevent the OTC derivatives dealer from
improperly relying on the exceptions to § 240.15a-1(c) and § 240.15a-1(d), including
procedures to determine whether a counterparty is acting in the capacity of principal or
agent;
(10) Procedures are in place to provide for adequate documentation of the
principal terms of OTC derivatives transactions and other relevant information regarding
such transactions;
(11) Personnel resources with appropriate expertise are committed to
implementing the risk monitoring and risk management systems and processes; and
(12) Procedures are in place for the periodic internal and external review
of the risk monitoring and risk management functions.
[63 FR 59400, Nov. 3, 1998]
240.15c3-5 — Risk management controls for brokers or dealers with market access.
(a) For the purpose of this section:
(1) The term market access shall mean:
(i) Access to trading in securities on an exchange or alternative trading
system as a result of being a member or subscriber of the exchange or alternative trading
system, respectively; or
(ii) Access to trading in securities on an alternative trading system
provided by a broker-dealer operator of an alternative trading system to a
non-broker-dealer.
(2) The term regulatory requirements shall mean all federal
securities laws, rules and regulations, and rules of self-regulatory organizations, that are
applicable in connection with market access.
(b) A broker or dealer with market access, or that provides a customer or
any other person with access to an exchange or alternative trading system through use of its
market participant identifier or otherwise, shall establish, document, and maintain a system
of risk management controls and supervisory procedures reasonably designed to manage the
financial, regulatory, and other risks of this business activity. Such broker or dealer
shall preserve a copy of its supervisory procedures and a written description of its risk
management controls as part of its books and records in a manner consistent with §
240.17a-4(e)(7). A broker-dealer that routes orders on behalf of an exchange or alternative
trading system for the purpose of accessing other trading centers with protected quotations
in compliance with Rule 611 of Regulation NMS (§ 242.611) for NMS stocks, or in compliance
with a national market system plan for listed options, shall not be required to comply with
this rule with regard to such routing services, except with regard to paragraph (c)(1)(ii)
of this section.
(c) The risk management controls and supervisory procedures required by
paragraph (b) of this section shall include the following elements:
(1) Financial risk management controls and supervisory procedures.
The risk management controls and supervisory procedures shall be reasonably designed to
systematically limit the financial exposure of the broker or dealer that could arise as a
result of market access, including being reasonably designed to:
(i) Prevent the entry of orders that exceed appropriate pre-set credit or
capital thresholds in the aggregate for each customer and the broker or dealer and, where
appropriate, more finely-tuned by sector, security, or otherwise by rejecting orders if such
orders would exceed the applicable credit or capital thresholds; and
(ii) Prevent the entry of erroneous orders, by rejecting orders that
exceed appropriate price or size parameters, on an order-by-order basis or over a short
period of time, or that indicate duplicative orders.
(2) Regulatory risk management controls and supervisory procedures.
The risk management controls and supervisory procedures shall be reasonably designed to
ensure compliance with all regulatory requirements, including being reasonably designed
to:
(i) Prevent the entry of orders unless there has been compliance with all
regulatory requirements that must be satisfied on a pre-order entry basis;
(ii) Prevent the entry of orders for securities for a broker or dealer,
customer, or other person if such person is restricted from trading those securities;
(iii) Restrict access to trading systems and technology that provide
market access to persons and accounts pre-approved and authorized by the broker or dealer;
and
(iv) Assure that appropriate surveillance personnel receive immediate
post-trade execution reports that result from market access.
(d) The financial and regulatory risk management controls and supervisory
procedures described in paragraph (c) of this section shall be under the direct and
exclusive control of the broker or dealer that is subject to paragraph (b) of this
section.
(1) Notwithstanding the foregoing, a broker or dealer that is subject to
paragraph (b) of this section may reasonably allocate, by written contract, after a thorough
due diligence review, control over specific regulatory risk management controls and
supervisory procedures described in paragraph (c)(2) of this section to a customer that is a
registered broker or dealer, provided that such broker or dealer subject to paragraph (b) of
this section has a reasonable basis for determining that such customer, based on its
position in the transaction and relationship with an ultimate customer, has better access
than the broker or dealer to that ultimate customer and its trading information such that it
can more effectively implement the specified controls or procedures.
(2) Any allocation of control pursuant to paragraph (d)(1) of this section
shall not relieve a broker or dealer that is subject to paragraph (b) of this section from
any obligation under this section, including the overall responsibility to establish,
document, and maintain a system of risk management controls and supervisory procedures
reasonably designed to manage the financial, regulatory, and other risks of market
access.
(e) A broker or dealer that is subject to paragraph (b) of this section
shall establish, document, and maintain a system for regularly reviewing the effectiveness
of the risk management controls and supervisory procedures required by paragraphs (b) and
(c) of this section and for promptly addressing any issues.
(1) Among other things, the broker or dealer shall review, no less
frequently than annually, the business activity of the broker or dealer in connection with
market access to assure the overall effectiveness of such risk management controls and
supervisory procedures. Such review shall be conducted in accordance with written procedures
and shall be documented. The broker or dealer shall preserve a copy of such written
procedures, and documentation of each such review, as part of its books and records in a
manner consistent with § 240.17a-4(e)(7) and § 240.17a-4(b), respectively.
(2) The Chief Executive Officer (or equivalent officer) of the broker or
dealer shall, on an annual basis, certify that such risk management controls and supervisory
procedures comply with paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section, and that the broker or dealer
conducted such review, and such certifications shall be preserved by the broker or dealer as
part of its books and records in a manner consistent with § 240.17a-4(b).
(f) The Commission, by order, may exempt from the provisions of this
section, either unconditionally or on specified terms and conditions, any broker or dealer,
if the Commission determines that such exemption is necessary or appropriate in the public
interest consistent with the protection of investors.
[75 FR 69825, Nov. 15, 2010]
240.15c6-1 — Settlement cycle.
(a) Except as provided in paragraphs (b), (c), and (d) of this section, a
broker or dealer shall not effect or enter into a contract for the purchase or sale of a
security (other than an exempted security, a government security, a municipal security,
commercial paper, bankers' acceptances, or commercial bills) that provides for payment of
funds and delivery of securities later than the first business day after the date of the
contract unless otherwise expressly agreed to by the parties at the time of the
transaction.
(b) Paragraph (a) of this section shall not apply to:
(1) Contracts for the purchase or sale of limited partnership interests
that are not listed on an exchange or for which quotations are not disseminated through an
automated quotation system of a registered securities association;
(2) Security-based swaps; or
(3) Contracts for the purchase or sale of securities that the Commission
may from time to time, taking into account then existing market practices, exempt by order
from the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section, either unconditionally or on
specified terms and conditions, if the Commission determines that such exemption is
consistent with the public interest and the protection of investors.
(c) Paragraph (a) of this section shall not apply to contracts for the
sale for cash of securities that are priced after 4:30 p.m. Eastern Time (ET) on the date
such securities are priced and that are sold by an issuer to an underwriter pursuant to a
firm commitment underwritten offering registered under the Securities Act of 1933 or sold to
an initial purchaser by a broker-dealer participating in such offering provided that a
broker or dealer shall not effect or enter into a contract for the purchase or sale of such
securities that provides for payment of funds and delivery of securities later than the
second business day after the date of the contract unless otherwise expressly agreed to by
the parties at the time of the transaction.
(d) For purposes of paragraphs (a) and (c) of this section, the parties to
a contract shall be deemed to have expressly agreed to an alternate date for payment of
funds and delivery of securities at the time of the transaction for a contract for the sale
for cash of securities pursuant to a firm commitment offering if the managing underwriter
and the issuer have agreed to such date for all securities sold pursuant to such offering
and the parties to the contract have not expressly agreed to another date for payment of
funds and delivery of securities at the time of the transaction.
240.15c6-2 — Same-day allocation, confirmation, and affirmation.
(a) Any broker or dealer engaging in the allocation, confirmation, or
affirmation process with another party or parties to achieve settlement of a securities
transaction that is subject to the requirements of § 240.15c6-1(a) shall:
(1) Enter into a written agreement with the relevant parties to ensure
completion of the allocation, confirmation, affirmation, or any combination thereof, for the
transaction as soon as technologically practicable and no later than the end of the day on
trade date in such form as necessary to achieve settlement of the transaction; or
(2) Establish, maintain, and enforce written policies and procedures
reasonably designed to ensure completion of the allocation, confirmation, affirmation, or
any combination thereof, for the transaction as soon as technologically practicable and no
later than the end of the day on trade date in such form as necessary to achieve settlement
of the transaction.
(b) To ensure completion of the allocation, confirmation, affirmation, or
any combination thereof for the transaction as soon as technologically practicable and no
later than the end of the day on trade date, the reasonably designed written policies and
procedures required by paragraph (a)(2) of this section shall:
(1) Identify and describe any technology systems, operations, and
processes that the broker or dealer uses to coordinate with other relevant parties,
including investment advisers and custodians, to ensure completion of the allocation,
confirmation, or affirmation process for the transaction;
(2) Set target time frames on trade date for completing the allocation,
confirmation, and affirmation for the transaction;
(3) Describe the procedures that the broker or dealer will follow to
ensure the prompt communication of trade information, investigate any discrepancies in trade
information, and adjust trade information to help ensure that the allocation, confirmation,
and affirmation can be completed by the target time frames on trade date;
(4) Describe how the broker or dealer plans to identify and address delays
if another party, including an investment adviser or a custodian, is not promptly completing
the allocation or affirmation for the transaction, or if the broker or dealer experiences
delays in promptly completing the confirmation; and
(5) Measure, monitor, and document the rates of allocations,
confirmations, and affirmations completed as soon as technologically practicable and no
later than the end of the day on trade date.
[58 FR 52903, Oct. 13, 1993, as amended at 60 FR 26622, May 17,
1995; 82 FR 15564, Mar. 29, 2017; 88 FR 13872, Mar. 6, 2023]